WU 01418947 6 oO hd 2 2) x 12) = uw oO IMM UNIVERSITY t ’ — x1 ; ’ ors s Stee rt O29 8 eh Serle bsapviegd : : 4 eg:0 - eicreroeesene - et oe q ons ptecete ci ‘ts 4 ‘ . aot iad , j ' > iS ®. : ae ; 3 ? i ‘ ane ‘ : ‘ a ° : s ; ee AD Rh : ; : Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2009 with funding from University of Toronto http://www.archive.org/details/p1transactions11conn y at 4. ie TRANSACTIONS OF THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY ARTS AND SCIENCES. VOLUME XI, (CENTENNIAL VOLUME.) NEW HAVEN: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. 1901-1903. THE TUTTLE, MOREHOUSE & TAYLOR COMPANY. SAE Seay) a a > TRANSACTIONS CONNECTICUT ACADEMY ARTS AND SCIENCES. VOLUME XI, (CENTENNIAL VOLUME) Pie 3 348 bai NEW HAVEN: PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY. 1901-1902. THE TUTTLE, MOREHOUSE & TAYLOR COMPANY. Entered according to Act of Congress in the year 1902, by Appison E. VERRILL, for the Academy ; in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. Q I > ( THe AcADEMY REGRETS TO ANNOUNCE THE DEATH OF Proressor Jostan WiItLarp GIpps. Professor Gibbs was born in New Haven, Conn., Febru- ary 11, 1839, and died April 28, 1903. 9 At the regular meeting of the Academy held May 13, the following minute on the death of Professor Gibbs was unanimously adopted : The Academy has learned with the deepest regret and sor- row of the death of its most distinguished member, Professor Josiah Willard Gibbs, and desires to place on record its deep sense of the loss sustained by the whole scientific world, and in an especial degree by the members of this body. The first published investigations of Professor Gibbs ap- peared in the Transactions of this Academy in 1873, under the titles of “Graphical Methods in the Thermodynamics of Fluids,” and “A Method of Geometrical Representation of the Thermodynamic Properties of Substances by means of Surfaces,” and these were followed, in 1875 and 1878, by his celebrated papers on “The Equilibrium of Heterogeneous Substances.” The great importance of this work is shown by the fact that the author anticipated, by purely theoretical considerations, a large number of the discoveries in Physical Chemistry which have since been made, and that he intro- duced, into this field, the most powerful method of theoreti- cal investigation now known :—a method, moreover, which, being independent of special hypotheses, seems destined to hold a permanent place among those great scientific methods which the lapse of time does not render obsolete. The Academy in emphasizing, in this memorial, the researches of Professor Gibbs published in its Transactions, is not unmind- ful of his distinguished achievements in other scientific lines, but it leaves to others the special mention of such work, proud of the fact that it recognized so early the value of his researches in Thermodynamics, and was instrumental in giy- ing that work to the scientific world. heared ie tipi VCE ALR RES FEN OE NC 2 ige Uteae s 7 Pe a ee BRIO SRG GAN at CONTENES OF PART I. Page rst om Orricnns. MEMBERS! AND PATRONS: .-'..-...-.-c-<-.<--------- li-vi PROCEEDINGS AT THE CENTENNIAL ANNIVERSARY OF THE ACADEMY, OCT. Us TEE) 2 Sch a RS se a pA ea eS vii HistoricAL ADDRESS By Hon. Smrcon E. BaLpwin. THE First CENTURY OF THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SSC THOR CLOTS IS Gps ee a ys See! a ee ese Se aele erepee xiii ADDRESS BY PROFESSOR WILLIAM NortH RICE. SCIENTIFIC THOUGHT IN THE NINETEETH CENTURY-----_--_-.----------- XxXxvi ADDRESS BY PROFESSOR WILLIAM H. BREWER. THE DEBT OF Mis CENTURY: TO) LHARNED SOCIETIES 2. .---s.25-.22----2--- xlv TASONPAD DITIONS TO .THE: WIBRARY<<.5 ot. Job oc-e ote ceeeoeal lv Art. I.—OBSERVATIONS ON THE DIGESTION OF PROTEIDS WITH PAPAIN, By LarayetTTe B. MENDEL AND FRANK P. UNDERHILL.-.---------- 1 Art, II.—AppITIONS TO THE FAUNA OF THE BERMUDAS FROM THE YALE EXPEDITION OF 1901, WITH NOTES ON OTHER SPECIES. By ADDISON Re ROR: Teer LAL GB eo ses npn er ee A eet oy nn cate aya eee 15 Art, I1I.—VARIATIONS AND NOMENCLATURE OF BERMUDIAN, WEST INDIAN, AND BRAZILIAN REEF CORALS, WITH NOTES ON VARIOUS INDO-PACIFIC ConA Geb VAD DISON bith WERREDI 2.222 beeen 28 Sok ee Se 63 Art. [V.—CoMPARISONS OF THE BERMUDIAN, WEsT INDIAN, AND BRAZIL- TAN CoRAaL Fauna. By Appison E. VERRILL. Plates 10-35_____- 169 Art. V.—NOTES ON CORALS OF THE GENUS ACROPORA (MADREPORA LAM.), WITH NEW DESCRIPTIONS AND FIGURES OF TYPES, AND OF SEVERAL NEW SPECIES. By Appison EK. VERRILL. Plates 36, 36 A-F ----_- 207 Art. VI.—SomE SPIDERS AND MITES FROM THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. By INUTITEUAR BUG SR tS cS a > Ae ae te A 267 Art. VII.—MaRINE AND TERRESTRIAL ISOPODS OF THE BERMUDAS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES. By Harriet RICHARD- SCM aL esicd—4 aes ook cis eS Oe A i ee IS tee Pia 217 Art. VIII.—ReEcONSTRUCTION OF A CRETACEOUS DINOSAUR, CLAOSAURUS ANNECTENS MarsH. By CHARLES E. BeEcHer. Plates 41-45_.____ 311 Art. IX.—THE ASCIDIANS OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. By WILLARD G. Warrior lates 46-64. 2. oo. cote eee ea BLE SO es tO LISD WS) THOS TENET BS a ERY ey SI ny a ee I CONTENTS OF PART IL. Art, X.—THE BrermMupA IsLANDS: THEIR SCENERY, CLIMATE, PRO- DUCTIONS, PHysioGRaPHY, NatuRAL History, AND GEOLOGY ; WITH SKETCHES OF THEIR KARLY HISTORY AND THE CHANGES Dur To MAN, By Appison E. VERRILL. Plates 65-104 ....____-. es Sy ee 413 InDEX TO Parr II 913 OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY, 1900-1902. President. CHARLES E. BEECHER. Vice President. RUSSELL H. CHITTENDEN. Secretary. ALEXANDER W. EVANS. Librarian. ADDISON VAN NAME. Treasurer. MORRIS FE TYLER. Publishing Committee. GEORGE J. BRUSH. ADDISON E. VERRILL. RUSSELL H. CHITTENDEN. EDWARD 8. DANA. CHARLES 8S. HASTINGS. CHARLES E. BEECHER. ADDISON VAN NAME. Auditing Committee. ADDISON E. VERRILL. ADDISON VAN NAME. LIST OF MEMBERS, 1899-1903. ACTIVE MEMBERS. Baupwin, Hon. Srmmreon Esen, LL.D., Bracu, Asst. Prof. FRepERIC Evisan, Ph.D., Breacu, JoHN KimpBerty, LL.B., BEEBE, Prof. WILLIAM, ‘ : BEECHER, Prof. CHARLES EMERSON, Ph.D., BENNETT, THoMAS Gray, Ph.B., BisHop, Lovuts Bennett, M.D., Buake, Henry Tayctor, M.A., Boxttwoop, Bertram B., Ph.D., BREWER, Prof. Wi~i1am Henry, Ph.D., BristoL, EUGENE Stuart, M.A., Brown, Rosert, M.A., Brownine, Asst. Prof. pie iuearay: Ph. 1D A Brusu, Prof. GrorGE Jarvis, LL.D., Bumsteap, Asst. Prof. Henry ANDREWS, Ph.D., Carma.t, Prof. WiLLIAM Henry, M.D., CHITTENDEN, Prof. RussELL Henry, Ph.D., Cuark, Prof. Joun E., : Cor, Asst. Prof. wee era Ph. D., CurRtTIs, GEORGE W., Dana, Prof. CE Agee SALISBURY, Ph. D., . Day, WILBUR FIsk, DEXTER, FRANKLIN BowpiTcH, Litt. D., Downs, EpGar SELAH, Ph.D., DuBois, Prof. Aucustus Jay, Ph.D., Eaton, Prof. DanreL Capy, Eaton, GEORGE FRANCIS, Ph.D., Evxin, WiLtiaM Lewis, Ph.D., Ey, Prof. Jonn Stang, M.D., Evans, Asst. Prof. ALEXANDER WILLIAM, “Ph, Diss Farnam, Prof. Henry Wo corr, R.P.D., Farnam, WILLIAM WuitTMaN, J.U.D., FisHer, Prof. Irvine, Ph.D., GALLAUDET, Epson FESSENDEN, Ph.D., Gripes, Prof. Jostan WiLtLarp, LL.D., Gooca, Prof. Frank Austin, Ph.D.., Goopwin, RALPH SCHUYLER, JR.. M.D., GRAVES, Prof. Henry SoLon, Harrison, Hon. Lynpe, Hastines, Prof. CHARLES eacion Ph. D., HENDERSON, YANDELL, Ph.D., Hitt, ALBert Banks, C.E., Hoppin, Prof. James Mason, LL.D., Horcukxiss, Justus S., Kinpie, Epwarp Martin, Ph.D., Kinespury, FREDERICK JoHN, LL.D., Kremer, Asst. Prof. DanreL ALBERT, Ph.D., New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven ieee Mass. New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven Philadelphia, Pa. New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven Dayton, Ohio New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven arate shite Conn. New Haven iv List of Members. KUNKEL, BEVERLY WavGH, Ph.B., Lapp, Prof. GEoRGE TRUMBULL, LL.D., Lockwoop, Asst. Prof. Epwin Hoyt, Ph.D., MacCurpy, GrorGE GRANT, M.A., MENDEL, Asst. Prof. LAFAYETTE Banani Ph. D., PatMer, Rev. CHarxes Ray, D.D., PENFIELD, Prof. SAMUEL LEwIs, Puruurrs, Prof. ANDREW WHEELER, Ph. D., Prerpont, Prof. James, Ph.D., Prrsson, Prof. Lous ee Rayno.ps, Prof. Epwarp ViLetts, D.C. is Rice, Prof. Witu1am Norra, LL.D., Riowarps, Prof. CHARLES BRINCKERHOFF, Rowe, Henry C., RusseE.1L, Prof. THomas HUBBARD, M. D., SARGENT, HENRY BRADFORD, SARGENT, JOSEPH B., : Situ, Prof. Gere Henry, LL. D., SmirH, Prof. HERBERT EUGENE, M.D., Smiru, Prof. Percry FranKLyn, Ph.D., Smirn, Prof. Sipney Irvine, Stureis, WiLtram C., Ph.D., Swain, Prof. Henry Lawrence, M.D., Toumey, Asst. Prof. James WILLIAM, TyLer, Morris Frank, LL.B., Van NAME, WILLARD Gipps, Ph.D., Van Name, AppIson, M.A., VaNVLECK, Prof. Joun Monrog, LL.D., VERRILL, Prof. Appison Emory, WasHINGTON, HENRY STEPHENS, Ph.D., Warrous, Prof. Grorcr Dutton, D.C.L., WELLS, Prof. Horace Lemur, WHEELER, Asst. Prof. Henry Lorp, Ph. D., WHEELER, Epwin Saxton, M.A., Waite, CHARLES ATwoop, M.A., Wairney, Ext, M.A., WILLiAMs, Prof. Baas SHALER, Ph. De, Wooprorp, Prof. ARTHUR BURNHAM, Ph.D., Wrieart, Prof. ARTHUR WILLIAMS, Ph.D., Wricat, Prof. Henry Parks, LL.D., New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven M idilletowan) Conn, New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven | New Haven New Haven Geteinds Springs New Haven - New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven Middletown: Conn. New Haven Locust, N. J. New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven ASSOCIATE MEMBERS. Boiton, Prof. Henry CaRRINGTON, Ph.D., : 5 Washington, D. C. Catt, R. ELLswortn, Brooklyn, N. Y. Carter, President FRANKLIN, LL. D., Williamstown, Mass. GARDINER, JAMES TERRY, Ph.B., . E : , New York, N. Y. GitMAN, President Dante C., LL.D., — . : ; Washington, D. C: SKINNER, Prof. JosepH Joun, Ph.D., Boston, Mass. AOOTTION AL: ACTIV E Bacon, Francis, M.D., : Barney, Prof. SAMUEL Espen, C.E., BartTLett, Prof. CHARLES JOSEPH, M.D., Brirron, WILTON EVERETT, B.S., Evior, Gustavus, M.D., Emery, Prof. Henry Gaaaer Ph. i Footr, Harry Warp, Ph.D., JENKINS, Epwarp H., Ph.D., Linpstey, Prof. (Gaadiins Kee avon! M. D., Mrxter, Prof. WILLIAM GILBERT, Scuwap, Prof. J. C., Ph.D., Strokes, Rev. Anson PHELPS, JR., M.A., Winton, AnpREW Lincotn, Ph.bB WHEELER, LYNDE PHELPS, Ph.D., Woo.tsey, Prof. THEODORE SauispurRy, LL.B MEMBERS ist Or: PATRONS 1903. New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven The following persons contributed to the special fund for publication of this volume: ADLER, Max, : d 5 ; Bacon, Francis, M.D., Baupwin, HENRY, ; : BaLpwin, Hon. Stmeon Epen, LL.D., BARTLETT, Prof. CHARLES JosePH, M.D., BeacH, JoHN KrmpBerzy, LL.B., Berse, Prof. WILLIAM, ; rie : BreecueEr, Prof. CHARLES Emerson, Ph.D., Bennett, THomas Gray, Ph.B., BisHop, Louts Bennett, M.D., Buake, Henry Tayror, M.A., ; 3 Boutwoop, Bertram B., Ph.D., Brewer, Prof. Witi1AmM Henry, Ph.D., BRISTOL, EuGeENE Stuart, M.A., Brown, Ropert, M.A Brusu, Prof. GEORGE mnie. LL. D., Carmatt, Prof. WitLIAM HENRY, MD. New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven vi List of Patrons. CHITTENDEN, Prof. RussELL Henry, Ph.D., Cuark, Prof. Joun E., CLEAVELAND, Judge LIVINGSTON W. Cor, Prof. WesLry RoswELL, Ph.D., Curtis, GEORGE W. = Dana, Prof. ne SALISBURY, Ph. De Day, WiLpur FIskK, 4 Dexter, FRANKLIN BowDITcH, Litt, De, Divock, Henry Farnam, M.A., DuBors, Prof. Aucustus Jay, Ph.D., Dwicut, President Trworay, D.D., LL.D., Eaton, Prof, DaAnreEL Capy, Eaton, GeorGe Francis, Ph.D., Exror, Gustavus, M.D., Evkin, Witt1aM Lewis, Ph.D., Ety, Prof. Jonn Siang, M.D., Evans, Prof. ALEXANDER WILLIAM, Ph.D., Farnam, Prof. Henry Wotcort, R.P.D., Farnam, WiLLIAM Wurman, J.U.D., Fisuer, Prof. Irvine, Ph.D., Gress, Prof. Jostan WitLarD, LL.D., GILMAN, President DanteL C., LL.D., Goocu, Prof. Frank Austin, Ph.D., Hap.ey, President ArrHuR T., Harrtson, Hon. Lynpe, HastinGs, Prof. CHarues S., Ph. D., Hint, ALBERT BANKS, C.E., Hopp, Prof. James Mason, LL.D., Horcukiss, Henry L., Horcuxiss, Justus §., LL.B. JENKINS, Epwarp H., Ph.D., Kinespury, FrepERICK JoHN, LL.D., Lapp, Prof. GreorGe TRUMBULL, LL.D., Linpstey, Prof. CHarLes AuGustus, M.D., MacCurpy, GEORGE GRANT, M.A., MatHEerR, THomas W., ; MENDEL, Prof. wees Bakara! Ph. D., Mrxter, Prof. WILLIAM GILBERT, Ossorne, THomMAsS B., M.D., Paumer, Rev. CHARLES Ray, D.D., PENFIELD, Prof. SAMUEL LEwIs, Puevps, Prof. WitiiaAm Lyon, Ph.D., Pxuiturrs, Prof. ANDREW WHEELER, Ph.D., Prerpont, Prof. James, Ph.D., Pirsson, Prof. Louis VALENTINE, Raynoups, Prof. Epwarp VILETTE, D.C.L., Rice, Prof. eM Nort, LL.D., Rowe, Hmnry Russet, Prof. neni HvuBBarp, M. IDs, New Haven Longmeadow, Mass. New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New York New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven Washinetows DACs New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven ‘Wataru , Conn. New Haven New Haven New Haven Florida New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven M tddletommn Conn. New Haven New Haven List of Patrons. Sauispury, Prof. EDWARD ELBRIDGE, Sanrorp, Lronarp C., M.D., SARGENT, HENRY BRADFORD, SARGENT, JOSEPH B., : SurrH, Prof. CHarLEs Henry, LL. D., SmitH, Prof. HERBERT Gaaanr, M.D., ’Sirn, Prof. PercEy FRANKLYN, Ph.D., SmirxH, Prof. Sipney IRVING, Stokes, Rev. ANSON PHELPS, JR., M.A., Stureis, WriLi1aM C., Ph.D., Sumner, Prof. WiLtttAM GraunaM, LL.D., Swat, Prof. Henry Lawrence, M.D., Toumey, Prof. James WILLIAM, Van Name, WILLARD Gipss, Ph.D., Van Name, Appison, M.A., VANVLECK, Prof. Joon Monroe, LL.D., VeERRILL, Prof. AppIsON Emory, Warrous, Prof. Grorer Dutton, D.C.L., WELLS, Prof. Horace LEMUEL, WHee ter, Prof. Henry Lorp, Ph.D., Waits, CHarLes Atwoop, M.A., WHITNEY, Et, M.A., Wrouiams, Prof. Haney. SHALER, Ph.D WitiiaMms, Prof. FREDERICK WELLS, Wootsey, Prof. THEoporE S., LL.B., Wricat, Prof. ARTHUR WiLLiams, Ph.D., Waraicut, Prof. Henry Parks, LL.D., vla New Haven New Haven New Haven New. Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven @oleuae Springs New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven Middletown, Conn. New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven New Haven ie THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY OF ARTS | AND SCIENCES. CENTENNIAL ANNIVERSARY, OCTOBER 1irts, 1899. NORTH SHEFFIELD HALL. AFTERNOON SESSION, 3 P. M. Reading of Communications from Corresponding Societies, by AtexanpEerR W. Evans, Ph.D., Secretary of the Academy. Address of Welcome, by His Honor Lyman A. Mutts, Lieutenant Governor of Connecticut. Address; The Debt of this Century to Learned Societies, by Professor Wiitram H. Brewer, Ph.D., President of the Academy. 4. Address; Scientific Thought in the Nineteenth Century, by Professor Wiriitram Norra Rice, LL.D., of Wesleyan University. [At the close of the addresses an opportunity will be offered for oral communications from delegates of Corresponding Societies. | EVENING SESSION, 8 P. M. 5. Address; The History of the Academy during its First Century, by Hon. Stazon E. Batpwiy, LL.D. Reception by the Academy of delegates from Corresponding Societies and invited guests, in Winchester Hall, from 9 to 11 P. mM. With the above program the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, the third in age of the learned societies of America, celebrated on the 11th of October, eighteen hundred and ninety- nine, its one-hundredth anniversary. By a happy coincidence the Centennial of the Academy came into near conjunction with the Bicentennial of Yale University, the foster-parent of the — Vili Centennial Anniversary. Academy, but at the same time was far enough removed to escape occultation. In the absence of his Excellency the Governor of Connecticut, who had official engagements elsewhere, the Lieutenant Governor, Hon. Lyman A. Mills, weleomed the Academy and its guests in the name of the State. _ The addresses of the occasion, by the President of the Academy ’ and two of its honored members, are printed in the pages that follow. Both to Judge Baldwin, of the Supreme Court of Con- necticut, who drew so faithful a picture of the Academy’s past, setting it in just relation to its environment and making even its more humble details attractive, and to Professor Rice, of Wes- leyan University, who so admirably outlined the course of scien- tific thought in the nineteenth century, the Academy is under great obligation for the service rendered. The cor dial greetings received from the correspondents of ind he Academy at home and abroad, conveying congratulations on the work achieved in the past and good wishes for the future, added much to the interest of the occasion. Their number and wide distribution, as shown in the subjoined list, bear witness to the sympathy which in this age unites the workers in science of all lands. Johns Hopkins University, Boston Society of Natural History, Harvard University, Field Columbian Museum, Connecticut Historical Society, Trinity College, : State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Wesleyan University, : New London County Historical Society, Linnean Society of New York, New York Academy of Sciences, American Philosophical Society, Franklin Institute, Pennsylvania Historical Society, Missouri Botanical Garden, Academy of Science, Essex Institute, : : ; Georgia Historical Society, ; : Smithsonian Institution, United States Naval Observatory, Baltimore. Boston. Cambridge. Chicago. Hartford. Hartford. Madison. Middletown. New London. New York. New York. Philadelphia. Philadelphia. Philadelphia. St. Louis. St. Louis. Salem. Savannah. Washington. Washington. Centennial Anniversary. Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, , : : Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Weten- schappen, Koninklijke Natuurkundige Vereeniging in N eder- landsch-Indié, Kéniglich Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaf. ten, : : Government Observator Ys Meteorologisches Observatorium, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Queensland Branch of the Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, Académie des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux- Arts de Bélgique, Institut Météorologique de Roumanie, Société Linnéenne de Normandie, Asiatic Society of Bengal, Kongelige Frederiks Universitet, . Koninklijk Nederlandsch Meteorologisch Instituut, Naturforscher-Gesellschaft bei der Kaiserlichen Universitit, . Verein fiir Erdkunde, Royal Observatory, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Kongliga Vetenskaps och Vitterhets Samhiille, Nova Scotian Institute of Science, ; Societas Scientiarum Fennica, Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, Medicinisch-Naturwissenschafliche Gesellschaft, Société Physico-Mathématique, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fiir Schleswig- Hol- stein, Physikalisch- ékonomische "Gesellschaft, Geological Society, Mathematical Society, Royal Historical Society, Royal Society, Konglige Carolinska ‘Universitet, Literary and Philosophical Society, Wesfilischer Provincial-Verein fiir Wissenschaft und Kunst, Real Istituto d’Incor aggiamento, : North of England Institute of Hae and Mechan- ical Engineers, Geological Survey of Canada, 1X Amsterdain. Basel. Batavia. Batavia. Berlin. Bombay. Bremen. Bremen. Brisbane. Bruxelles. Bucharest. Caen. Caleutta. Christiania. De Bilt. Dorpat. Dresden. Edinburgh. Emden. Freiburg im Breisgau. Gorlitz. Gothenburg. Halifax. Helsingfors. Helsingfors. Jena. Kasan. Kiel. K6nigsberg. London. London. London. London. Lund. Manchester. Miinster. Naples. Neweastle-upon-Tyne. Ottawa. x Centennial Anniversary. Société Mathématique de France, . : : Paris. Observatoire Central Nicolas, ‘ : : Pulkowa. Reale Accademia dei Lincei, . . ; Rome. Societa Italiana delle Scienze detta del XL, . Rome. Academie Impériale des Sciences, . ; . St. Petersburg. Comité Géologique, ; : . : . St. Petersburg. Observatoire Physique Central Nicolas, . St. Petersburg. Russisch Kaiserliche Mineralogische Gesellschaft, St. Petersburg. Sociedad Cientitica de Chile, . : : : Santiago. Royal Society of New South Wales, i : Sidney. Museum, : ; 5 : : ; ; Trémso. teale Museo di Zoologia e di Anatomia Comparata, Turin. Konglige Universitet, —. 4 : ; : Upsala. From these greetings we venture to select for reproduction here, on the ground of our inheritance of a common language and of other common heritages, the following : THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR IMPROVING NATURAL KNOWLEDGE Sends to the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences on the happy occasion of its celebrating the Centenary of its foundation brotherly greetings and hearty congratulations. From the earliest days the Royal Society has felt that its efforts should not be confined to the city whose name forms part of its title, and has always sympathized with, and, from time to time, has assisted undertakings for improving Natural Knowledge carried out in various parts of the world. It remembers with pride how since its early years it has been able to count as mem- bers of itself many distinguished men of science dwelling on the other side of the Atlantic, some of whom Connecticut can claim as its own. And to the earnest wish that the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences may enjoy continued prosperity in time to come it adds the no less sincere and earnest wish that the brotherly ties between those who on the two sides of the ocean are devoting themselves to improving Natural Knowledge may grow still stronger as the years pass on. Lisrrr, Pres. R. §. Centennial Anniversary. xi THE LONDON MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY Present fraternal greetings to the Connecticut Academy of Sciences on the occasion of the hundredth anniversary of their foundation. They look back with satisfaction on the exchange of publica- tions which has subsisted between the two bodies ever since their own foundation in the year 1865. They récognize with much pleasure the importance of the researches in Mathematical and Physical Science given to the world by the Connecticut Academy in a language which does not convey to them any suggestion of a foreign origin. In no coun- try has the value of these researches been earlier or more fully recognized than in Great Britain. They desire and expect a long career of increasing usefulness and honor for the Connecticut Academy of Sciences, which even now takes rank among the most ancient of the existing learned societies of the world. Signed in behalf of the London Mathematical Society. Kervin, President. JosepH Larmor, Zvreasurer. Roserr Tucker, | & A. E. H. Love, \ cretaries. London, July 31, 1899. THE COUNCIL OF THE MANCHESTER LITERARY AND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY Send most cordial greetings on the occasion of the Centenary of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. They recall the great services which the Academy has rendered, not only in the encouragement of scientific research within its own borders, but also by the singular merit of its publications, many of which they feel will rank as permanent landmarks in the history of Science. The Conncil feel that they can express no better wish than that the Academy may continue to flourish in a manner worthy of its past traditions. 3 26th September, 1899. Horacrt Lams, President. R. G. Gwyruer, | Honorary Francis Jones, $ Secretaries. xil Centennial Anniversary. Royat Oxssrervatory, EpInBuRGH. 27th September, 1899. To the Secretary Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, New Haven, Connecticut, U. S. A. Dear Str—The Staff of this Observatory desire to join with me in most heartily congratulating the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences on the celebration of the hundredth anniver- sary of its foundation. On this auspicious occasion we particularly call to mind the distinguished services to the Sciences of Meteorology and Astron- omy done by your illustrious members Loomis and H. A. - Newton, whose names will ever be associated with the scientific progress of the closing century. Wishing the most complete success to your commemoration and regretting that it is not practicable for any of us to share per- sonally therein, Iam, Dear Sir, Very faithfully yours, Rapa CopELann. In addition to the greetings sent, several of the societies had. also appointed delegates to represent them at the Celebration, delegates of foreign societies being naturally chosen from their American membership. Some who had accepted appointment found themselves at the last moment unable to come. Actually present were these: from the Boston Society of Natural History, Professor Edward S. Morse; from Harvard University, Professor Charles R. Lanman; from the Connecticut Historical Society, Hon. Simeon E. Baldwin; from Wesleyan University, Professor William North Rice; from the Geological Society of London, Professors George J. Brush and Edward 8S. Dana; from the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester, Professor J. Willard Gibbs; from the North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, Mr. Richard P. Rothwell, of New York. With a reception tendered by the Academy to the delegates and invited guests, the celebration, and with it the record of the first century, was closed. THE FIRST CENTURY OF THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. An Historical Address delivered before the Academy at its Centennial Anniversary, on October 11th, 1899. By Sm™MeEon E. BALpwin, LL.D. American science, and perhaps we may say American letters, first began to take shape in the latter half of the eighteenth century. Franklin was easily the first in each. One is almost tempted to declare that he was the first American who wrote good English: it is certainly safe to say that he was the first whose style of composition had a distinct and lasting charm. This gave wings to his scientific discoveries and conclusions, and made him a citizen of the world. It was natural that he should take the lead in introducing upon our continent the learned academy. The American Philosophical Society sprang from his creative touch, and had its first beginnings at Philadelphia in 1744. Bos- ton followed in 1780 with the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and the list for the century was closed at New Haven with the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences in 1799.* It is seldom that anything enduring is originally constituted in the form and manner which subsequently mark its character. In laying the foundations of the oldest of the societies which I have named, which was in 1743, it was Franklin’s aim to bring into association all who had any reputation for scientific attain- ments in the different colonies. While an organization was effected in 1744, no one came in, outside of Pennsylvania, New York and New Jersey, and after a languishing existence of a quarter of a century it was merged with a local society of Phila- * An association called ‘‘The Society for Promoting Useful Knowledge ” existed in the city of New York in 1792, which met monthly; but it was not incorporated. Morse’s American Geography, ed. of 1792, 265. Trans. Conn. Acap., Vol. IX. b XIV Centennial Anniversary delphia under a charter from the State of Pennsylvania, incor- porating it as the American Philosophical Society for the Promo- tion of Useful Knowledge. Of this Franklin was the first President, and it has ever since maintained an honorable position in the republic of letters. ; In like manner the Academy, whose centennial we meet to-night to celebrate, was founded on the ruins of an earlier organization, the Connecticut Society of Arts and Sciences. In 1779, Benjamin Guild, a Harvard tutor, who was then planning the foundation of the American Academy at Boston, on his way back from Phila- delphia, where he had probably made himself acquainted with the constitution and methods of the American Philosophical Society, stopped over at New Haven to see one of its early mem- bers, President Stiles. The establishment of academies both at Boston and New Haven was talked over at length, and each soon made earnest efforts in that direction. A few months later, Mr. Guild was able to send Dr. Stiles a copy of the charter granted by Massachusetts for the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. In Connecticut, however, a less friendly spirit was shown. The relations: between the State and Yale College were somewhat strained. That institution had become a body of great and grow- ing importance. It was self-governing. The fellows or trustees were all Congregational clergymen, and perpetuated themselves by filling vacancies, as they might arise. No power of visitation had been reserved in terms to the State, when the charter was granted, and none was admitted to exist by the College authori- ties. It was obvious that any academy of arts and sciences which might be incorporated would naturally gravitate towards the College, and come ultimately under the leadership of the same set of men. There were those also, even among the Congregational clergy, by whom the College was viewed with some distrust. President Clap had been a Calvinist of the old school, but President Stiles was what in those days was denominated a Latitudinarian. He was of opinion that the true theory of Christian redemption was that—to use his own words in a letter to Dr. Franklin—a “ happy immortality” had thus been “ purchased for the virtuous and truly good of every religious denomination in Christendom, and for those of every age, nation and mythology, who reverence the Address by Professor Baldwin. XV Deity, are filled with integrity, righteousness, and benevolence.’’* Such sentiments did not generally prevail in the Congregational pulpits of the State, and those who did not share them were able to point to the declining state of the College church as evidence of their evil tendency. Under these circumstances a charter for “the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences,” drafted by President Stiles, was sent by him to the Rev. Dr. Nathan Strong of Hartford for pre- sentation to the General Assembly at its May session, to be held in that city in 1781. The Academy was to consist of a President and Fellows, the first meeting to be called by Dr. Stiles and held at “the chapel of the College of Connecticut Hall in New Haven.” A blank was left in the draft for the names of the incorporators, which it was probably supposed could best be filled by Dr. Strong on consultation with the friends of the measure in the Assembly. Apparently it found friends in the upper house, for it was there passed, and with such inconsiderate haste that the blank was left unfilled, thus making the bill totally inoperative. In the lower house it received more careful attention. An amendment was proposed to make the Academy “at all times subject to the visitation and inspection of the General Assembly ” and the matter continued to the next session at New Haven.t In this disposition of it the upper house finally concurred, and after one or two similar continuances at subsequent sessions, Dr. Stiles evidently thought it best to make a fresh start on a different basis, for we find him, in 1783, in consultation with his cousin, Rev. John Devotion of Saybrook, over a new charter, for the “ Connec- ticut Academy of Sciences,’ making the Governor of the State the first President, and the Secretary of the State the “chief Secretary.” The Academy was to have power to establish a botanical garden and to purchase or erect a suitable building, con- taining a hall for its meetings, a library, and rooms adapted to the purposes of a museum. The first meeting was to be held at Middletown.? * Franklin’s Memoirs, Phila. ed. of 1834, i, 622. + Conn. State Mss. Archives, Colleges and Schools, 1763-1789, No. 134. The Yale Book, I, 331. ¢ Mss. Diary of President Stiles, Vol. 11, p. 282. This draft of a charter is also preserved in the Stiles Mss., in the Yale library. Xvi Centennial Anniversary A sedulous desire to avoid any marked connection with the Col- lege is shown in this scheme of organization. The arts were even excluded from the corporate name. It fared, however, no better than its predecessor; one cause perhaps, being that it provided that the proposed building should be free of taxation. The pub- lie mind, also, was full of other things. The era of the revolution had closed, but that of reconstruction, with all its possibilities, was now opening. ; Three years later, in despair of obtaining the legislation desired, a voluntary association® was formed at Hartford during the ses- sion of the General Assembly there, by the name of the Connecti- eut Society of Arts and Sciences. Dr. Stiles and Dr. Strong were among its active promoters, the number of whom was limited to sixty, and soon rose to over forty, the Lieutenant-Governor of the State being the first President. It was to have two semi-annual sessions, alternately at Hartford and New Haven, during the ses- sion of the legislature at each place. No prophet was needed to predict the practical failure of this scheme. It was an appendage to the General Assembly, but without its countenance. It had no fixed center nor place of abode. ; A learned academy must be the outgrowth, or at least must have the cordial support, either of a university or of a capital. It must draw its life from an exchange of the fruits of scholarship, or an exchange of news of scientific discovery. Nor can it be migratory. It must have a rod o7@, if it would exert a continuous and lasting influence. : But one paper was ever published by the Connecticut Society of Arts and Sciences—a dissertation on the Language of the Muhhekaneew Indians, by Rey. Dr. Jonathan Edwards, the younger. It is one of acknowledged merit, and was communi- cated to the Society in October, 1787. The times were then growing more and more unfavorable to the cultivation of any science but that of polities. The one great subject of thought was the formation of a better government for the United States. The Convention which * Stiles’ Diary, Vol. 10, p. 150. A search through the Journal of the May rater ine : Session, 1786, confirms the accuracy of Dr. Stiles’ entry as to its not being incor- porated. Address by Professor Baldwin. XVil framed the Constitution of 1789 had just closed its sessions. Whether to ratify or reject the work, whether to side with Ham- ilton or Patrick Henry, were questions which quite superseded any that could be raised by Dr. Edwards as to the analogy between the Hebrew and the tongue of the Muhhekaneews. Party spirit soon awoke, and whatever time Connecticut could give to academic subjects was devoted to readjusting the relations between the State and Yale College by bringing the Governor, Lieutenant-Governor, and six of the Assistants into her board of management. This was accomplished in 1792, and seven years later, on March 4th, 1799, a new organization was quietly effected at New Haven, under the name originally selected by Dr. Stiles. It was at first a voluntary association, but a few months later, at the October session of the General Assembly, in 1799, a charter of incorpora- tion was easily obtained. It included many of the members of the Connecticut Society of Arts and Sciences, but there was no formal merger of the moribund institution with that thus brought into existence. The first meeting of the Academy under its charter was held at the State House in this city on October 22d, 1799. There was an organization on asolid foundation. The President was the President of Yale College. The Vice-President was the Gov- ernor of the State, and the head of the ** Counselors ” was the Lieu- tenant-Governor ; both also being ew officio Fellows of the College. The charter did not specify the objects of the Academy, otherwise than by its name, and in the preamble, which declared that ‘ lit- erary Societies have been found to promote, diffuse and preserve the knowledge of those Arts and Sciences, which are the support of Agriculture, Manufactures, and Commerce, and to advance the dignity, virtue and happiness of a people.” These same words were repeated in the charter of the American Geological Society, when that was incorporated by Connecticut, twenty years later.* Any organization of which President Dwight was the head had from that fact alone an assurance of success. His strong, domi- nating character, active mind, and untiring energy, set the Acad- emy at once upon a course of useful activity. * Private Laws of Connecticut, Vol. 1, p. 1098. xviil Centennial Anniversary New Haven was but a small capital. Yale was but a small college. But there were then few larger cities, and only one larger college on the American continent. The membership of the Academy was co-extensive with the State, and embraced men of all parties and all shades of opinion. Among those named in the charter were Chief J ustice Swift of Windham, whose treatises on legal topics were among the earliest as they are among the best of American works of that character ; Josiah Meigs, an ardent Jeffersonian, then holding the chair of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy at Yale, but soon to find a more congenial political atmosphere in Georgia, where he went in 1801 to become President of its State University ; Noah Webster; Abraham Bishop, whose attacks on President Dwight in political addresses soon put an impassable gulf between them; Chief Justice Hosmer of Middletown; Judge Pierpont Edwards; Chief Justice Ellsworth of Windsor; and Dr. Bela Hubbard, rector of Trinity Church, and the leader of the Episcopalian clergy of the diocese. President Dwight was particularly interested in_ political science. He was also a close student of history, and saw the importance for the United States of reducing to proper form for future use all the historical and statistical material that, so famil- iar as to be uninteresting to one generation, is of priceless value to the next. Under his lead, in December, 1799, action was taken towards memorializing Congress to enlarge the objects of the national census of 1800, and to secure greater particularity in the returns. Cooperation in this effort was invited from the American Philo- | sophical Society andthe American Academy of Arts and Sciences. The Academy also, a week later, agreed on a circular letter to be issued in its name, asking for statistical information as to the State of Connecticut and the several towns within its jurisdiction. The result of this request, which was followed up by newspaper addresses, and much private correspondence, was that such statis- ties were obtained from more than thirty towns ;* by far the most valuable being those for New Haven prepared by President Dwight. This piece of his work was published by the Academy in 1811, ina pamphlet of 84 pages, as the first part of the first * The Yale Book, fF, 333. Address by Professor Baldwin. xix volume of aseries to be entitled “A Statistical Account of the Towns and Parishes in the State of Connecticut.” It was fol- lowed, in 1815, by a similar account of the towns in Litchfield county, by James Morris, and in 1819, by one of those in Middle- sex county, by Rey. Dr. David Dudley Field of Haddam, father of an illustrious family. To this work Dr. Field added in 1827 a sketch of the history of Guilford and Madison.* It is to be regretted that the projected series was carried no farther. During its first twenty years of existence, the Academy held its annual meetings at the State House in New Haven, and its others at the residences of its members in succession. An oration by some person of distinction was a feature of the annual meeting, and at those held at private houses some paper of a less formal character was generally presented, or topics of general interest discussed. If one of the members was writing a book, some of the chapters would be likely to pass in this way, while in manu- script, before the Academy, and the views presented receive its friendly criticism. President Dwight’s defence of the common language of New England, and of the pronunciation of English by her people, contained in a letter to an imaginary Englishman, published after his death in the fourth volume of his ‘Travels in New England and New York,” was presented in this way as a communication to the Academy in 1813. In 1818, a report was adopted from a committee of which Pro- fessor Silliman was the chairman, urging the importance of a proper geological survey and map of the State. This was the ’ beginning of an effort to press the subject upon the attention of the legislature, which resulted, in 1835, in the appointment by the State of two members of the Academy, Dr. Charles Upham Shepard and Dr. James G. Percival, to undertake the work. Dr. Shepard’s report, which was mainly confined to mineralogy, was published in 1837, in a thick pamphlet of 188 pages, and Dr. Percival’s, with the geological map, followed five years later in a volume of much larger dimensions. The published transactions of the Academy, aside from the Statistical Account of the State, which was designed to stand by itself as a separate work, began with Part 1 of Volume 1, printed * This was the foundation of Smith’s History of Guilford, published in 1874. xXx Centennial Anniversary in 1810. The second part followed in 1811, the third in 1813, and the fourth and last in 1816. The range of subjects discussed was broad. Two papers read by Noah Webster in 1799 and 1806 had the place of honor, and treated of the supposed moderation in the temperature of winter in modern times. It was his opinion that the spread of population over the earth, and the attendant alterations in the face of the ground occasioned by clearing and cultivation, had resulted in a less equal and uniform distribution of heat and cold among the several seasons, but that the cold of winter was in the aggregate as great as ever, though less steady- Judge Daggett narrated the history of a law suit brought for destroying a dam across the Housatonic river, in which the defence was that ponding the water had been a cause of fever and ague. A lengthy paper by Dr. Benjamin W. Dwight, of Catskill, New York, a son of the President, on Chronic Debility of the Stomach, excited wide attention, and was republished in England. One of its positions might well commend it to English readers. ‘“ Wine, and wine only,” he wrote, “is recommended in holy writ for dyspeptic complaints. ‘A little wine for thy stomach’s sake, and thine often infirmities’ was the direction of the Apostle Paul to Timothy. The words ‘thy stomach’s sake, and thine often infirmities’ prove the disease to have been Chronic Debility of that viseus, with a numerous train of morbid sympathies ; and no prescription of Hippocrates could have been better.” Another son of the President, Sereno E. Dwight, then a mem- ber of the New Haven Bar, contributed a dissertation on the Origin of Springs. The volume closed with a mathematical demonstration of Stewart’s Properties of the Circle, by Professor Strong of Hamilton College. It contained also a number of papers on subjects of natural philosophy, and two from the pen of President Dwight, the more important one being Observations on Language, the theme of which was that the intelligence of any nation may be exactly estimated from its vocabulary. The year after the completion of Volume 1 of the Memoirs of the Academy (which was the style of the title adopted) President Dwight’s death sent the Presidency of the College, and with it naturally that of the Academy, into the hands of Dr. Day. Address by Professor Baldwin. XXi His horizon was not so broad as that of his predecessor in these offices, nor his executive powers of equal energy. Another cireumstance also now occurred to weaken the position of the Academy as an active force in the cultivation of the Arts and Sciences. In 1818, Professor Silliman undertook the arduous task of editing and publishing a scientitic periodical of a general character, and in July of that year, the first number of the “American Journal of Science and Arts” appeared from the New Haven press. He had made important contributions to the first volume of the Academy’s Memoirs, and had always been one of its leading spirits. Such, indeed, he continued to be for many years, but his main interest henceforth as to scientifie publications was naturally centered in the Journal, for whose regular issue he had become responsible, and which was soon called, in common parlance, by his name. To support his undertaking, a vote had been passed in February, “that the Committee of Publication may allow such of the Academy’s papers as they think proper, to be published in Mr. Silliman’s Scientific Journal.” Free use was made of this authority, and a large part of the contents of the Journal was for many years drawn from this source. In some eases this fact was noted in publication; but in most it was not. Among the more important communications to the Academy which were thus transferred to the Journal of Science may be mentioned a series of articles, some by Edward C. Herrick, and others by Professors Olmstead and Loomis, stating the observations and conclusions which did so much to eall general attention to the periodicity of meteoric showers and to confirm what is now the universally accepted theory of their cause. In 1826, when the Journal was in great need of financial sup- port, the Academy further voted to pay fora year the cost of printing such of its papers as might be published in it. In Bald- win’s Annals of Yale College,* published in 1831, it is described as a publication “honorable to the science of our common coun- try,” and having “an additional value as being adopted as the acknowledged organ of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.” The Christian Spectator, also, another New Haven magazine, which was founded in 1819, drew heavily from the productive

Wurtz: Comptes rendus de l’Academie des Sciences, 1880, xe, p. 1879. * Martin: Journal of Physiology, 1884, v, p. 213; 1885, vi, p. 336. Mendel and Underhill— Papain-digestion. 3 abundantly when these neutral fluids are heated. Its occurrence is too characteristic and the quantities formed are too large to be ascribed to traces of unprecipitated alkali-proteid. Peptones (in the older sense) were obtained by concentrating the filtrates from the globulin- like body and precipitating with a large excess of alcohol a substance which gave the biuret reaction and was readily diffusible. From the alcoholic solution, crystals of leucin were obtained. Martin experi- enced more difficulty, however, in showing the presence of tyrosin. No erystals could be obtained; but when the alcoholic peptone- filtrate was dried, an extract could be prepared from it with absolute alcohol. This solution gave Millon’s reaction and led Martin to con- clude the presence of tyrosin. In his own words “we have, then, in papain a proteolytic ferment acting almost exactly like trypsin : sim- ilar in the proneness of decomposition in solution, in its erosion of coagulated proteid: in the formation of an ‘intermediate’ body from the proteid ; and the formation of a perfect peptone, and of leucin and tyrosin.”’ Later Martin obtained impure crystals of tyrosm and leucin from the dried papaw juice, and also apparently identified them in small quantity among the products of the self-digestion of this material. The crude way in which the material at his disposal was prepared by no means excludes the possibility of previous decom- position through the ageney of bacteria and the formation of bac- terial enzymes.” This might, at least, reasonably be assumed of a “yellow brown powder of sickly smell” obtained by drying, chiefly in the East Indies, the juice of the unripe fruit in the open air and under glass. Furthermore the quantity of leucin and tyrosin—if such they were—obtained in the digestions with large quantities of proteid, was extremely small when compared with the typical results of tryptic proteolysis ; and Martin himself has been far more cautious in drawing any final conclusion than have those who have subsequently quoted his investigations. For he says: “It is evident moreover that too general a deduction cannot at present be drawn as to the nature of the proteolytic change, as to whether the agent acts like animal pepsin or like trypsin.”’ In studying the literature of papain- proteolysis we have been surprised to find upon what scanty and meagre data some of the current statements on the subject are based ; and we have dwelt particularly upon these widely quoted observa- tions of “Martin to illustrate this point. 1 Martin: loc. cit., 1884, v, p. 280. 2Some commercial preparations have been reported to contain spores and dead forms of bacilli. (Dowdeswell: Practitioner, 1883, xxx, May.) ’ Martin: Journal of Physiology, 1885, vi, p. 360. 4 Mendel and Underhili—Papain-digestion. In 1892, Chittenden’ published the results of an extensive study of the digestive action of “ Papoid,” a therapeutic agent prepared from the various parts of the papaw plant, Carica papaya. The enzyme- like character of the preparation was clearly shown by the readiness with which it dissolved proteids like fresh and boiled fibrin, raw and cooked beef proteids and coagulated egg-white in neutral, alkaline and acid media, even in the presence of various antiseptic agents. While the attention of this investigator was directed particularly to the conditions under which the proteolysis proceeds best, he inci- dentally made several observations with reference to the products formed. With coagulated egg-albumin, a peculiar albumose-like body, a deuteroalbumose, a fairly large amount of peptone and some leucin and tyrosin were isolated. With raw blood-fibrin and cooked beef-proteids similar results were obtained.’ Particularly conspic- uous was a soluble albumose formed in the fibrin digestions. It was completely precipitable from a neutral solution by heat and partook of the general character of hetereoralbumose, being insoluble in water but completely insoluble in salt solutions as well as in dilute acids and alkalies. ‘This substance recalls the “globulin-like” body described by Martin. While calling attention to the points of resemblance between the action of papoid and trypsin, Chittenden points ont that the latter is ordinarily associated with an alkaline secretion, and as a proteolytic agent acts to advantage only in alka- line fluids. On the other hand, the action of papoid in neu- tral solutions is increased by the addition of a very small amount of hydrochloric acid. Wurtz* has also stated that the liquid juice of the papaw is neutral in reaction. Chittenden therefore merely con- cludes “that the power possessed by papoid of dissolving various forms of proteid matter is dependent upon an ordinary digestive action akin to, or identical with, that of digestive ferments in general, whether animal or vegetable. In a subsequent paper from this laboratory* it was demonstrated that not only are true albumoses (in Kiihne’s sense) formed by vari- ous commercial papain preparations acting in different media, but 1 Chittenden: Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, 1892, ix, p. 298. * We learn from Professor Chittenden that the quantities of leucin and tyrosin found by him were small at the most. ; * Wurtz and Bouchut: Comptes rendus de l’Academie des Sciences, 1879, lxxxix, p. 425. 4 Chittenden, Mendel and McDermott: American Journal of Physiology, 1898, i, p. 255. The references to the literature are given in this paper. Mendel and Underhill— Papain-digestion. 5 —contrary to the statements of several writers—peptones, 7. e., biuret-giving compounds not precipitable by ammonium sulphate or zine sulphate, are formed in considerable amounts. The latter were separated from digestive mixtures and their physiological action was investigated. Previous to this Neumeister’ only had directed attention to this point. His report is, however, very scanty, and the commercial preparation of ‘ papayotin” which he used must have been rather inactive ; for although it dissolved coagulated egg- white in an alkaline mixture, it failed to digest fresh fibrin or to act in acid or neutral solutions. He arrived at no definite conclusion regarding the nature of the enzyme. The present investigation is the outcome of an attempt to isolate the end-products of the action of papain upon purified proteids. Relying upon such statements as have been introduced into the literature on this subject, we had expected to find a marked resem- blance in character between the products formed by trypsin and those resulting from papain proteolysis. Our experiments, on the contrary, soon indicated that pronounced differences exist. From the data accumulated we feel justified in reporting some additional features regarding the action of the papaw enzyme. We have not been fortunate enough to secure specimens of the fruit itself for study ; but the results obtained with four commercial preparations from different sources are fairly concordant and characteristic and give no occasion to suspect the extensive admixture of other enzymes. These preparations will be referred to below as Papain A, B, C, and D; they were bought under the names of ‘“ Papoid,” ‘ Caroid,” *Papain (Lehn and Fink’s),” and “ Papain (Merck’s)” respectively. Our observations will be considered under four chapters in the part following. I. The Influence of the Reaction on the Proteolytic Action of Papain. A survey of the literature on the action of papain shows that the observers have by no means been agreed regarding the conditions of reaction under which proteolysis proceeds favorably. Wurtz, the earliest careful investigator of this point, and Chittenden, who made the most exhaustive study (with “ papoid”), both found the enzyme active in acid, alkaline and neutral media, as already indicated. Similar observations were made by Polak* with two papain prepara- 1 Neumeister: Zeitschrift fiir Biologie, 1890, xxvi, p. 82. * Polak: Jahresbericht fiir Thierchemie, 188%, xii, p. 254. 6 Mendel and Underhili—Papain-digestion. tions in the digestion of various proteids. While nearly all writers have found that weakly alkaline fluids favor the action of papain, there has been great diversity of experience regarding the influence of acid reaction.’ Undoubtedly the conditions determining the character of the acid reaction, @. ¢., the presence or absence of free mineral acid, are of decisive influence and have been overlooked in this connection, as frequently elsewhere, in discussions regarding enzyme activity.” Our own experiments confirm the results obtained by the three writers above named in showing pronounced proteo- lytic activity in digestive mixtures with various reactions. Methods. The general course of these experiments has been to treat the proteid used with relatively concentrated solutions of the enzyme preparation under examination, enough sodium fluoride being dissolved in the mixture in every case to make the total strength of this antiseptic equivalent to at least one per cent. Pre- vious trials had demonstrated that this salt does not interfere seri- ously with the action of papain.* The digestions were carried on in an oven at 37°C. In the series of quantitative trials reported below ten grams of moist coagulated egg-white, finely comminuted, were used. To this, 50 ¢.c. of 0.2 per cent. HCl were added for the acid digestions, 50 c.c. of 2 per cent. HNaCO, solution for the alkaline digestions, and 50 ¢.c. of water for the neutral media. Finally 1.5 grams of papain were digested with 125 ¢.c. of water and 50 c.c. of the filtrate were employed in each digestion. Each digestion mixture was thus made up as follows : 10 grams of moist proteid (2.025 grams of dry proteid), 100 c.c. of fluid containing 1 gram NaF, 0.1 per cent. HCl, or papain and+1.0 ‘“ HNaCOs, or water. Control trials were simultaneously carried out with boiled papain solutions, and lastly the solvent action of the fluids used was ascer- tained.” After allowing the digestive action to proceed at 37° C. *For the literature references on this point see Oppenheimer: Die Fermente und ihre Wirkungen, 1900, p. 186; also Pickardt : Centralblatt fiir Physiologie, 1900, xiv, p. 351. * Cf. Hanford: American Journal of Physiology, 1900, iv, p. 250. ° Of. Chittenden, Mendel and McDermott: American Journal of Physiology, 1898, i, p. 259. *The complete extent of digestive action is not always accurately represented in this way, since what is estimated as undigested residue may frequently be made up in part of transformation products, like antialbumid, resulting from the work of the enzyme. Mendel and Underhill—Papain-digestion. 7 with frequent agitation of the mixture for four hours, it was stopped by heating, and the undissolved residue filtered upon dried and weighed ash-free papers, then thoroughly washed with hot water and dried to constant weight at 105° C. From the figures thus obtained the percentage of proteid dissolved was calculated. The results are tabulated below. PAPAIN DIGESTION OF COAGULATED EGG-ALBUMIN. (The figures indicate the percentages of proteid dissolved.) Papain A. Papain B. | Papain D. | Controls with- Medium. - | out Papain unboiled boiled unboiled| boiled junboiled | boiled Solution. 0.1 per cent HCl, SHR ei2-0) |) 1405 2.9 | 40.6 5.4 | 6.0 1.0 se HNaCOs, 24.0 8.7 | 54.0 Lea 6G F 2.1 4.2 water, 16.6 0.8 41.7 4.0 Wau 6.1 2.4 In evidence of the statement already made regarding the activity of papain preparations in both alkaline and acid media, we might add many additional data. In numerous qualitative tests with vari- ous papain preparations acting on fibrin, casein, boiled and unboiled muscle tissue, in the presence of 2 per cent. NaF and in media acid with 0.1 per cent. HCl, or alkaline with 1.0 per cent. HNaCO, or 0.5 per cent. Na,CO,, or in approximately neutral fluids, vigorous solvent action was always observed. In considering the relatively weak digestive action noted above in the case of the acid mixtures, it should be borne in mind that the strength of acid here recorded is rather large’ and by a selection of more appropriate conditions the solvent power could doubtless have been considerably increased. IT, Are Leucin, Tyrosin and Tryptophan formed by Papain? When trypsin acts upon ordinary proteids, leucin, tyrosin and tryptophan (proteinochromogen) are speedily formed in considerable quantities. These compounds do not arise in appreciable amounts in pepsin- HC] digestion under ordinary circumstances, although some recent experimental work leads to the conclusion that relatively simple bodies (including leucin) may occur in prolonged proteolysis with pepsin. Thus Lawrow’ found large quantities of leucin formed by the self-digestion of 12 kilos of pigs’ stomachs with 35 1 Cf. Chittenden: Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, 1892, ix, p. 307. *Lawrow: Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie, 1899, xxvi, p. 513. 8 Mendel and Underhill—Papain-digestion. litres of 0.6 per cent. HCl at 40°-45° C. for two months. Experi- ments of this type will scarcely appeal to one as offering reliable evidence regarding the work of the enzyme pepsin, especially as no control experiments to show the influence of such large excesses of free hydrochloric acid are presented. How vigorously dilute acids alone may act on proteids has been shown by Fr. Goldschmidt.* More important, however, are experiments like those of Pfaundler.’ This investigator showed that while in prolonged pepsin-HCl diges- tion there arise products which no longer give the biuret reaction, leucin and tyrosin cannot be found ready formed. Tryptophan, in particular, has always been regarded as a typical product of tryptic enzymes, although Malfatti® has recently observed that it may be formed by extracts of the stomach. He gives no conclusive proof, however, that the action is due to the enzyme pepsin. Tyrosin has not been found among the products of pepsin-proteolysis. Bertrand‘ and others have shown that extracts of Russula delica and other species of fungi contain an oxidizing enzyme, which they named tyrosinase, and which brings about a black coloration when added to solutions containing tyrosin. The reaction is one of oxida- tion and may be observed with many genera. Harlay*® has subse- quently asserted that this reaction is a delicate test for the presence of tyrosin and enables one to distinguish between the products of peptic and tryptic digestion. With peptic digestion mixtures the extracts of Russula yield a red, then green color; tryptic products turn red, then black. Applying this test to the products of papain digestion, Harlay® has observed a resemblance in reaction to that obtained with the peptic digestion products. Although these obser- vations, published during the progress of our experiments, were made with extracts of a different member of the papaw family, viz., Carica hastifolia, they lend additional evidence to the results which we have obtained with the closely related species. ‘Goldschmidt : Ueber die Wirkung von Siuren auf Eiweissstoffe. Inaugural- Dissertation, 1898, Strassburg. * Pfaundler : Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie, 1900, xxx, p. 99. * Malfatti: Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie, 1900, xxxi, p. 48. * Bertrand: Bulletin de la société chimique, 1896 (3), xv, p. 793. Bourquelot: Bulletin de la société mycologique de France, 1897, xiii, p. 65. Cf. also Green: The Soluble Ferments and Fermentations, 1899, pp. 299, 300. ’ Harlay : Journal de pharmacie, 1899 [vi] 5, p. £25. * Harlay: Abstract in Journal of the Chemical Society, 1900, Part I, July, p. 419. Mendel and Underhill—Papuin-digestion. 9 We have searched for leucin, tyrosin and tryptophan among the products of papain digestion under a variety of conditions. In a very large number of experiments we have uniformly failed to detect them. They are therefore, in our opinion, not normal products of the proteolytic action of papain. Enzyme preparations from four different manufacturers were tested in solutions of differing reactions and on the following proteids: casein, fibrin, coagulated ego-albumin, muscle tissue (boiled and unboiled). Only in one series of experiments, viz., those with unboiled muscle tissue, did the products already referred to regularly appear. These cases will be considered in detail below. Methods. The digestions were carried out at 35°-38°C. in the presence of two per cent. sodium fluoride, or thymol, to avoid bac- terial decomposition. The reaction of the digestive mixtures varied as described on page 6. At the end of varying periods of time they were filtered and neutralized, when necessary; the fluids were then heated on the water-bath, and after the removal of the charac- teristic albumose-like body which usually separates out, they were concentrated to a small volume and set aside in a cool place to allow bodies like leucin and tyrosin to crystallize out. Finally the residues were extracted with warm alcohol to remove some of these latter compounds and eliminate the greater part of the soluble pro- teids. The alcoholic extracts were in turn concentrated, allowed to stand, and carefully examined under the microscope for crystals of leucin and tyrosin. Trytophan was searched for by the bromine- water test both in the original concentrated neutralized solution and in the final alcoholic extracts. The results of over sixty trials made with the four papain prepara- tions (more particularly with papain A, B and D) and with the pro- teids mentioned, were entirely negative so far as the appearance or detection of leucin, tyrosin or tryptophan was concerned. The observations were so concordant in this respect, that it is scarcely necessary to enumerate the variations in time of digestion, the reac- tion of the digestive media, the quantity of enzyme used and other details. Comparisons with control trials always indicated a vigorous digestion in every case. In some instances the digestion was allowed to continue at 35°C. for over a month without altering the results noted. Only with fresh muscle tissue were these tryptic end-products obtained. When hashed muscle (lean beefsteak), washed.free from blood with water, was digested with papain in the presence of two per cent. sodium fluoride, the tryptophan reaction was repeatedly 10 Mendel and Underhill—Papain-digestion. obtained in the acid digestions; and frequently typical leucin crys- tals, less often characteristic tyrosin crystals, could be detected with the microscope. There was no difference in the three papain prepara- tions in this respect. The suspicion that the meat thus prepared long after the death of the animal might be contaminated with bacterial enzymes, led to the use of dog’s and rabbit’s muscle removed from the f reshly killed animal immediately after perfusion of the blood-vessels with isotonic sodium ebloride solution to wash out the blood com- pletely. Precisely similar results were obtained with such material in the acid and neutral media. Finally trials were made with muscle tissue previously heated in boiling water. With the boiled muscle no leucin, tyrosin or tryptophan was ever obtained. These facts seem to indicate the existence of an enzyme in the muscle tissue which may assist in the proteolysis accomplished by papain on the fresh tissue and may carry the action to a stage where relatively simple products are formed. The self-digestion (autolysis) of muscle after exclusion of bacteria by the use of chloroform-water, was observed long ago by Salkowski.’ He failed to find leucin and tyrosin among the products. More recently Jacoby* obtained large quantities of leucin, tyrosin and also tryptophan in the self-digestion of the liver, These observations indicate an explanation for the exceptional results obtained with fresh muscle tissue in our papain digestions, by refer- ring to the muscle itself the active agent in the production of trypto- phan, etc., in these cases—a conclusion which is supported by the uniformly negative results obtaimed with the heated tissue. ITI, The Nature of some Products of Papain Proteolysis. While the experiments just outlined indicate the marked difference between trypsin-and papain-proteolysis so far as the end-products formed under ordinary conditions are concerned, a closer study of the primary products has shown them to resemble in many respects the bodies obtained under similar conditions in pepsin-hydrochloric acid digestion. Our investigation in this direction has been confined to the proteid casein, since this is readily obtained in large quantities in a state of considerable purity. The products formed from casein by pepsin-hydrochloric acid have been investigated by Chittenden® and 'Salkowski: Archiv fiir Physiologie, 1890, p. 554; Zeitschrift fiir klinische Medicin, 1890, xvii, Supplementband, p. 77. *Jacoby: Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie, 1900, xxx, p. 162. * Chittenden: Studies from the laboratory of physiological chemistry, Yale University, 1887, ii, p. 156; 1889, iii, p. 66. Ok oe a TU Mendel and Underhill—Papain-digestion. 1] his pupils, and more recently by Fr. Alexander.’ The latter employed the method of fractional precipitation introduced by E. P. Pick’ for the albumoses. We have followed their scheme of analysis quite closely, and refer to the papers of the writers mentioned for the details of the method. The separation of the individual caseoses was made in the neutralized and somewhat concentrated digestion filtrates, after removal of the characteristic albumose-like substance which has already been referred to as precipitating when heat is applied. Instead of reproducing our protocols at length, we give an outline of one of several experiments with casein and then add a brief resumé of the main results ascertained from all the trials. Experiment A. In this experiment 14 kilos of moist casein obtained from skimmed milk and purified by re-precipitating three times were treated with 21 liters of 0.25 per cent. Na,COs,4 grams of papain A and strong alcoholic thymol solution. The mixture was kept at 38° C. for 11 days. During this inter- val portions had repeatedly been withdrawn and examined for leucin, tyrosin and tryptophan (as described on page 9) with negative results. Therefore 4 grams of papain were again added. After digesting for 7 days longer, during which time samples had again been withdrawn and examined for leucin, etc., with negative outcome, the material was filtered and neutralized with acetic acid, whereupon a-very slight precipitate was obtained. The filtrates were then concentrated as already indicated, until they contained about ten per cent. of dissolved substance. On treatment of the carefully neutralized fluid with saturated ammonium sul- phate solution, Fraction I., which began to be precipitated when a content of 2.6 c.c. of saturated ammonium sulphate solution in a total volume of 10 c.e. was reached, was completely separated when 6 c.c. of the sulphate solution were present. In a large portion of digestion material this fraction was then precipi- tated by mixing ten volumes of the digestive solution with nine volumes of ammonium sulphate solution (following Alexander),* and after standing, this frac- tion was filtered off completely. In this filtrate the lower limit of precipitation was found to be 5.1 c.c., and the upper limit at 6.7 c.c. of ammonium sulphate solution. Fraction IT. was then separated from a larger quantity of the original material by adding one volume of it to three volumes of saturated ammonium sul- phate solution. For this filtrate obtained therefrom, lower and upper precipitation limits of 7.8 ¢.c., and about 9.5 c.c. of ammonium sulphate solution respectively were ascertained. Fraction III. was therefore removed by saturating the remainder of the original digestion material with ammonium sulphate crystals and filter- ing after some hours. When the salt-saturated fluid thus obtained was further treated with ;,n sulphuric acid (saturated with ammonium sulphate) a precip- itate, Fraction IV., separated. It was relatively large in quantity and was removed by adding one-half volume of the salt-saturated acid to the entire fluid. The filtrate still gave a strong biuret reaction, indicating the presence of pep- 1 Alexander: Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie, 1898, xxv, p. 411. ® Pick: Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie, 1897, xxiv, p. 246. 3 Alexander: Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie, 1898, xxv, p. 418. 12 Menilel and Underhill—Papain-digestion. tones. The latter were removed by precipitation with an equal volume of Lugol’s solution saturated “with ammonium sulphate. This peptone precipitate could always be divided into two fractions, one insoluble (V) and the other soluble (VI) in 95 per cent. alcohol. These portions both gave the biuret reaction. Experiment B. This was carried out under precisely the same conditions as Experiment A, except that 2.2 liters of 0.02 per cent. HCl were added instead of the alkali. A total of 8 grams of papain A was added, and the digestion stopped after 28 days. - No leucin, tyrosin or tryptophan were found. The results of the fractional analysis are given below. Experiment C. Alkaline digestion containing 300 grams of freshly precipi- tated casein, 1500 ¢.c. of 0.25 per cent. Na,COs, 4 grams of papain B and thymol solution. Digestion at 38° C. for 26 days. Experiment D. Acid digestion like Experiment C except that 1500 c.c. of 0.02 per cent. HCl were added in place of the alkali. Experiment E. Alkaline digestion like Experiment C, the enzyme used being papain C. Digestion at 38° C. for 26 days. Experiment F. Acid digestion like Experiment D, with papain C. Digested at 38°C. for 26 days. A summary of the results of the fractional precipitation of the digestion products according to the general plan outlined under Experiment A follows. The figures given indicate cubic centimetres of saturated sulphate solution in a total volume of ten cubic centimetres. FRACTIONAL ANALYSIS OF THE PAPAIN DIGESTION. Preparation | Conditions of} Limits of |_ Limits of Limits of ‘Character of} Character of Character of — Tsed. Experiment. | Fraction I. Fraction IL./FractionII[. FractionIV.| Fraction V. Fraction VI. — Papain A 4 |A: alkaline | 2.6—6.0 | 5.1—6.7 | 7.89.5 light more than VI light apain*) |B. acid | 2.6—5.8| 6.1—6.9)| 76—9.5 le heavy, | eae 66 e C. alkaline | 2.4—2 | 5.38—? | 7.8—9.5 s ae be Fapain By D. acid 2.22 | 5.5—2 | 8.0—9.5| light is i) Papain Cs |=: alkaline | 2.6—? | 5.5—2 | 7.89.5 very light) light. more than V P | |F. acid 2.4—? | 5.382 | 8.0-9.5 | heavy |morethanVI| light Pepsin! | Acid 2.64.4 | 5.2-7.2 | 8.29.5 The results obtained with different enzyme preparations and under varying conditions show a fairly close agreement with one another and a resemblance to those already published by Alexander for the gastric digestion of casein. He concluded that at least four caseoses and two casein-peptones are formed in the pepsin-hydrochloric acid proteolysis of casein. Our results indicate that similar products may arise through the action of papain, and they lend additional emphasis to the specific character of papain as an enzyme. * Alexander: Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie, i898, xxv, p. 418. Mendel and Underhill—Papain-digestion. 13 IV. General Conclusions. The observations recorded in this paper indicate that papain belongs to a class of enzymes which differs somewhat in type from the two proteolytic enzymes that have received most careful investi- gation in the past, viz., pepsin and trypsin. " While the products of the papain digestion of proteids resemble quite closely those of pep- sin so far as these have been examined in detail, the enzyme differs from ordinary animal pepsin in that it acts readily in both neutral and alkaline media. On the other hand, although papain is com- parable with trypsin in exerting a solvent action in fluids of various reactions, the failure to form leucin, tyrosin and tryptophan in appreciable quantities—at least under conditions in which they are readily formed in large quantities by other tryptic enzymes—places it in a class of its own for the present. The failure of papain to conform exactly with any of the standards set in the past for proteolytic enzymes need not surprise us. The more carefully such enzymes—especially those from vegetable sources—are being examined with reference to their activities, the more varied are found to be the manifestations which characterize and distinguish them. We may refer, for example, to bromelin, the proteolytic enzyme of the pineapple (Ananassa sativa), which has been studied very thoroughly by Chittenden.* Bromelin readily forms leucin and tyrosin in large quantities in both acid and neutral media, besides the characteristic proteoses and peptones.* This recalls the proteolytic enzyme of the yeast, discovered by Salkowski* and quite recently found by Hahn and Geret* in the yeast juice expressed by Buchner’s method. It acts with intense vigor, giving rise readily to leucin and tyrosin ; peptone is not obtained and albu- moses occur only in traces; acid reaction is favorable, while alkalies retard digestion with it. The circumstance that the favorable reac- tion corresponds with the one best for pepsin, while the products formed resemble those resulting in trypsin proteolysis (the absence of peptones being unique), has led Hahn and Geret to classify this yeast enzyme by itself and to give it a new name: yeast endotrypsin, 1Chittenden : Journal of Physiology, 1893, xv, p. 249. *In unpublished experiments by O. H. Schell, Ph.B. and one of us, tryp- tophan and other end-products were found in addition to those already described. ’ Salkowski: Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie, 1889, xiii, p. 527. 4Hahn and Geret: Zeitschrift fiir Biologie, 1900, xl, p. 117. 14 Mendel and Underhill— Papain-digestion, Similarly the enzyme found by Green’ in the germinating seeds of Lupinus hirsutus acts in acid media, forming leucin and tyrosin ; but the primary products are also found. Related enzymes have been described by others. The proteolytic enzyme of the pitcher plant, Wepenthes, which Vines has studied, seems to resemble pepsin most closely ; for it acts only in acid fluids, forming large quantities of albumoses, small amounts of peptone and only traces of leucin, if any. Tyrosin has not been obtained. In writing of various vege- table enzymes, Vines says: “It is a remarkable fact that, whatever may be the reaction of the medium in which they can work, all these enzymes are essentially tryptic in their mode of action ; in fact it is not improbable that this may be a characteristic feature of all vege- table proteolytic enzymes whatsoever.” On the contrary, we believe that the actual experiments of Vines, as well as the work recorded in this paper, make it more probable that plants, like animals, produce various kinds of proteolytic enzymes.* Apri, 1901. 1Green: Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, London, 1887, B, elxxviii, p. 39. 2 Vines: Annals of Botany, 1897, xi, p. 563; 1898, xii, p. 546. $ Vines: loc. cit., 1898, xii, p. 555. +Of, Pfeffer : Pflanzenphysiologie, 1897, i, p. 511-512. II.—AppDITIONS TO THE FauNA oF THE BERMUDAS FROM THE Yate Expepitrion OF 1901, wirn Notes on OTHER SPECIES. fSoeby A, EK. VERRIce. Tue following additions to the fauna of the Bermudas are due almost entirely to the large collections made in the spring of 1901, by Mr. A. H. Verrill, who was there from March 7th to May 9th, and the writer, who took part in the work from April 10th to May 9th. Dr. W. G. Van Name joined us during the latter part of the time, but he worked chiefly on the Tunicata, which are not included in this article. About 75 species of insects and 25 species of spiders were also obtained. Many of these were not before known from Bermuda, but they will be treated in subsequent articles. The numerous Isopoda and Amphipoda, and most of the Annelida, also remain to be studied, as well as many of the smaller shells, among which there are probably many additions to the fauna. There are also some additional land shells, Myriapoda, earthworms, ete. I have added notes on some of the rarer or less known species, of those previously recorded,* where such information seemed partic- ularly desirable, for the benefit of future students. That so many species of comparatively large and conspicuous marine animals could be added in a few weeks to the fauna of a locality, where so many previous collections have been made, may seem strange. This is due, however, partly to a very careful scru- tiny of the hiding places of those forms that depend upon conceal- ment for their safety, partly upon the fact that localities were visited where we did not collect in 1898, in which certain species seem to be localized, and perhaps, in some cases, upon the earlier season of the year (March), when some of the new forms came into shallow water to spawn. The illustrations are mostly from colored drawings, made from life, by Mr. A. H. Verrill. Others are from photographs made by him, either from living or freshly killed specimens. It is unfortu- nate that the colored figures could not now be reproduced in colors by the Academy, for in these groups of soft-bodied animals the colors are often highly characteristic, as well as beautiful. The marine invertebrate fauna of the Bermudas, now known, includes about 900 species. The known fishes are about 200. * Species previously recorded are in italic type. Those now first recorded (so far as known) are in black-face type. 16 A. E. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. CRUSTACEA. DECAPODA. Epialtus bituberculatus M. Edw. (?) var. Bermudensis Ver. PuatTe I. Ficure 1. This form differs so decidedly from the several so-called varieties of E. bituberculatus figured by A. Milne-Edwards (Crust. Reg. Mex., p. 137, pl. xxvii) that it seems necessary to give it, at the least, a varietal name. Indeed, the differences are so great as to indicate a distinct species, but, unfortunately, we obtained only a single example. It resembles the E. Braziliensis Dana, considered a variety by A. M. Edw., more than var. affinis Stimp. From both it differs in having a much longer and differently shaped rostrum ; in the more transverse front edge of the carapax and the much deeper emargination on the sides ; the more prominent lateral tuber- cles; the much longer legs and chelipeds ; and especially in the much longer and differently shaped chele. The length of the rostrum to that of the rest of the carapax is as 1:1.62 ; the length of the carapax (without rostrum) to its breadth is as 1:1.30; the length of the chele is equal to that of the carapax to base of rostrum; the length of the chelz to the breadth is as 3:1, their distal portion being decidedly the larger. Total length of carapax and rostrum, 15.7"; greatest breadth, 12.3"; length of rostrum, 12™"; of chelz, 10.3™™. The sides of the carapax are deeply concave in outline between the two tubercles ; the anterior tubercles are much the larger, but the posterior are a little more prominent and more acutely angular, their anterior edge being incurved. The rostrum is rather long with the outlines in front of the eyes distinctly incurved, but the tip is obtusely rounded; there is a pair of distinct angular denticles in front of the eyes, back of which the outlines are nearly parallel. The front margins of the carapax are nearly transverse, sloping but little from the orbits to the antero-lateral tubercles, which are bluntly rounded. The color in life was brownish purple, becoming greenish antes riorly and grayish on the legs ; on the poster ior part of the carapax there is a large, broad Aaaned spot of cream-color. Chelipeds yel- lowish brown, the claws whitish. Flatts Inlet, cut out of a deep hole in a ledge, one specimen only, April, 1901 (A. H. V.). The E. bituberculatus is recorded from Chili, Panama, Florida (var. affinis), Brazil, ete. A. EF. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. 17 Pericera subparallela Stimp. Pericera subparallela Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. York, vii, p. 182 [54], 1860, (St. Thomas.) A. Milne-Edw., Crust. Reg. Mex., p. 54, pl. xiii, figs. 3-dd, (Gaudaloupe. ) A single specimen of this species, from Bermuda, was in the col- lection of 1898. It has been determined by Miss M. J. Rathbun. Platypodia spectabilis (Herbst). Cancer lobatus Milne-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., i, p. 375. Attergatis lobatus Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. York, 1860, p. 74. Lophactea lobata A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Museum, Mem. I, p. 249, pl. xvi, fig. 3; Crust. Reg. Mexico, p. 242. Rankin, Annals N. York Acad., xii, p. 529. PuaTe I. Ficure 2. Several specimens of this beautiful species were obtained under stones and among bright colored sponges. In life its colors are very bright, but imitative of sponges, etc. The carapax is bright orange- red with particolored, irregular, broad streaks, blotches, and angular or rounded ocellated spots of various sizes. These generally have a small, bright yellow center, surrounded by a wide white band, which is edged with bright blue and surrounded by a thin black line. The arrangement of the spots and blotches is variable. Sometimes small, round, ocellated spots, with the several colors distinct, occur on the large light blotches, either singly or in lines or groups; others are scattered over the carapax. The chelipeds and legs are colored in the same way, but here the spots mostly take the form of half-bands, or angular patches at the joints. The tips of the claws are black. The larger patches of color are often unsymmetrically arranged on the carapax, which tends to obscure its outline and increases the imitative effect. Cardiosoma Guanhumi Latr. Great Land Crab. M.-Edw., Ilust. ed. Cuvier, pl. xx, figs. 1-li. S.I. Smith, these Trans., ii, p. 143, pl. v, fig. 3, 1870. In addition to the locality for this large land crab on Cooper’s Island, mentioned in my former paper (vol. x, p. 573), we this year found its large holes in considerable numbers near the shore at Hungry Bay, on the south side of the Main Island. As the holes are very deep and generally excavated among stones and the roots of trees, it is very difficult to dig them out. They are said to come out of their holes in the night, in summer. If so they might, per- haps, be captured by torchlight. Trans. Conn. Acap., Vou. XI. 2 OctoBeER, 1901. 18 A. E Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. Cyclois Bairdii Stimpson. Cyclois Bairdii Stimpson, Notes on N. Amer. Crust., II, Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. vii, p. 237 [109], 1860, (Cape St. Lucas.) M. J. Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxi, p. 610, 1898; Bull. Univer. Iowa, 1898, p. 290, (Bahamas.) Puatse II. Ficurss 1, 2. In life the carapax is pale yellow or yellowish white with several rows of lemon-yellow spots and with rather numerous smaller spots of bright red or crimson, chiefly near the lateral margins and on the antero-lateral teeth. Chelipeds and legs brighter yellow, banded and spotted with bright red. The chelz have a large crescent-shaped spot of red on the inner side at the joint, and the tips and dorsal spines are red ; two spots of red on the carpus. Ambulatory legs brighter yellow, with three or four bands of red and purple at the joints and with marginal lines of purple ; eye-stalks orange and yel- low. Two living specimens of this species, about two inches broad, were taken by A. H. Verrill, in shallow water on a sandy bottom, near “ Waterloo,” Castle Harbor, April, 1901. The cast shells, some of them of larger size, were also found on the north side of Long Bird Island, opposite the sand flats, in May. It was originally described from Cape St. Lucas, where it is abun- dant. Specimens from Panama (Capt. J. M. Dow) are in the Museum of Yale University. Miss M. J. Rathbun has recorded it from the West Indies. She considers our specimens identical (judg- ing from the photographs). Clibanarius Verrillit Rathbun. Amer. Journ. Science, xi, p. 328, April, 1901. PuatTe VIII. Ficure 2, 3. A few small specimens that appear to belong to this species were taken this year, at Hungry Bay. The figure, here given, is from one of the original types. Albunea oxycephala Miers. Puate VIII. Ficure 1. A large and perfect living specimen of this fine species was dug out of the sandy beach, between tides, near Hungry Bay, February, 1901, by Mr. T. G. Gosling, and presented to us. The photograph, here reproduced, was from this specimen. No other example was found. It is probably rare at this season of the year, but like ITippa, it may be more common in summer. Its color, in life, was , A, E. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. 19 yellowish white, or about the color of the shell-sand in which it lives. / Tozeuma Carolinensis Kingsley. Tozeuma Carolinensis Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1878, pp. 90, 328, 1879, p. 413, pl. xiv, fig. 8; Amer. Naturalist, xxxiii, p. 715, fig. 8, 1899. A small, slender and delicate shrimp. Rostrum long, flat, and nar- row, its edge nearly straight above, without teeth, above or below but with a fine spinule at the base, back of the eyes; at tip, which’ is subacute, there are fine spinules, and hair-like ones below. Chelipeds much shorter than the other legs, with a short swollen claw and a short, round carpus. Second pereipods much longer and more slender, with a small chela and a short carpus. Other legs long and slender, not chelate ; eye-stalks are short, swollen at base. Dredged in three fathoms, on a soft weedy bottom, in Castle Harbor, May, 1901. Thor Floridanus Kingsley. Thor Floridanus Kingsley, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1878, p. 95; op. cit., 1879, p. 421, pl. xiv, fig. 6; Amer. Naturalist, xxxiii, p. 718, fig. 20, 1899. A small, stout-bodied, smooth shrimp, with large conspicuous black eyes, on stout stalks, and a short rostrum, not quite reaching the tips of the eyes, and having four or five acute denticles on the sloping upper edge ; but none below. The anterior feet are stouter and shorter than the next pair, wlth small, rather short chele. Those of the second pair are decidedly longer and filiform, with minute chele and a very slender, 5-jointed carpus. The other legs are of about the same length, but stouter and subequal. The body and legs are translucent whitish with minute specks of orange-red ; eye-stalks, antennal scales, and outer maxillipeds tinged with orange in formalin (this color was not noted in the living specimens). Eggs rather large, not very numerous, orange in formalin. Dredged in “ The Reach,” in two to three fathoms, shell-sand and mud, May 5th, 1901. Two females with eggs. Gnathophyllum Americanum Guerin. Gnathophyllum Americanum Guérin, in La Sagra’s Hist. I. Cuba, vol. vii, p. xx; atlas, vol. viii, pl. ii, f. 14, 1857. ; Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. xi, p. 328 (note), April, 1901; Pontonide, sp., these Trans., x, p. 579. 2020) A. EB. Verrill— Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. The carapax is smooth, curiously banded with black and yellow. In the egg-bearing female it is much swollen laterally. The first and second legs are chelate. The first leg is smaller and somewhat shorter ; its carpus is elongated and clavate, longer than the chela. The second leg is much shorter and rather larger, and its chela is strong but not much enlarged ; carpus shorter than chela (about one-half as long) ; hand much longer than claw. Other legs simple, slender, subequal, the last two rather longer. Rostrum short, ob- liquely truncated ; the tip is acute and reaches almost to the end of the ocular peduncle, or to the base of the eye; basal part of the upper edge is short and straight, smooth ; it then slopes rapidly to the tip, with about five close teeth. Eye-peduncles project straight forward, and are of moderate length ; a spine is situated below and back of its base and above the base of the antenna. The edge of the carapax is cut away at the bases of the antenne and then extends forward. Abdomen is swollen and the edges overlap in an angle below it, so as to conceal the cluster of eggs. Color, in life, is conspicuous and characteristic. The carapax and abdomen are covered with many narrow, transverse bands of bright yellow and black of about equal width. The telson is pale yellow with basal and terminal spots of orange. Antenne purplish blue ; eye-stalks light yellow ; legs pale yellow, each with two dark blue bands edged with orange ; chelipeds with a single, blue carpal band, edged with orange; chele pale yellow. This curious species, of which only a few poor specimens have been previously recorded from Bermuda (Amer. Journ. Sci., xi, p. 328, 1901), was taken alive at Hungry Bay, April 5th, 1901, by A. H. Verrill, who made a colored sketch of it. This specimen is a female carrying a large cluster of eggs. STOMATOPODA. Pseudosquilla ciliata Miers. Pseudosquilla ciliata Miers, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. V, vol. v, p. 108, pl. iii, figs. 7, 8, 1880. Brooks, Voy. Chall., xvi, pp. 53-55, pl. xv, fig. 10, 1886. Bigelow, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvii, p. 499, 1894. Rankin, Annals N. York Acad. Sci., xii, p. 545, 1899. P. stylifera Von Martens (t. Miers). The color of this species is quite variable, like that of Gonodacty- lus chiragra, with which it is often associated. Frequently the colors are imitative of the sandy bottom, the back being variegated or specked with white on a gray or pale yellow ground ; in other cases A, EF, Verrill— Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. 21 it is dull yellowish green or dark olive-green, but nearly always there is a pale median dorsal stripe of light gray or whitish, and usually a similar, but less distinct, stripe on each side. Frequently there are three pairs of blackish spots ; one pair on the thorax, one on the first abdominal segment, and another at the base of the telson. It was not uncommon, swimming near the bottom, in shallow water at Hungry Bay and at Long Bird Island. It was also found in cavi- ties in loose stones, below low-tide. Clusters of its eggs were found in such cavities, April 19th; they were greenish yellow and resemble those of G. chiragra, which were found at the same time. This species resembles the latter in form and appearance, but it is usually larger and swims more freely, so that most of our specimens were taken with a hand-net, while swimming. It was not taken by our party in 1898, for lack of information as to its habits. It can be distinguished at once from G. chiragra by its lacking the bulbous enlargement of the chelipeds. It has been recorded from various parts of the Indo-Pacific region, including the Hawaiian Is., and also from the West Indies. ARTHROSTRACA. Cyamus fascicularis V., sp. noy. Sperm-whale Louse. PuatTe VIII. Ficure 4. Specimens of a slender-bodied Cyamus, which is probably a new species, were taken from the body of a young sperm whale, taken off Bermuda and brought to St. George’s for exhibition, in April. This species is much more slender than those of the right whales and allied cetaceans. The two branchial segments are about as wide as the following ones, and bear fascicles of small, short, some- what unequal branchiz, scarcely longer than the segments. There are about 10 to 12 branchial filaments in each of the four groups. The first segment is consolidated with the head, which is narrow and rather long, with conspicuous eyes. Antenne are about 2 the length of the head. First pair of legs small, beneath the second. The hands of the second pair are not much swollen, and have two strong denticles, besides a similar one at the distal angle of the carpus. The three posterior feet have a recurved denticle on the distal angle of the carpus. Color, yellowish white ; branchie have small black spots. The specimens described are females. No males were taken. Length of body and head, 9™™; greatest breadth of body, 3.5™™. 22 A. E. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. Orchestia agilis Smith. Report U.S. Fish Com. for 1871 and 1872, I, p. 555 [261], pl. iv, fig. 14, 1878. This abundant New England Amphipod occurs in equal abundance at Bermuda, under decaying sea-weeds at high-tide mark, on all the shores. CIRRIPEDIA. Balanus declivis Darwin, var. cuspidatus, nov. Balanus declivis Darwin, Mon. Cirripedia, ii, p. 275, pl. vii, figs. 4a—-4d, 1854. (West Indies.) Our specimens differ as a variety from the typical form described by Darwin, in having the summit of the rostrum divided into 4 or 6 acute denticles ; it is very convex and considerably incurved. The summit of the carina is bilobed by a narrow incision. ‘The base is membranous and very obliquely placed, owing to the downward pro- longation of the rostrum, as in the type. Long Bird Island, on the flats, imbedded in a blackish, massive keratose sponge (Spongia, sp.), which often lives half buried in the calcareous sand at low tide, and which also harbors a small Alpheus and several isopod crustaceans. This is a very singular barnacle, remarkable for the peculiar oblique membranous base, and the pointed basal end of the rostrum, which are characters developed to suit its mode of life, imbedded up to its aperture in sponges. The type was from the West Indies, in sponges. Tetraclita porosa (Gm.) Darwin. Darwin, Mon. Cirripedia, ii, p. 330, pl. x, figs. 1-1m, 1854. This is the common, small, sessile barnacle found on the rocks between tides, with the general appearance of some species of Balanus. It can easily be distinguished by the 4-parted shell. Catophragmus imbricatus Sowerby. Sowerby, Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells, Plate. Darwin, Monog. Cirrip., ii, p. 490, 1854, Puate VIII. Ficures 8, 9. Several specimens of this interesting barnacle were found on littoral rocks. They are all young (about 5 to 8"™™ in diameter) and agree well with the young one described by Darwin, from Antigua. The eight primary mural plates are pointed and surrounded and partially concealed by about three alternating whorls of smaller, pointed plates, rapidly decreasing in size exteriorly. The opercular A, E. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. — 23 scuta are strongly concentrically ribbed and have a deep, median radial sulcus. The base is calcareous, but thin. The color is pure white. MOLLUSCA. CEPHALOPODA., Loligo Pealei (Lesueur) By. Squid. Loligo Pealei Verrill, Annual Report U. S. Fish Com. for 1879 [pp. 182-161], plates xxvi to xxxii, 1882; Verrill, these Trans., vol. v, 1879, pp. 308-340, pl. xxix, figs. 1-4, pl. xxxvii, figs. 1-3, pl. xxxix, fig. 4; pl. xl; pl. xlv, figs. 3, 4. A single specimen of this species, about 6 inches long, was found floating and nearly dead at Long Bird Island, near the shore, April, 1901. Ommastrephes Bartramii (Les.) D’Orb. Flying Squid. Sthenoteuthis Bartramii Verrill, these Trans., v, pp. 223, 288, 1881; Annual Report U. S. Fish Com. for 1879 [pp. 112-114], 1882. I was told by the fishermen that schools of the flying squid (O. Bartramii) are often seen, and that it is sometimes used for bait. In this connection, it is of much interest to record that among large numbers of the shells of Spirula Peronii, cast up on the beach at Elbow Bay, March 10th, several were found by A. H. Verrill with portions of the flesh still attached. Two of these were preserved in formalin, with the remnants of the animal. This proves that this species lives not far away from that shore, and it may be abundant just outside the reefs, in rather deep water. GASTROPODA. TECTIBRANCHIATA. Dolabrifera ascifera (Rang) Morch. Aplysia (Dolabella) ascifera Rang, Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 51, pl. iv, figs. 7-9. Dolabrifera ascifera Morch, Mal. Bl., xxii, p. 176. Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvi, pl. i, figs. 6a, 6b. Pilsbry, Man. Conchology, xvi, pt. 63, p. 124, pl. xxxiv, figs. 17, 19, 20. 29; pl. lxv, figs. 10, 11. Berg., Verh. k. k. Zoél. Bot. Gesellsch., Wien, xxii, 1872, p. 441, pl. v, figs. 25-29; pl. vi, figs. 1-10, anatomy. Puate II. Figures 6a, 6b. Puate Il]. Ficure 2. Puate IV. Ficure 12. A rather small, ovate, light-colored species, the body covered with small, low, rounded verruce ; the head with small papille. 24 A. E. Verrill— Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. Body depressed, broadly rounded posteriorly ; foot broad, the edges thin and undulated. Mantle-lobe over the gill-cavity is short, leaving an open sinus at each end of the cavity. Tentacles and rhino- phores about equal in length and similarly folded, the tentacles broader or more expanded distally. Color of upper surface pale yellowish gray and brown, or light fawn-color, mottled with yellowish white ; head paler. Under side of foot blue with white spots. Length, 60™", in life; breadth, about 30™". The shell is narrow, oblong anteriorly, elongated, with a much produced beak, which is tapered but blunt. The sinus is slightly concave and about 3 the total length of the shell, ending in a very obtuse angle. The anterior and inner margins are nearly parallel, narrowing slightly anteriorly ; the anterior edges obliquely truncate, with rounded angles. Hungry Bay, April 5, 1901, under stones at extreme low-tide. Two specimens found together, as if breeding. (A. H. V.) Dolabrifera virens V., sp. nov. PuatE II. Ficures 4a, 4b, 5a, 5b. Puate IV. Ficure 11. Fic. 1.—Dolabrifera virens V. About 4 natural size. A rather large, yellowish green species, covered with small, elon- gated, conical, acute or distally branched papille. Body broad-ovate, broader and well rounded posteriorly ; the whole upper surface of the body and head is covered with conical papille, 1 to 2™™ long, part of which are acute at tip and part are divided at the end into 2 to 4 small branches. Rhinophores shorter and much smaller than the tentacles, deeply folded and enlarged at the ends. Tentacles very large, elongated, with broadly expanded ends, the edges undulated and thin. Mantle-lobe rather small, nearly semicircular, leaving a small open sinus at each end of the branchial cavity. Color above, in life, dull yellowish green, with ill-defined blotches of pale brownish, and with white spots ; the papille are mostly lighter and more yellow; margin pale bluish with white specks ; under A. E. Verrili— Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas, — 25 surface olive-green, spotted with white. Rhinophores green, with white spots and edges. Length, in life, up to 100" ; breadth, about 50™". The shell is firm, calcareous, rather oblong, with the beak produced and grooved or sometimes spoon-shaped, being concavely excavated ; the sinus is incurved and has the inner margin thickened ; anterior end obliquely truncated and angular; a thin, high, median, vertical crest or keel runs about 4 of the length, on the inside. Left margin nearly straight or slightly incurved. The outer surface is faintly radially ribbed. The shell varies considerably in form in the several examples examined, and especially in the ratios of length to breadth, as shown in the two figures given. The beak may be acute or spoon- shaped ; in one it was wholly lacking, due apparently to injury and partial repair. In one specimen the shell was in two parts, having been broken before death and only slightly repaired. Hungry Bay, under stones at low tide, April 5, 1901, 5 specimens. (A. H. V.) Another specimen was taken in May by Mr. W. G. VanName. . Tethys (Aplysia) morio V., sp. nov. Puate Ill. Ficures 5, da. A very large species, over a foot long, dark umber-brown or nearly black, without definite spots, but with black stripes on the head, and with very large broadly overlapping lateral flaps. Body thick and stout, swollen, very obtuse posteriorly. Head and neck thick and stout (but perhaps not seen fully extended). Lateral natatorial flaps very wide and overlapping about half their breadth, entirely free posteriorly, and extending to the end of the short foot. Rhinophores rather small and short, conical. Tentacles large and very broad, foliaceous, with thin expanded margins. Color of body and exterior of flaps very dark umber-brown or brownish black, with few obscure dusky blotches on the sides of foot and with a purplish tinge along the edges of the flaps. Head, above and on the sides, covered with a number of narrow, purplish black, longitudinal stripes. Length, in life, when not fully extended, 400™™ ; height, 145™™, The shell is very thin, transparent, pale yellow, oblong-ovate, obtusely rounded anteriorly, with the posterior sinus long and only slightly incurved ; beak rather prominent, scarcely incurved, with a reflexed membranous edge, which also extends along both posterior margins. In the formalin preparation there is no calcareous layer present. The surface is concentrically undulated and faintly longi- 26 060A. EB. Verrilli— Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. tudinally grooved. Length to breadth as 3:2. Length, 60™” ; breadth, 40™™. No mantle-pore could be found, nor any distinct pore for the “opaline gland”; the latter probably discharges through many minute pores. A single specimen was found in Castle Harbor, March 21, cast upon the beach but still living and not damaged. (A. H. V.) This species resembles Z. imegaptera V., in the great size of its lateral flaps, but differs very decidedly in its colors and other char- acters. Tethys (Aplysia) tarda V., sp. nov. Puate III. Fieurss 4, 4a, 40. A rather small, short, thick species, with relatively narrow side- flaps and short rhinophores; dusky yellowish brown, irregularly streaked with darker brown or blackish on the head and sides. Body ovate, obtuse posteriorly, the foot not produced. Head small, emarginate ; neck short and thick. Rhinophores short, sub- conical, tapered. Tentacles larger and rather longer, wide at base, deeply folded. Side-flaps unusually narrow, scarcely meeting over the back, and apparently not capable of being used for swimming, the edges undulated and free to the posterior ends, which extend nearly to the short tip of the foot. Branchial siphon elongated, expanded distally. Mantle over shell with a small, simple, nearly central pore, often with white streaks, or rows of white spots, radi- ating from it. General color usually is dark dusky brown or umber-brown. The ground-color is a dull, dark yellowish brown on the sides and head, but irregularly blotched, striped and streaked with dark, dusky brown or sepia. The streaks on the head mostly take the form of narrow lines, those on the sides of the body are broader and more irregular, and are united by transverse lines, so as to form a coarse, irregular reticulation. Edges of side-flaps and siphon bluish gray with a purplish tinge, or grayish white. Inner surface of flaps dark brown with dark gray blotches. Shell-mantle dark brown, irregularly spotted with grayish white, some of the spots usually arranged radially around the central pore. Siphon similar in color, Tenta- cles and rhinophores light brown, with transverse patches or lines of dark brown. Length, in life, 62™™ ; height, 30™™. The shell is thin, translucent, pale yellow, ovate-elliptical, rather narrow, ratios as 3.2:2; the posterior end is produced, with the A, E. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. bo ~I beak rather acute, not incurved, but with a small, narrow, reflexed terminal and marginal fold ; posterior sinus rather long, decidedly incurved, ending anteriorly in a broadly rounded angle; the anterior half of the shell forms about half of a regular ellipse. In the forma- lin preparation there is a thin, white posterior calcareous layer, that has mostly fallen off. The surface is slightly undulated concentri- cally. Length, 32™™; breadth, 20™”. Cony Island, buried in sand nearly out of sight, April 4; also at Long bird Island, in shallow water, in May, buried in sand, with only the back slightly exposed. (A. H. V.) This species seems to live habitually nearly buried in sand. It is very sluggish and probably cannot swim freely, at least in confine- ment it made no effort to swim. Its back, as exposed, resembles in color a keratose sponge found in the same localities and partly buried in the sand. In color and form this species somewhat resembles 7: Floridensis Pilsbry (Man. Conch., xvi, p. 82, pl. xxxvii, figs. 15-19), but the latter is described as having the side-flaps “ample,” while in the present species they are unusually small. The shell of FVoridensis is wide, and quite different in form, being nearly as broad as long, while in our species it is unusually narrow. In respect to the form of the shell, 7: Braziliana D’Orb. is much like this, but it has large side-flaps, a tubular mantle-pore, a long neck, and other differential characters. Tethys dactylomela Rang. Verrill, these Trans., x, p. 545, 1900. Puate Ill. Ficure 3. This was very common this year on the shores of Castle Harbor, breeding in April. Its eggs were laid in clusters of long thin, terete, yellow strings, attached by one end to weeds; the eggs are very small and very numerous, in 6 to 8 rows. The colors were generally as ordinarily described, the ground-color varying from light yellow to dark olive-green. A few that were nearly albinos were seen, and one that was melanistic, the ground-color being so dark that the round black spots were barely visible. Placobranchopsis niveus V., sp. nov. Puate IV. Figure 10. A very small, nearly pure white spécies. Mantle broad-elliptical, slightly emarginate anteriorly, and with a distinct lateral branchial 28 A. E. Verrill— Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. sinus ; its surface is minutely papillose and rough. Head broad, with the angles somewhat produced into short, broad tentacles. Rhinophores stout, rather long, strongly folded, of nearly uniform breadth, obtuse. Foot wider than the mantle, and only slightly longer, the edges thin and undulated, the anterior angles a little pro- duced but obtuse. Gill plumose, attached for about half its length, white. The mantle contains spicules, but, as preserved in formalin, it is soft and rather thick. Color pale grayish white or translucent white, specked with flake- white, and with a purplish gray visceral organ showing through on the back. Length, in life, 16™™. Harrington Sound, in shallow water, on the under side of a coral (Lsophyllia dipsacea), April 9th; also in Castle Harbor, low-tide, under stones, in May. Runcina inconspicua V., sp. nov. Puate III. Ficure 6. A very small dark green and ‘brown species. Head bilobed and emarginate in front with a pair of small, round black eyes near the front edge. Mantle oblong or subelliptical, evenly rounded poster- riorly. Foot wider than mantle, with thin undulated margins, well rounded posteriorly. Gull small with fine filaments situated under the right mantle-border, near the posterior end. Color of mantle very dark green or greenish brown with a narrow orange border ; upper side of foot light green, specked with white and edged with a narrow orange or violet line. Length, 2 to 3™™ in life. Castle Harbor, at low-tide, under stones, in May. Several speci- mens, NUDIBRANCHIATA. Elysia ornata (Swainson) Ver. Thallepus ornatus Swainson, Treatise Malac., pp. 250, 359, 1840, from a draw- ing, (West Indies, ) Dalabrifera (2) ornata Pilsbry, Man. Conchology, vol. xvi, p. 126. Puate IV, Ficure 5. This beautiful species was originally imperfectly described, as indicated above, from the West Indies. The description was from a colored drawing only, and was so imperfect that the place of the species in the Mollusca has never been settled. The colors, as A, E. Verrill—Adiditions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. 29 described, are so characteristic and striking that there can be no doubt of its specific identity with our specimens. The body, in life, is usually yellowish olive-green, but it varies from light yellowish green to dark olive-green ; both surfaces of the flaps and the sides of the body are finely specked with black and flake-white dots, often appearing to be slightly raised above the sur- face. The side flaps are wide with thin flexible and usually undu- lated margins, which are elegantly bordered with a narrow bright orange band, outside of which the edge is marked by a black line. The folded rhinophores are large and long, with the posterior side orange and the edge black. There is often a white patch on the top of the head. Under side of foot paler green than the body. This interesting species was found pairing and spawning in con- siderable numbers on the shore of Castle Harbor in March, by A. H. Verrill. It occurred mostly on a curious bright green alga ( Caulerpa clavifera), on which it laid its eggs in a long coiled ribbon. According to the notes, the egg-band, when first laid, floated freely in the water, being attached only by the proximal end, but it was afterwards cleverly coiled up and attached for its whole length by the parent, before being left to its fate. The species became com- paratively rare in a few days, perhaps retiring into deeper. water. Only a very few could be found at the same place after my arrival in April. The last specimens seen occurred April 17th. Elysia subornata V., sp. nov. Prats IV. Ficure 4. Head large ; body elongated, acute behind ; neck long in exten- sion. Rhinophores large and long, folded and strongly expanded at the tip. Side flaps large, pointed posteriorly ; their outer sur- faces and the sides of the body are covered with small scattered verruce. Color of body and outside of flaps olive-green, finely mottled with grayish white. Close to the edge there is a very narrow orange- brown line ; the extreme edge is darker brown. Inner surface of flaps dark green with pale dendritic and inosculating vessels. Rhin- ophores marked distally with brown; more proximally there is a gray patch ; base green specked with gray. Length, up to 25™™ in extension. Castle Harbor, under stones, iu May. Rare. This species is evidently closely allied to 2. ornata, but the latter was very constant in its markings, in over 200 specimens examined, 30 6A. &. Verrill— Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. and did not show, in any case, the distinctly, though minutely, papillose surface of this species, which also appeared later and with somewhat different habits. Elysia flava V., sp. nov, PuaTe IV. Ficure 1. Body much elongated in extension ; head relatively small, bilobed in front. Rhinophores rather small, about as long as the breadth of the head, folded but not much expanded distally. Side flaps mod- erately wide, undulated, rounded anteriorly, narrow posteriorly, and extending nearly to tip of the pointed foot. Color of head, neck, rhinophores, back, and foot light yellow, with white specks on the back, and faint dull brown markings back of the head and on the sides of the neck. Outside of the flaps olive- green, specked with white and covered with very minute papille ; edges of flaps flake-white, with dendritic branches of white extend- ing inward. Inner surface of flaps are almost black, due to the very dark or blackish green, arborescently branched internal organs. Length, about 18™™ while living and in extension. Castle Harbor, at Waterloo, under stones at low-tide, April 17, 1901. . Rare. Elysia picta V., sp. nov. Piatt IV. FIGURE 2. A small, very brilliantly colored species. Body rather stout. Head large and neck rather long; rhinophores long, clavate, and deeply folded ; their length is equal to twice the breadth of the head. Side-flaps large and broad, their edges thin and strongly undu- lated ; they extend posteriorly to the tip of the foot. Color of upper side of head, upper part of sides of neck, and whole of back and inner surface of flaps dark reddish brown, with a purplish spot between anterior ends of flaps; front of head bright red; aline of the same red runs back on each side of the neck and along the entire edge of the flaps to the end of the foot; below this red border there is a band of bright blue ; middle of head and bases of rhinophores light yellow, and this color extends backward as a broad median stripe on the neck, thus forming a cross-shaped mark of yellow, which terminates posteriorly in a blue spot on the neck, and in a blue band on each rhinophore ; on the latter the blue is followed by a brown band, this by a wider red band, while the tip is brown. A blue spot centered ‘with yellow surrounds the genital openings, on the right side of the neck. A. E. Verrill— Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. 31 - Outer surface of lateral flaps olive-green below, becoming yellow- ish above, and nearly white next to the blue submarginal band ; its surface is thickly specked with yellowish white. Length, 16™™ ; length of rhinophores, 3.5™™, Hungry Bay, April 5, 1901, under stones at low-tide ; two speci- mens, pairing. (A. H. V.) Very rare. This species can be recognized at once by its many brilliant colors, and especially by the marginal bands of red and blue, and by the yellow cross on the head and neck. It can swim freely by means of its large side-flaps. . Elysia papillosa V., sp. noy. Puate LV. FIGure 3. A small, grayish, distinctly papillose species. Body rather elon- gated in extension; head large; neck long ; rhinophores large ; strongly folded and wide at the tips. Side-flaps large, thin, usually with the edges deeply undulated. | Whole surface of body, head, and outside of flaps thickly covered with small conical papille. Color of head, neck, and outside of flaps grayish blue, paler ante- riorly, and spotted with darker gray on the outside of the flaps, and specked with flake-white over the whole surface. Inside of flaps darker ash-gray ; the edges bordered with white. Rhinophores are like the head, but with two indistinct transverse bands of orange- brown on the posterior side. Length, about 12™™ in extension. Hungry Bay, under stones, at a very low-tide, April 5, 1901. (AE ¥’.)” Rare: This species can swim freely by means of its ample lateral flaps. Lamellidoris aureopuncta V., sp. noy. Puate IV. Ficure, 9. A very small, nearly white species, with a row of small, round, yellow spots near each lateral edge of the mantle. Body elliptical, obtuse at both ends. The foot is longer and wider than the mantle; anteriorly it is subtruncate with obtuse angles, posteriorly it is rather obtuse and not much produced. The mantle is evenly convex, nearly smooth, but hardened by spicules. Rhinophores small, slender, acute, with many oblique plications and no distinct sheath. Gills 6 or 7, simply pinnate, with fine branches, retractile. 32 A. E. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. Color of mantle and foot and gills pale, translucent, yellowish white, with whiter specks, due to spicules ; near each lateral margin of the mantle there is a row usually of five small, round, golden yellow spots, to which the name refers. A greenish visceral organ often shows through on the back. Rhinophores yellowish. Length, 10™™ ; breadth, 5™™, in life. Harrington Sound, in shallow water, under corals, April 28, 1901. Lamellidoris miniata V., sp. nov. PuatTEe III. Ficure 1. See figure 3, below. A small, bright red, finely papillose species. Head rounded, emarginate in front, with a pair of slender oral tentacles. Body elliptical, strongly convex. Foot thin, wider and much longer than the mantle, its anterior angles produced into folded lobes. Rhino- phores rather large, fusiform or subclavate ; thick and strongly plicated, basal part smooth; tip naked, acute and white ; no evident sheaths. Gills about eight, rather large, simply pinnate, with fine filaments, retractile. Surface of mantle covered with minute, conical, pointed papille. Color of mantle bright red or deep orange-red, with an obscure median brownish stripe ; gills and middle of rhinophores darker red, surrounded at base with grayish blue; the rhinophores are tipped with white. Foot and head paler orange or pinkish. Length of foot, of largest, in extension, 107"; of mantle, 7°5™™ ; another was 6™™ long, 3°5™™ broad. Castle Harbor, under stones at low-tide, April 10th and 17th, 1901. Lamellidoris lactea Ver. These Trans., x, p. 548, 1900. Puate IV. Ficures 8a, 8b. A few additional specimens of this rare species were obtained. In these the dorsal surface of the mantle and the sides below its border were milk-white, spotted and specked with purplish gray or pale lavender, some of the spots near the middle being larger and roundish ; there was a tinge of orange around the bases of the gills and on the low thick sheaths of the rhinophores. The gills are rather long, simply pinnate; about 7 to 9 were counted. The rhinophores are small, conical, dark gray. A. E. Verrili—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. — 33 Lamellidoris (?) olivacea V. Doris (?) olivacea Verrill, these Trans., x, p. 548, 1900, Pirate 1V. Ficure 7. A larger and better specimen of this species was obtained this season. ‘The central area of the back, in this example, is covered with small, conical, whitish or grayish papille. The rhinophores are long, tapered, subacute, with an orange ring at base. The wide undulated mantle-border contains spicules. Chromodoris (?) roseopicta V. These Trans., x. p. 549, pl. Ixvi, fig. 1, 1900. Fie. 2.—Chromodoris roseopicta V., gills in profile, enlarged. 2a.—The same, posterior view of gills. 3.—Lamellidoris miniata V. Head and front part of foot, enlarged. Larger and better specimens of this beautiful species were obtained this year; they show that some of the characters of the type-speci- men were due to immaturity or imperfect expansion. In the best examples the mantle border is broad, strongly undu- lated, and projects beyond the margins of the foot. The back is everywhere covered with prominent rosy-tipped, rather blunt papille ; some of these, larger than the rest, form three rows of 5 or 6 along the back, and these are surrounded at base with bright yellow specks. The rhinophores, in expansion, are clavate-fusiform, stout, subacute, plicated, bright red, striped with narrow lines of white spots. The gills are large and long, about 24; of these 12 or 14 are simple, long, tapered, pinnate plumes ; behind and within these there is, on each side, a gronp of 5 or 6 smaller divergent plumes, which arise in a subspiral manner from a common stem. The color, in general, is the same as in the type. Harrington Sound, Hungry Bay, Long Bird Island, etc., usually on the under side of a massive, brown keratose sponge (.Spongia, sp.) Trans. Conn. Acap., Vou. XI. 3 OcroBER, 1901. 34 A. E. Verrilli— Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. Scyllea pelagica (Linné). A single large living specimen of this species was found at Long Bird Island, on the flats, in May. Its color was light orange, with a marginal band of deep orange, edged with white around the lateral lobes and along the upper lateral margins of the body; sides of body were specked with flake-white, but without purple spots. Back of rhinophores deep orange ; edges white. Length, 55™™. Facelina Goslingii V., sp. nov. PLATE IV. Ficure 6. Body, in life, when extended, elongated and rather slender, tapered to an acute point posteriorly. Head large, rounded, with a pair of very long, slender, tapered, acute tentacles. Rhinophores much smaller, not half as long, acute, with strong plications on the distal portion, naked near the base. Foot with the anterior angles prolonged into a pair of long, tapered, tentacle-like organs, more than half as long as the true tentacles and similarly colored. Dorsal papille numerous, long, very slender, fusiform, acute, easily decidu- ous, arranged in numerous (about 10 to 12) double groups along each side, leaving a broad naked dorsal region. The anterior groups contain numerous crowded papille, in two or more transverse rows ; the posterior groups gradually diminish till the last contain very few papillee. Color of back pale, translucent, grayish white, with a median stripe of white, edged with narrow red lines, and with a lateral stripe of orange on each side along the bases of the papille, which are white crossed by numerous bands of light rose-red or pink. Head white in front, tinged with pink around the mouth and with a median, usually Y-shaped streak of red on the front and extending between the tentacles, and an ocellated, round, blue spot at the upper base of each tentacle ; back of neck with a median blue streak. Tentacles and tentacular processes of foot white proximally, then with a light red band followed by a wide blue distal band. Rhinophores nearly white. Foot edged with blue anteriorly. The odontophore has but a single row of teeth ; these have broad, thick bases and taper rather rapidly to the acute, naked, somewhat incurved tips. There are about 10 to 12 acute serrations on each edge, the distal ones becoming very small. The cutting edges of the jaws are brown and chitons with a submarginal rib ; the two edges form nearly a right angle, when flattened by pressure. A. E. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas, 35 Length, in life, 35 to 45™". Taken in considerable numbers in the mangrove swamp at Hungry Bay, on a filamentous green alga, March 10th, 1901 (A. H. V.). In April (5th) both the alga and the mollusk had disappeared. This is a very handsome and active species. It is difficult to pre- serve entire, for it casts its papillz very readily when irritated in any way. It is named in honor of Mr. T. Goodwin Gosling, of Bermuda, who first discovered it. I have referred it to Facelina with some doubt, for its anatomy has not yet been fully studied. PROSOBRANCHIATA. Volva uniplicata (Sowerby). Ovulum uniplicatum Sowerby, Proc. Zod]. Soc. London, 1848, p. 135. Volva uniplicata Tryon, Amer. Marine Conch., p. 93, pl. ix, fig. 98, 1873. -The purple variety of this species was found adhering to a purple specimen of Gorgonia flabellum, from Castle Harbor reefs. PULMONATA. Among the Pulmonata, apparently not before recorded, are the following : Melampus bullimoides Mont. Shore of Hungry Bay. PBlaumeria heteroclita Mont. Shore near Hungry Bay, under stones. Also an undetermined, small, strongly depressed, smooth, helicoid shell, 8 to 10™™ in diameter; the aperture is simple, lunate; lip acute ; umbilicus open and deep, but not very large. Hamilton, in gardens. BIVALVIA. Cardium medium Linné. A single dead specimen of this West Indian species was found in the cavities of a stone fished up from about 100 feet deep, otf the outer reefs. ECHINODERMA. Only one species, so far as positively determined, was added to the Echinoderma this year. This was an interesting simple-armed astrophytid (Astroporpa affinis), which was found clinging to a Verrucella from off the outer reefs. Several other species of special interest were obtained, which we did not collect in 1898. 360 OA. EB. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. OPHIUROIDEA. Astroporpa affinis Lutken. Lutken, Addit. ad Hist. Ophiur., II, p. 154, pl. v, figs 5a, 5b, 1859. Four specimens of this rare species were found clinging to the branches of a large gorgonian ( Verrucella grandis V.), brought up from about 100 feet, off the outer reefs, on a fisherman’s hook. The color, as dried, after a few days, is light yellowish or grayish-brown on the raised annulations of the arms and ribs, and darker brown on the annular grooves. ASTERIOIDEA. Luidia clathrata (Say). Asterias clathrata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., v, p. 141, 1825. Luidia clathrata Lutken, Vidensk. Meddel., p. 37, 1859. A. Agassiz, N. Amer. Starfishes, p. 117, pl. xx. Perrier, Arch. Zodl. Exper., v, p. 252, 1876. Sladen, Voy. Challenger, Zoél., vol. xxx, pp. 245, 353, 1889. Several fine specimens of this species were taken on a white shell- sand bottom in shallow water, at Trunk Island, Harrington Sound. It also occurred at Long Bird Island and other localities, on shell- sand bottoms in shallow water. Its presence is indicated by a star- shaped impression in the sand. But it moves about under the sand with remarkable rapidity, when disturbed, by means of its large ambulacral tubes, so that it is not easy to capture it, after it has taken alarm. Its color in life is generally light cream-color, often with a rosy or flesh-colored tint, and frequently with a darker grayish or greenish median streak on each ray. It becomes at least a foot in diameter at Bermuda. Linckia Guildingii Gray. Linckia Guwildingii Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, p. 285. Perrier, Arch, Zoél. Exper., iv, p. 408, 1875. A. Agassiz, N. Amer. Starfishes, p. 105, pl. xiv, figs. 1-6. H. L. Clark, Ann. N. York Acad., xi, p. 412, 1898. Verrill, these Trans., x, p. 671. (Ophidiaster, by error, on p. 584.) Ophidiaster ornithopus Mill. & Troschel, Syst. Aster., p. 31, 1842. Linckia ornithopus Vervill, these Trans., vol. i, p. 367. Several small specimens of this species were taken, mostly at Hungry Bay and Long Bird Island, under stones below low-tide. It is dull orange or orange-brown in life. A, E. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. — 37 ECHINOIDEA. The most interesting species of this group, taken this year, is the following : Evhinoneus semilunaris (Gm.) Lam. Echinoneus semilunuris Lam., Anim. s. Vert., p. 19, 1816. A. Agassiz, Revis: Echin., p. 118 (Syn.), 333 (deser.), 550, pl. xiv, figs. 1-5, pl. xxxviii, fig. 26, 1872. Echinoneus gibbosus Lam., Anim. s. Vert., p. 16, 1816. Echinoneus elegans Desor, in Agassiz, Mon. Echin., p. 47, pl. vi, figs. 4-6, 1842. Echinoneus conformis Desor, op. cit., p. 48, pl. vi, figs. 11-21, 1842. This interesting species appears not to have been obtained there for many years, though it was recorded by Mr. A. Agassiz. Two living specimens were taken at Hungry Bay in March, by A. H. Verrill. They were found buried in sand and gravel, under stones, in small tide-pools, at extreme low-tide. Their color in life was purplish red or bright copper-red. HOLOTHURIOIDEA. Holothuria Rathbuni Lampert. Holothuria, sp., Rathbun, these Trans., v, p. 141, 1879. (Description. ) Puate I. Ficures 6a, 60, 7. The most interesting holothurian was a large species of Holothuria which has the habit, unusual in this genus, of burrowing deeply in the sand at and below low-tide mark on the sand flats, much like the Avrenicola cristata, with which it is usually associated. It makes a distinct mound of sand around the mouth of its burrow, which runs obliquely downward, often to the depth of two feet or more. This holothurian itself, when expanded, was often 18 to 20 inches long and 1 inch to 14 inches in diameter in the middle. It is usually long-fusiform in extension, tapering gradually to each end. Its color is usually gray, pale grayish brown, or purplish brown, with irregular rows of roundish brown or purplish spots. It is often stained with rusty brown or yellow. The surface is papillose, and the integument is firm and tough. This was not uncommon on the flats exposed at low-tide at Long Bird Island, and other similar localities. A single specimen was in Mr. Goode’s collection of 1876, without special locality. This is probably H. Rathbuni Lamp., recently recorded from Ber- muda by Mr. H. L. Clark (Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., xxix, pp. 343, 344, May, 1901). : 380 OA. E Verrill— Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. ANNELIDA. CHZETOPODA. An important collection of marine annelids was made this year, but it has not yet been studied in detail. A number of new forms are known to be included in the lot. Among the additional genera are Terebellides, Pterosyllis, and others. Several interesting species of earthworms were also obtained, but they have not yet been examined with care. The following large and handsome new Pectinaria was found in considerable numbers :— , Pectinaria regalis V., sp. nov. Puate VIII. Ficurss 6, 7. A large, stout species, with large groups of bright golden, acute opercular sete, of which there are 11 to 13 in each group, the outer- most and two to four of the inner ones much smaller than the rest. Opercular disk broadly rounded, smooth, with the dorsal edge erenulated, and with a slender acute antenna on the ventro-lateral angles; astouter, bent, obtuse lobule stands at the base of the ventral edge, on each side. The ventral lobe has about ten slender mar- ginal papille on each half of the ventral edge, besides three or four smaller ones on the incurved lateral edges. The buccal segment bears a pair of slender tentacular cirri, longer than the antenne, and below these, on each side, four rounded prominent lobules. The gills are large, the anterior pair much the larger; below each gill there is a prominent transverse ridge separated below by a median glandular pad. Similar ridges occur on the next two segments, but the fourth ventral pad is bilobed. On fifteen segments, following the 2d branchial, there is a con- spicuous dorsal fascicle of golden sete, largest on the 3d to 9th. The two next segments appear to lack dorsal set; the next (last thoracic) has a small group of recurved sete on the dorsal side- The caudal region has five segments, besides the caudal, which is semicircular, with about 24 rounded marginal papille. Rows of uncini begin on the 4th post-branchial segment. Length, up to 95™" ; diameter, 12-13™™. The tube is regularly tapered and considerably bent ; it is com- posed of rather large, nearly uniform, rounded grains of calcareous sand. This fine species was found at Cony Island and the “ Scaur,” between tides, in shell-sand. Very local. A, EF. Verrill—Additions to the Fuuna of the Bermudas. 39 Arenicola cristata Stimpson, Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v, p. 114. Webster, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 25, p. 328, 1884. This large species was very common at low-tide and down to three fathoms at several localities, especially at Long Bird Island on the flats, Castle Harbor at Waterloo and Tuckers Town, at Hungry Bay, ete. It makes a conspicuous burrow, at the mouth of which there is usually a long cylindrical or coiled roll of mucus, nearly an inch in diameter. Fallacia protochona (Schmarda) Quatr. Hesione protochona Schmarda, Neue Wirb. Thiere, I, p. 79, pl. xxviii, fig. 226, 1861. Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. des Ann., II, p. 98, 1865. Webster, op. cit., p. 311, pl. viii, fig. 21, 1884. Puate VIII. Ficure 5. Some large and fine specimens of this species were taken in 1901. Some of them were at least six inches (150™™) long while living. They were mostly found under stones at low-tide at Hungry Bay, the Secaur, Cony Island, Castle Harbor, ete. Some of the largest were found swimming rapidly at the surface, by rapid undulations of the body. In life the color is pale brownish yellow, striped longitudinally with many fine dark brown lines. GEPHYRZA. Sipunculus nudus Linné (?) Selenka in Semper’s Reisen in den Philippinen, ii, Bd. iv, 1883. Ward, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxi, pp. 147-182, 1891. A large species, 200 to 250™™ in length and 15 to 20"™ in diameter when expanded. It contracts variously in formalin, sometimes to a cylindrical form, 150™™ in length and 10 to 12™™ in diameter ; in other cases the middle of the body is much narrower and both ends are bulbous. The body is longitudinally sulcate, with about 32 grooves, sepa- rating wider muscular bands. These are crossed by numerous circu- lar grooves and bands, which divide the surface into more or less conspicuous squarish or oblong areas, which are often distinctly raised, especially posteriorly. The posterior end is suddenly tapered to an obtuse point, the tapered portion being nearly smooth, but longitudinally suleated ; that portion of the base of the proboscis which is visible is closely covered with small broad-based, obtuse, conical, pale brown verruce. 40 A. EF. Verrili—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. The anus is a conspicuous transverse slit, on a slightly raised or thickened brownish area, covered with radial grooves. The nephri- dial pores are very distinctly transversely bilabiate ; they are sepa- rated by about seven longitudinal muscular bands, and are situated on the eighth muscular band in front of the anal pore. The color in life is brownish flesh-color, or light yellowish brown. In formalin it is dull, pale yellowish brown, a little darker on the posterior end and at the base of the proboscis, as well as around the anal pore ; the surface has a glistening appearance. One specimen is somewhat darker, being covered with fine dark brown specks, which form alternately lighter and darker, very narrow stripes on the body, two narrow dark lines being situated on each longitudinal muscular band. The internal anatomy has not yet been studied sufticiently to determine positively whether this be identical with the European S. nudus, which has been reported also from Florida, Sand flats of Long Bird Island, in deep burrows, April, 1901. Physcosoma, sp. A large species, 150 to 175™™ long, and about 8 to 10™™ in diame- ter, when expanded. It was translucent flesh-color, finely specked with yellowish brown. The two long and large segmental organs showed through the integ- ument as purplish folded tubes 20 to 30™™ long. There are 20 wide muscular bands ; seven on each side between the anal and nephridial pores and six between the two latter. The surface is covered with fine granule-like elevations; around the posterior end is a wide zone of larger, crowded, low, yellow, rounded verruce, not chitinous; a similar zone surrounds the base of the proboscis. On the inner surface of the longitudinal muscles are scattered, oblong, low, verruciform bodies, about .5™™ long. The intestine is long and large, forming about 45 spiral turns. The transverse muscles form thin narrow bands or lines, very near together. Thalassema Baronii Greef. Thalassema Baronii Greef, Acta Ac. Germ., xli, p. 151, 1879. Shipley in Willey’s Zo6l. Results, part iii, p. 745, pl. xxxiii, figs. 1 and 7, 1899 ; Proc. Zo61, Soc, London, 1899, p. 55. Selenka, Challenger Voy., Zodl., xiii, p. 1. Puate V. FIGURE 9. Length, in life, in extension, 50 to 65™", diameter 12 to 15™", but the form is very changeable. The color of the body was bluish- A, FE. Verrill— Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. 4] green, striped longitudinally with about eight bands of bright pink or light violet-red, these stripes being of nearly the same breadth as the green ones. Proboscis similar to the greenish parts of the body, but rather lighter, or more distinctly bluish, without stripes. The body, in expansion, was usually thick-fusiform or larger in front of the middle. The proboscis was usually short, stout and blunt, but changeable according to state of expansion. Three specimens were collected on one of the serpuline atolls near Hungry Bay, at.a very low tide in March. They were imbedded in loose sand and gravel. (A. H. V.) TURBELLARIA. POLYCLADIA. Thysanozoon nigrum Girard. Thysanozoon nigrum Girard, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 1387, 1854 (from Cape Florida). Thysanozoon Brochti, var. nigrum Lang, Die Polycladen, Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, p. 535, 1884. A large, nearly jet black species, thickly covered above with large obtuse or subacute, unequal papille. Body broad, oblong-elliptical, with thin undulated margins, used actively in swimming. Tentacular lobes elongated, projecting upward and forward, deeply folded. A small, roundish or cordate cerebral cluster of minute ocelli, surrounded by a small pale area. Whole dorsal side covered with rather closely crowded papille, part of which are much smaller than the others; they are mostly tapered and rather obtuse, but many are fusiform and subacute. Color usually nearly pure black, sometimes with patches of dark gray and fine specks of white, and with faint yellowish reticulated lines anteriorly ; under side light smoky brown. Papille blackish, often tinged with greenish yellow. Length, in life, up to 60™™ ; breadth, 30 to 45™™. Castle Harbor and Harrington Sound, in May, usually found swim- ming actively at the surface, but sometimes living under stones. It was called “sea-devil” by some of the fishermen, probably owing to its black color. Thysanozoon griseum V., sp. nov. »~ Puate V. FIGuRE 7. Body usually oblong-elliptical or ovate in extension, but change- able. Length to breadth often as 2: 1. Dorsal surface thickly cov- 42 A. E, Verrill—Additions to the Fuuna of the Bermudas. ered with elongated, acute, unequal papilla. Tentacular folds prom- inent, not very near together. Cerebral ocelli form two slightly separated, small, nearly semicircular groups, surrounded by a pale area. Color of dorsal side mostly brownish gray, tinged with yel- low, and with a broad median stripe of white, on which the papille are also white ; the other papille are spotted with orange, white, and dark brown. Tentacles gray, spotted with flake-white. On their anterior edges there are, apparently, many minute black ocelli ; other black specks that may be ocelli form a row on the front margin, between the tentacles and on the lateral margins as far back as the cerebral ocelli, or farther. Length, 35 to 40™™ ; breadth, 16 to 20™™. Harrington Sound, under dead corals, in April. This may, perhaps, prove to be only a pale variety of ZT. nigrum, when a larger series can be studied, but aside from the difference in color, the separate groups of cerebral ocelli and the more prominent tentacles seem to be important characters. Only one specimen was taken. Pseudoceros bicolor V., sp, nov. Puate V. FiGurRE 5. Body broadly elliptical with very thin undulated edges. Pseudo- tentacles are broad, short, rounded folds with a deep sinus between them, and with numerous minute ocelli on their front edges. . Far- ther back than the bases of the pseudotentacles there is a round median group of numerous small cerebral ocelli. There are also two small light colored elevations. Color of the central area very dark, almost black, with acute lobes of the same color extending toward the margin, which is translucent white, tinged with gray. Length, about 30" ; breadth, 15™™, but the form is very change- able. Long Bird Island, under stones at low-tide, April, 1901 (A. H. V.). Pseudoceros aureolineata V., sp. nov. PLATE V. FIGURE 6. Body broadly elliptical, with thin undulated margins, but very changeable in form. Pseudotentacles broadly folded, bearing numer- ous small ocelli on the margin ; rows of similar ocelli extend along the whole margin of the body. A round cluster of small cerebral ocelli is situated anteriorly. A, E. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. 48 Color, above, in life, light purplish-brown or purplish fawn-color, irregularly spotted and specked with white, and with a median row of white spots or small blotches ; toward the margin is a row of greenish spots, about at the edge of the brown area. The margin is translucent white, with a narrow, bright, light orange line at the edge; Under side anteriorly specked with fiake-white. Length, about 25™™; breadth, 18 to 20™". Long Bird Island, under stones just below low-tide, April 19, rare. Stylochus Bermudensis V., sp. nov. Body oblong-elliptical in life, with thin undulated edges. Ten- tacles not long, rather far apart, situated about at the anterior fourth, conical and subacute in extension, short and blunt in partial contrac- tion. Ocelli form a cluster in the base of each tentacle, and two or three marginal rows along the anterior part of the body, extending back past the middle. Color, above, grayish green on a white ground color. The greenish color forms specks and blotches over the surface, with the white ground-color showing between them, and specked with flake-white. Just back of the tentacles there is a transverse row of three white spots, the median one the largest ; under side white, mouth central. Length, 18™™ in extension ; breadth, 8 to 9™™. Harrington Sound, in shallow water, under corals, April 14, 1901. The only specimen found was accidentally lost before a detailed figure had been made. The clusters of cerebral ocelli were not noted. Discocelis binoculata V., sp. nov. Puate V. Ficures 3, 4. A long, narrow, very active and changeable species, with thin and much undulated edges ; anterior end generally obtusely rounded ; posterior end tapered. Breadth to length often as 1 to 6 or 8, in extension. The cerebral ocelli form two distinct round clusters, separated by a space greater than their diameters. No marginal ocelli could be seen in one specimen, but in others there seemed to be a row of very small ones anteriorly. Ground-color, pale flesh-color ; light pink ; pale yellowish-orange ; or salmon, paler and translucent toward the margins; a row of about 12 orange-brown, ronndish spots along each side of the back, 44. A. E, Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. about midway between the middle and the edges; outside and between these are numerous small specks of the same color. A median pale gastric streak extends from the ocelli to near the pos- terior end; it is usually bordered by a deeper colored, salmon or light orange band. The stomach is long and narrow, occupying most of the length of the body behind the eyes. It gives off, mostly at right angles, a large number of narrow, lateral, dendritic branches. The pharynx is not very long, subcentral, lobulated. Length in extension, up to 30 or 40™" ; breadth, 6 to 8™™, but it often contracted to a shorter and broader form. Under stones and dead corals, and in their crevices, at low-tide, Long Bird Island, April 19th and 29th, It is a very active species and creeps rapidly into holes and crevices, when disturbed. This closely resembles, in color, general appearance, and in the cerebral eyes, the Leptoplana Alcinoi of the Bay of Naples, as figured by Lang (Polycladen, p. 486, pl. ii, figs. 2 and 5). But our specimens appeared to have a row of small, anterior marginal ocelli, that are not present in the former. Discocelis cyclops V., sp. nov. PuaTe V. FiGure 1. Body usually much elongated, rather narrow, with thin, more or less undulated margins ; anterior margin usually obtusely rounded ; posterior end often tapered. The two cerebral groups of ocelli are semicircular or semiellipti- cal and very close together, so that they seem to form a single, rather conspicuous, rounded or elliptical eye, of larger size than usual in this group. Around the front margin there are also two or three rows of minute ocelli, which extend somewhat farther back than the cerebral groups. Color of the body usually pale, translucent flesh-color or pale cream-color, but nearly white toward the margins ; there is a rather wide median dorsal stripe of orange-brown, made up of minute round brown specks; similar specks are scattered over the whole surface, except near the edges, which are pale and translucent. One specimen was, in general, reddish brown, due to the color of the dendritic gastric branches showing through. Another was nearly white, specked with orange. The dark median gastric stripe is often bordered with whitish. The mouth is far forward, only a little behind the eyes. A. E. Verrili—Additions to the Fuuna of the Bermudas. 45 The proboscis, which is often ejected in formalin solution, is large and clavate, four-lobed at the end, 12 to 14™™ lony. Length, up to 75 to 90™™ ;_ breadth, 10 to 15™", in extension ; P7 often contracts into much shorter and broader forms. Harrington Sound, April 28th, on under side of dead corals, in shallow water. Castle Harbor, at Waterloo, low-tide, under stones, May 5th. The Scaur, under stones at low-tide, May. This species is here referred to the genus Diseocelis with some doubt, for its anatomy has not yet been sufficiently studied. Trigonoporus microps V., sp. nov. PLATE V. FIGURE 2. Body thin, usually long and narrow, very extensile and change- able, the edges usually much undulated and very thin ; both ends may be subacute in extension. When fully extended the body is very narrow, the breadth being about one-sixth to one-eighth of the length. Cerebral clusters of ocelli are lacking; but numerous minute ocelli are scattered over the anterior dorsal region and along the anterior margins, becoming much more numerous and crowded into several rows close to the anterior end. The stomach is very long, extending through most of the length of the body, and it gives off very numerous, nearly transverse, lateral branches, which are sub- divided into numerous dendritic branchlets. : Color of the body pale flesh-color or cream-color, the stomach and its branches showing through as rather darker pale ocher or brownish markings. Length up to 50 or 60™™ ; breadth, in extension, 5 to 10™™. Castle Harbor and “The Scaur,” under stones at low-tide; May Ist to 5th. This species closely resembles 7. cephalophthalma, of the Gulf of Naples, (see Lang, Polycladen, p. 503, pl. ii, fig. 1), in form and in the arrangement of the ocelli. The latter, however, differs in color and, apparently, in the relative length of the median gastric cavity, which is about one-third the total length, yet when more fully studied they may prove to be identical. The internal reproductive organs of our species have not been studied, so that its generic position is not positively settled. I have placed it in Trigonoporus mainly because of its close resemblence to the Naples species, as to form of body and arrangement of the ocelli. In the latter the gas- tric streak is white, bordered and continued by orange-brown, other- wise the upper side is pale greenish gray. 46 A. EB. Verrilli—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. Leptoplana lactoalba V. These Trans., x, p. 595, fig. 9, 1900. Nu@erous specimens of this species were taken in 1901, many of which differ from the typical form, in being more or less tinged with flesh-color or pale yellowish brown. For this variety it may be convenient to have a special name. No differences, except in color, were noticed. Var. tincta, nov. PuaTe V. Ficure 8. Color of dorsal surface pale flesh-color, light salmon-color, or pale brownish yellow, due to numerous minute specks of pigment scattered in the tissues ; margins paler ; not very translucent. In this species the principal or most conspicuous cerebral ocelli form a pair of round clusters, well apart, on slightly elevated verruce. There is a simple row of two or three ocelli behind the round groups and a crowded, usually curved row in front. The stomach is not very long. No marginal ocelli were observed. The form is very changeable and the species is very active, both in creeping and swimming. Length up to 40 or 50™; breadth, 18 to 25™, Long Bird Island; Harrington Sound; Castle Harbor, etc., under stones and corals. Common. NEMERTINA. Two or three additional species of Nemerteans were obtained in 1901, but they have not yet been fully studied. The most interesting one was taken singly, two or three times, under stones, at low-tide. It was 150 to 175™™ long, and about 4 or 5™™ broad. It was somewhat flattened, except anteriorly. Its color was bright orange or scarlet ; no eyes were seen. It appeared to be related to Polia or Eupolia. A species of Zineuws was found in May by Mr. W. G. Van Name, among algve, in a rather brackish pond near Bailey Bay. It was dark grayish brown on the upper side, paler beneath. Length, 75 to 100™", It occurred in considerable numbers, but it has not yet been studied with care. The terrestrial nemertean (Zetrastemma agricola W. Suhm) was found common in April, near Hungry Bay, under stones and burrow- ing in the soil like an earthworm. They were from 2 to 4 inches A, E. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. 47 long, when extended, but they are said to grow to the length of 6 inches. They are quite active and can be kept alive for a long time in jars of moist earth. They occurred not only near the shore, but on the uplands where the soil was almost dry. The larger ones, in life, were dark grayish brown or slate-color along the back, but the smaller ones were nearly white. ANTHOZOA. ACTINARIA. Cerianthus natans V., sp. nov. Puate IX. Fuicure 6. Body in extension when swimming, rather long, bulbous or clavate near the base and enlarged rapidly close to the disk. Outer tenta- cles about 38, subequal, tapered, not very long, thin, length usually less than one-half the diameter of the disk; they appear to form two or three rows. Inner or oral tentacles much smaller and more slender, about 24, apparently forming two series, owing to their alternate positions. Color of body orange-brown, tinged with yellow. Outer tentacles reddish brown, crossed by five or six bands of white; disk yellowish around bases of tentacles with a brown spot in front of the base of each ; central part of disk bluish gray. Oral tentacles nearly white; mouth yellow, with lines of red running in from between the oral tentacles. Length, in life 110™™; diameter of column, 10 to 22™; of disk and tentacles, 45™™, length of outer tentacles, about 10™™. Cony Island, floating free among alge, March 26,1901. (A. H. V.) This species, when kept in confinement, could swim about actively by expelling water from the pore in the bulbous base. Only one example was taken. The tentacles are much shorter than usual in this group. Epicystis osculifera (Lesueur) Ver. Verrill, these Trans., x, p. 556, 1900. Puate VII. Ficure 1. Numerous specimens of this elegant actinian were obtained, some of them of large size. These render it still more probable that this form is distinct from: £. crucifera, for it seems to have a character- istic pattern of colors. 48 A. EF Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. The column is usually streaked with light red and pale pink, much as in erucifera, but the tentacles are longitudinally striped with green and white, one of the green stripes on the outside and two on the inside being dark green, while the lateral ones are light green ; there is often an inner median streak or spot of yellow or orange ; the bases are surrounded by dark green. lines which run in on the disk as radial lines. The disk is generally lined or striped radially with green and white, variegated with orange and dark green spots. The lips are bright yellow, edged with green. The suckers: are bright red and form short rows on the upper part. There are usually only 6 or 12 of the primary and secondary ten- tacles that have more or less evident transverse raised ridges on the inner face of the tentacles. One of these usually occupies the inner end of each of the six infoldings of the disk. It is sometimes 150™™ or more in diameter. Hungry Bay; Castle Harbor; Harrington Sound. It lives between stones and in crevices of rocks and corals. Lebrunia Dance (D. & M.) Ver. Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., vii, p. 46, fig. 15, 1899. These Trans., x, p. 555, pl. lxvail, fig: 3; pl. lix, fey 11900; Puate VI. Ficure 1. A number of large specimens of this species were obtained. They varied considerably in color, but none were distinctly green like those obtained in 1898. The column, tentacles, and disk were generally light yellowish brown or fawn-color. The branchiz were usually darker brown, often light umber-brown or chocolate-brown. The tentacles often had pale tips. The gills in extension were usually much longer than the tentacles ; they were much branched arborescently, but they had few or no distinct rounded acrorhagi. In this last character and in color they differed decidedly from the 1898 specimens, described and figured by me in 1900, and agreed nearly with JZ. neglecta, as described by McMurrich, from the Bahamas. Phellia simplex V., sp. nov. Column slender, elongated, often vermiform, changeable, covered with a closely adherent, brownish or dirty epidermis, except close to each end, Tentacles about 24; inner ones slender, tapered but little, longer and larger than the outer ones, and equal to the diameter of the disk ; outer ones small. A, EF. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. 49 Color of disk usually buff, with white radii; tentacles translucent buff with a broad proximal patch of flake-white, beyond which there are two or three transverse bands of dark reddish brown. The lowest of these bands is W-shaped; the others are simple annula- tions. ’ Length, in life, 18 to 24™™ ; diameter, 4 to 5™™, Long Bird Island, under stones at low-tide, April 19th; also at Waterloo, Castle Harbor. This species has the aspect of an Eidwardsia, but its basal disk is well developed. Phellia rufa Ver. These Trans., x, p. 557, pl. Ixviii, fig. 2, 1900. PuaTE VI. Ficure 5. Numerous fine specimens of this species were found under stones in several localities, but it was particularly abundant and large at Waterloo, Castle Harbor, where the tidal streams from the adjacent caves flow out of the stony shores between tides. At the latter locality specimens very much larger than the types were obtained. Some of these, in life, were 75 to 100™™ long, and 20 to 36™™" in diameter of body, with a correspondingly increased number of tentacles, which were often 96 to 120 ; the inner 12 are often erect and decidedly the largest The form of the body is very changeable. In nearly all cases the column is a deep brownishred or dull salmon-brown, and the tough epidermis, which adheres very closely and extends nearly to the tentacles, is wrinkled in contraction. The disk and tentacles vary much in color, but are nearly always hand- somely variegated with red, salmon-brown, or purplish brown, and flake-white. The tentacles are generally banded with flake-white and often they have two or three W-shaped bands of dark purplish brown or reddish brown. The disk has radial stripes or spots of the same brown colors, alternating with white, or the brown spots may be V-shaped. Aiptasia tagetes (ID. & M.) Andres. Puate VI. Ficure 6. Verrill, these Trans., x, p. 557, pl. Ixvii, fig. 2, 1900. This species was found very common in 1901, and numerous marked variations in its colors were observed. Trans. Conn. Acap., Vou. XI. 1 OctosER, 1901. 50 ) Eupomacentrus fuscus (Cuv. and Val.) J. and Ever. Maria Molly. Brown Cock-eye Pilot. Pomacentrus fuscus Cuy. and Val., Hist. Nat. Pois., v, p. 482, 1830. Eupomacentrus fuscus Jord. and Everm., Fishes N. Amer., ii, p. 1552, 1898. Everm. and Marsh, Fishes of Porto Rico, p. 224, pl. xxvii, colored, 1900. Common in the mangrove swamp at Hungry Bay, April, 1901. (A. H. V.) Scomberomorus maculatus (Mitch.). Spanish Mackerel. Carita. Scomber maculatus Mitchell, Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. N. York, i, p. 426, 1815. Scomberomorus maculatus Jordan and Ever., Fishes N. Am., i, p. 874, iv, pl. exxxiv, fig. 368. Everm. and Marsh, Fishes Porto Rico, p. 123, pl. vi (colored), 1900. I was told by some of the inhabitants that this species is occa- sionally taken, but I saw no specimens. A, E. Verrill—Additions to the Fauna of the Bermudas. or Lycodontis funebris (Ranz.) J. and Ever. Green Moray. Black Moray. Gymnothorax funebris Ranzani, Nov. Com, Ac. Sci. Bonon., iv, p. 76, 1840, Brazil. Lycodontis funebris J. and Ever., Fishes N. Amer., i, p. 396, 1896. Ever. and Marsh, op. cit., p. 77, 1900. One specimen of this species was found among the dead fishes on the shore, early in March. I have seen two large living speci- mens in the New York Aquarium, brought from Bermuda by Prof. C. E. Bristol and party, in 1899. REPTILES. Anolis principalis (Linné), Blue-tailed Lizard. American Chameleon. Anolis Carolinensis Dum. and Bibron. Puate I. Ficure 5. A single specimen of this small lizard was recently found in a jar containing a mixed lot of marine invertebrates collected by Mr. G. Brown Goode, at Bermuda, in 1876. The only label was “ Bermuda,” in Mr. Goode’s handwriting. As the specimens in the jar had never been assorted and all the other things were common Bermudian species, we must infer that the locality label is correct. But since there is no special note in respect to the lizard, it is quite possible that Mr. Goode knew that it had been carried to Bermuda, in captivity. It is possible, however, that he did not distinguish it from the young of the common Ber- muda species and for that reason made no special note of it. No other example has occurred, so far as I know, but that proves very little, for no systematic search for reptiles has been made by any one in Bermuda. Mr. Samuel Garman has compared this specimen with those taken in the southern United States and Cuba, and finds no differences whatever. j It is quite possible that it has recently been introduced into Ber- muda, either accidentally or intentionally, and that it has become locally naturalized there, in small numbers, like several foreign birds. This lizard was first mentioned by me in the Amer, Journ. Sci., xi, p. 330, April, 1901. 58 . 290) i is as follows :— ‘‘Madrepora conglomerata subturbinata, intus lamellis granulosis parallelis. stellisque lacero-prominulis sparsis. Corallium format laminam tenuem, subturbinatam, undato-crispam, lacinio- sam, sessilem, extus longitudinaliter porcis remotiusculis striatam ; intus preedi- tam lamellis longitudinalibus, subparallelis, obtusis atque granulosis, que passim interrupt sunt sfellis rariusculis, fere in quincunces sparsis, lacero promi- nulis; harum lamelle iste longitudinales quasi radii sunt. Locus: Oceanus Indicus. Est quasi medium inter M. Lactucam & agaricitis quasdam varietates.” = _- we) A, E. Verril—Bermudian and West Indian Reef Corals. 13: In fact, the description calls for a coarsely costate and rough coral, having scattered, stellate calicles, without collines. The genus Phyllastrea Dana, based on P. tubifex Dana, corre- sponds to it in many respects, and is evidently congeneric with it, as noted by Edw. and Haime. Several other allied species are known to me. Unfortunately, Edw. and Haime described as elephantotus a very distinct species, with very fine, close, equal costal striz on the under side, and this has helped to perpetuate the confusion. Esper (Pflanz., i, pl. xviii, figs. 1-4) figured as MW. elephantotus Pallas, from the East Indies, a foliaceous species, with thin, clustered, convoluted fronds, strongly radially costate and serrate, but not echinate, below. Calicles stellate, appressed, raised proximally, with coarse, serrate, angular septa. This may well be the real elephanto- tus Pallas. It corresponds to it better than does any other figure. Dana (Zoodph., p. 339) referred to a specimen of this species that he had seen in Peale’s Museum, Philadelphia. This museum was burned many years ago, but Dana’s sketch of this specimen is in the collections of the Yale Museum, with other unpublished draw- ings of corals presented by him. It is probably of Indo-Pacific origin. Ehrenberg described in 1834 a different species under the name of Agaricia? elephantotus.* It had calicles six lines in diameter, which is much larger than those of Esper’s species. The Mycedium Okeni Edw. and Haime (Hist., ii, p. 75, pl. D12, figs. la, 16 (not 2)), also has large calicles, 10™™ in diameter, and is probably very close to elephantotus, if not the same. It has rough, dentate, angular septa and the calicles somewhat in series. There is evidently an error in the numbering of the figures on the plate. Quelch (op. cit., p. 116) referred this species to Phyllastrea Dana. As for MW. cucullata Ellis and Sol., it seems to be a species of Agaricia that cannot yet be positively identified. I have seen no specimens like it, nor do any of the modern descriptions agree very well with it. It is certainly zo¢ the same as elephantotus of Pallas, though it may be the species wrongly called by that name in some modern books; possibly it is the JZ. elephantotus of Edw. and Haime, but the latter is not the elephantotus Pallas. Gregory puts it as a synonym of Ais erroneous elephantotus-fragilis. The A. cucullata Dana is probably A. purpurea Les., described below. * Doubting its real identity with the Pallasian species, he gave it the provi- sional name of megastoma, as noted also by Dana. It is perhaps a Tridac- ophyllia. Edw. and Haime, ii, p. 381, consider it the young of 7. lactuca. 136 A. EB. Verrill— Bermudian and West Indian Reef Corals. Some of the species of Podabacia resemble the M. elephantotus rather closely in form. This is particularly the case with an appar- ently undescribed species.* Mycedium explanatum Verrill. Phyllastrea explanata Verrill, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., i, p. 53, 1864. PuLaTtE XXIX. Ficurss la, 10, le. Additional specimens of this species show considerable variations from the type. The fronds may be 8-10™™ thick, but become very thin, about .05™™, at the margin. ‘The under side is covered with unequal, raised, rounded, dichotomous costz, the larger ones separated by three to six smaller ones; they are not serrulate nor echinate. On the older parts of the upper side, the corallites are large, often crowded, sometimes erect, but usually much inclined, mostly 8-10"™ in diameter. The septa vary from less than 12 to 18. Most com- monly there are about 12 larger, subequal, very thick and prominent ones, with several much thinner ones of the 3d cycle. The large ones are perpendicular within, acute-angular at the summit, and con- * Podabacia dispar, sp. nov. Coral thin, foliaceous, in broad fronds, often concave above, and very thin at the edges. Common wall thin but compact, with few or no perforations, and covered with unequal, slightly raised, but con- tinuous, cost ; often every 4th or 8th one is larger than the intermediate ones, which decrease in size according to the cycle of the septa with which they corre- spond, the smallest extending only a short distance from the edges. Their edges are finely granulated, and sometimes the larger ones are sparingly denticulate with very small, rough, irregular teeth, very much smaller than those of P. crus- tacea. The calicles are irregularly scattered; the larger ones are stellate, with a well developed columella, made up of irregular rough processes, sometimes united into a nearly solid mass, Septa thin, in three cycles, with some very thin perforated ones of the 4th cycle on the distal side. Usually there are nine to twelve larger septa; but in the outer calicles there are usually but six. The principal septa are wide, rise abruptly, and form a prominent, somewhat thickened lobe or angle at the summit, beyond which the edge is concave, thin, finely and sharply serrate, and continuous with the long septo-coste. The prominent angle is often lacerate-toothed, but more frequently it is subentire. The septo-coste are of several sizes, but generally the alternate ones are very thin, deeply lacerate, and much perforated close to the edge. The synapticule are large and conspicuous. Plate xxix, figs. 5, 5a. Diameter of the larger calicles, 4-6™™" ; thickness of coral, 1.5 to 2 inches from edge, 6-8™™, Samoa ts. (Coll. H. A. Ward). Museum of Yale Univ., No. 6178, and Field Columb. Mus., Chicago. A. EF. Verrii—Bermudian and West Indian Reef Corals. 137 vexly rounded externally, where they pass into thick, stout costz, bearing several conical, rough, often hollow spines. The summit is roughly serrate or spinulose ; the inner edge and sides sharply and roughly granulated. The septo-costze are often long, becoming thinner between the corallites than on their walls, and alternately thicker and thinner ; they bear rather fine, strong, suberect, acute or lacerate spines. Toward the margin of the coral the corallites are smaller, more appressed, but circular, and have 6 to 12 larger, thick, prominent, exsert, acute, lacerate or spinose septa. The septo-costz here become thinner and higher, with erect, rough or lacerate, rather distant spines. The columella is generally pretty well developed and roughly trabecular. In sections (fig. 1¢) the exotheca is pretty compact, with numerous rather small dissepiments, much smaller than in the next species. Tahiti; Mus. Comp. Zo6l.; Yale Mus.; Field Columb. Mus. For the older, thick form, with stout, swollen or rounded corallites, I have used the variety name, turgida. It often looks like a dis- tinct species, but it grades into the thinner form. The differences are probably due to age. Mycedium tenuicostatum Ver., sp. noy. PuaTte XXIX. Ficurses 2, 2a, 2b, 2c. _ Coral forms a large foliaceous frond, more or less bent and irregu- lar, considerably thickened and cellular in the older parts, but thin at the margin. Exterior dichotomously costate ; the coste are unequal, 1 to 3 or 5 smaller ones between the larger; all are broadly rounded, more than twice as wide as the narrow intervening grooves ; their surfaces are slightly rough with minute granules. Corallites, toward the center of the upper side, are large and much crowded, expanded, prominent, often erect ; the larger ones are 15 to 18™™ across, with very exsert, excurved, very roughly lacerate and spinose septa, which are thick and broad at the summit, with the inner edge flaring and roughly dentate and the outer or costal por- tion lacerately dentate. There are often 24 septa, in three cycles, but frequently only 12 to 18 are present ; those of the third cycle are thin and narrow ; sometimes smaller septa of the fourth cycle appear. Many corallites are but little prominent, with the septa thinner and not much exsert, angular at the summit, and roughly 138 A. & Verrill—LBermudian and West Indian Reef Corals. spinulose. The septo-coste are very thin and high, separated by spaces 4 to 6 times as wide, with few angular teeth. In sections (fig. 2c), the exotheca is abundant, coarsely cellular ; the dissepiments are convex and numerous. Singapore (?); Mus. Yale Uniy.; Field Columb. Museum. Echinopora elegans Ver., sp. noy. PLATE XXIX. FIGURE 3. The coral forms broad, thin, contorted, foliaceous fronds, some- times 20 inches (500™™) broad and 10 inches high, while the average thickness of the folia may be 3 to 4™™, becoming very thin and translucent toward the margins, but yet compact and strong. Under side has rather loosely scattered small calicles in some parts, but toward the margins they are absent and the surface is evenly and closely covered with very small, nearly equal cost, roughened with minute granules. The upper side is roughly echinulate, and bears larger and more prominent calicles, which are rather crowded in some parts, but irregularly arranged, and becoming more scattered toward the mar- gins, where the intervals are often equal to three or four times their diameter. The larger corallites are verruciform, 3 to 4™™ in diameter, with very roughly echinulate septa and cost. The septa, in the larger calicles, form three very unequal cycles. The six primaries are much exsert, a little thickened, hispid laterally, and with the edges finely lacerately toothed. Usually they consist of two or three deeply divided lobes, the outer one standing on the outer thecal margin; the next, just within the calicle, is a little wider ; the third, usually smaller, may represent the paliform lobe or tooth. Those of the second cycle are smaller and thinner, but lobed in the same way. Those of the third cycle are very small and narrow, or often rudimentary. The septo-costz are numerous, even, and rather close, represented, in general, by rows of small, upright, echinulate or lacerate spinules of about equal size ; toward the margins the costule become more elevated, with the edge echino-lacerate. The columella is usually well developed, finely trabecular or spongy. Samoa (coll. Ward); Mus. Yale University and Field Columbian Museum. No. 6180. A. BE. Verrill—Bermudian and West Indian Reef Corals. 139 Echinopora concinna Ver., sp. nov. PuaTE XXIX. FiIGure 4. The coral forms large, thin, foliaceous, bent fronds, a foot or more across, becoming very thin but firm at the edges. Both surfaces bear similar calicles in the type. The septo-coste are fine, very regular, only slightly raised, and each bears a row of regularly spaced, not crowded, small, erect, rough spinules, which give a neat and very regularly spinulose char- acter to the surface. The calicles are small, low, verruciform, rather open, with deep and conspicuous interseptal loculi. The septa are in three cycles, the smallest very thin and narrow. ‘The larger ones are wide, thickened at the walls, a little prominent, angular at the summit, and lacerately toothed. The columella is well developed and finely trabecular or spongy. Diameter of calicles about 4™™; their height about 1 to 2™™. Pelew I.,—coll. Ward; Yale Museum and Field Colum. Mus., Chicago. This is allied to £. striatula Studer, (Monatsb. Kong. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, 1877, p. 644, pl. ili, figs. 10a, 6,) from New Britain. Family Agaricidse Ver., 1867. Fungide (pars) Dana, Zodph., p. 283, 1846. Lophoserine (pars) Edw. and Haime, Compt.-rend., xxix, p. 71, 1849. Hist. Corall., iii, p. 35, 1860. Lophoseride Dunean, Revision, p. 146, + Plesiofungide (pars), p. 183, 1884. Agaricide Verrill, these Trans., i, p. 542, 1867. Corals generally compound, increasing mostly by marginal bud- ding, often thin foliaceous or frondose, either unifacial or bifacial, sometimes in thick plates or massive. Calicles small and shallow, often without definite solid walls. Septa usually numerous, low, finely serrulate or subentire, more or less of them continuous, as septo-coste, with those of adjacent calicles. Synapticulz exist between the septa, and in thick or massive forms there are also dissepiments. Outer wall compact, imperforate, usually with slender, serrulate costal striations, seldom echinate. Polyps short, scarcely exsert, with small, short, verruciform, blunt or clavate, or often rudimentary tentacles. 140 A. EL Verrill— Bermudian and West Indian Reef Corals. Agaricia Lam. (emended). Type A. undata Ellis and Sol.* Agaricia (pars) Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans Vert., p. 375, 1801 (1st species is ** VM. cucullata Ellis and Sol.,” 3d species is M. undata; 2d species is now Merulina ampliata). Undaria Oken, Lehr. Naturg., p. 68, 1815 (includes 1st, agaricites; 2d, undata). Agaricia (pars) Lam., Hist. Anim. s. Vert., 1815. Agaricia (subgenus Mycedia) Dana, Zoéph., pp. 338, 335, 1846 (non Mycedium Oken, 1815). Agaricia and Mycedium (pars) Edw. and Haime, Corall., iii, pp. 72, 80, 1860. Duch. and Mich., Cor. Antill., pp. 80, 81, 1860. Agaricia Queleh, Voy. Chall., Zo6l., xvi, p. 116. Gregory, op. cit., p. 279, 1895. Vaughan, op. cit., p. 63, 1901. This genus cannot be divided into two, on account of the charac- ter of the unifacial or bifacial corals, as many writers have tried to do, nor on the character of an encrusting mode of growth, as dis- tinguished from the pedicelled, cup-shaped or turbinate, and folia- ceous corals, formed by several of the species, and perhaps by all under certain conditions, and when young. Better generic and specific characters are to be found in the finely striated under side of the coral, when it is free, and in the distinctly stellate calicles, usually arranged in concentric lines or grooves, often separated by ridges or collines, around the primary calicle, but this arrangement may become irregular, obscured, or wholly lacking, in parts of very old or crowded specimens of some species, like A. agaricites. The septa are but little prominent, usually in two to four cycles, and are usually finely and rather evenly serrulate. The calicles are usually rather small or of moderate size, much larger and far more distinctly stellate than in Pachyseris, but not so large and prominent as in Mycedium (true sense). The septa and costie are not coarse and not spinose, nor lacerately toothed, as in the latter. The calicles often resemble those of some species of Pavonat very closely and so does the frondose structure of the coral. The mistake of confounding true Mycedium with this genus has already been discussed above (pp. 133-135). ' *T take A. wndata as type, because there is still much doubt as to the real affinities of cucullata. The latter has been identified with M. elephantotus by many, and hence put under Mycedium. eRe erregpwett eee. A. E. Verrill— Corals of the Genus Acropora. 249 aperture is wide-open, and looks upward and outward, and is visible in a side view. The inner lip is often free for a short distance, but usually wholly adnate. Lower down the corallites rapidly become shorter and the lower lip becomes a thin crescent-shaped margin, and at the base many calicles are wholly immersed. The septa are all narrow, except the directives; the six secondaries are often present, but very narrow; in other cases abortive. Ccenen- chyma openly reticulate- porous. East Indies or Polynesia? (coll. H. A. Ward), Yale Museum, No. 6151. Also in Field Columbian Museum. In form of coral and mode of growth, this species resembles A. Guppy? (Brook), as figured by Brook, but the latter has stouter branches with much larger axial corallites, and the walls of the latter are not costulate. It has some resemblance to A. conigera (D), but the branches are larger and more obtuse; the calicles are shorter, more crowded, and less labrate ; the walls are more regularly costulate and fenestrate ; and the ceenenchyma is finer and not so rough. Several specimens were in the Ward collection several years ago (Nos. 6118, 6120, 6151), from which the above description was made. That collection was afterwards sold to the Field Columbian Museum, A few fragments of No. 6151 are in the Museum of Yale University. Acropora polymorpha (Brook) Ver. Madrepora polymorpha Brook, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, p. 466, 1891. Catal. Mad. Brit. Mus., p. 169, 1893. Madrepora abrotanoides Dana, Zodph., p. 477, pl. xli, fig. 1, 1846 (non Lam.). Several branches from specimens labeled as JZ. ubrotanoides by Dana are in the Yale Mus. (No. 4202). P. M. E. once and one-half their diameter Figure 3.—Eutichurus apart, about diameter from the equal P. 8. E. nS a es Legs moderately long, very hairy, with a few weak spines ; two pairs under the tibiz and metatarsi I and II; tibiae III and IV below with one spine near base, one near middle, and a pair at tip, these metatarsi with three pairs below. Abdomen about once and three-fourths as long as broad, broadest behind the middle, rounded at base and tip, convex above; the superior spinnerets long, two- jointed, the apical joint tapering and as long as the basal; epigynum shows two oblique, elliptical openings, some distance apart. Length 9,5.5™". No. 2362. One female from the Bermudas (without more definite locality) collected by W. G. Van Name, in May. It occurs also in Hayti. DICTYNIDZ. Dictyna, sp. One young specimen, without particular locality. No. 2367. AGALENIDZ. Tegenaria derhami Scopoli. Aranea derhami Scop., Entom. Carnioli., p. 400, 1765. Tegenaria derhami Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., viii, p. 29, pl. vii, figs. 6, 6c; 1890. Several specimens; one from Walsingham, 3 May; another preyed upon by Plexippus paykulli, 20 April. It is a cosmopolitan spider. Nos. 2326, 2327. PHOLCIDZ. Pholcus tipuloides Koch. Pholcus tipuloides Koch, Die Arachn. Australiens, p. 281, 1871. Pholeus tipuloides Marx, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1889, p. 99, pl. iv, fig. 5. Several specimens, some from Tucker’s Island cave, 3 May. (It occurred at and within the entrance of the cave in considerable numbers.—A. E. V.). A cosmotropical species. Nos. 2315, 2316, 2320, 2361, 2409. 272 N. Banks—Spiders and Mites from the Bermuda Islands. THERIDIIDZ. Theridium tepidariorum Koch. Theridium tepidariorum Koch, Die Arach., viii, p. 75, figs. 647, 648, 1841. Theridium tepidariorum Emer., Trans. Conn, Acad., vi, p. 13, pl. ii, fig. 1, 1882. Four specimens collected by Mr. T. G. Goslin in summer. Nos. 2401, 2407. It is found in houses throughout the civilized world. Theridium studiosum Hentz. Theridium studiosum Hentz, Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, p. 274, pl. ix, fig. 5, 1850. Two females from Walsingham, 3 May. Occurs in the Southern States, and Mexico. No. 2349. Theridium rufipes Lucas. Theridion rufipes Lucas, Explor. de lAlgerie, Arachn., p. 268, pl. xvi, fig. 5, 1847. One specimen, male, from mouth of Tucker’s Island cave, 3 May. A common cosmotropical spider. No. 2354. Lathrodectus geometricus Koch. Lathrodectus geometricus Koch, Die Arachn., viii, p. 117, pl. cclxxxivy, fig. 684, 1841. Several examples ; a pair from Paynters’ Vale, 28 April; two females have their egg-cocoons. Known from South America, and the West Indies. Nos. 2328, 2352, 2353, 2363. Bathyphantes, sp. Two specimens, both immature ; the sternum and venter are black, the dorsum of abdomen dark gray with a black herring-bone mark, legs pale, cephalothorax yellowish. No. 2338. Erigone, sp. One female, immature, abdomen and sternum black, mandibles rather prominent and diverging. No. 2335. N. Banks— Spiders and Mites from the Bermuda Islands, 273 ULOBORIDZ. Uloborus geniculatus Olivier. Araneus geniculatus Oliv., Eney. Meth., ii, p. 214, 1789. Uloborus zosis Walck., Apteres, ii, p. 231, 1842. Uloborus zosis Marx, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1889, pl. iv, fig. 1. Several specimens received from Mr. T. G. Goslin, collected in summer. Nos. 2404, 2406. A widely distributed, cosmotropical spider. EPEIRIDZ. Cyclosa caudata Hentz. Epeira caudata Hentz, Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, p. 23, pl. iii, figs. 14, 14a, 14b, 1850. Cyclosa conica Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., vi, p. 321, pl. xxxiv, fig. 3, 1884. Various specimens, several from Walsingham woods, 3 May, on trees; two from Tucker’s Island, 3 May. Distributed over the United States and Mexico. Nos. 2339, 2350, 2358. Argyroepeira hortorum Hentz. Silver Spider. Epeira hortorum Hentz, Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v, p. 477, pl. xxxi, fig. 19, 1847. Argyroepeira hortorum Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., vi, p. 382, pl. xxxvii, figs. 29-32, 1884. Three adults from Walsingham woods, 3 May, on trees ; several young specimens. Occurs in the eastern United States, Mexico, and the West Indies. No. 2330. Nephila clavipes Fabricius. Silk Spider. Aranea clavipes Fabr., Entom. Syst., ii, p. 420, 1775. Nephila clavipes Koch, Die Arachn., v, p. 31, pl. clii, fig. 355, 1839. Several adults taken by Mr. T. G. Goslin, last summer. The largest has an expanse of 5.5 inches. This is the typical form, as is shown by Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge in a recent paper on spiders from the Bahama Islands (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., April, 1901, pp. 322- 332). Occurs along the South Atlantic coast, and the regions adjacent to the Carribean Sea. (The adults are found only in late summer and autumn. It is men- tioned by the earliest settlers, 1610-1615.—A. E. V.) Nos. 2314, young; 2399, adult. Trans. Conn. Acap., Vou. XI. 18 JANUARY, 1902. 274 WN. Banks—Spiders and Mites from the Bermuda Islands. SPARASSIDZ. Heteropoda venatoria Linn. Great House Spider. Aranea venatoria Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. x, p. 1087, 1758. Ocypete murina Koch, Die Arach., xii, p. 36, pl. eccev, fig. 978, 1845. Several specimens, one very young. A common cosmotropical spider, occurring in the extreme southern portions of the United States. (Found in outhouses and sometimes in dwellings. The largest are 4.50 inches across the outstretched legs. It is a very active running spider.—A. E. V.) Nos. 2305, 2306, 2317, 2342. LYCOSIDZ. Lycosa atlantica Marx. Lycosa atlantica Marx, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1889, p. 100, pl. iv, fig. 4. Several specimens ; one from Hungry Bay, April, under stones; another from the mouth of Tucker’s Island cave, May 3. It is very possibly the same as Lycosa fusca Keys., described from Cuba in 1877. Nos, 2307, 2325, 2357, 2405. OXYOPIDZ. Oxyopes salticus Hentz. Oxyopes salticus Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v, p. 196, pl. xvi, fig. 10, 1845. Two immature specimens. Occurs from the southern United States to Brazil. No. 2345. ATTIDZ, Wala vernalis Peckham. Jumping Spider. Anoka vernalis Peck., Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1893, p. 701. Anoka vernalis Peck., Occ. Pap. Nat. Hist. Soc. Wisc., vol. ii, no. 2, pl. xiii, fig. 3, 1894. One female collected by Mr. T. G. Goslin in summer. No. 2410. Described from Jamaica, but now known from many parts of the West Indies. . N. Banks—Spiders and Mites from the Bermuda Islands. 275 Tapinattus melanognathus Lucas. Jumping Spider. Salticus melanognathus Lucas, Hist. Nat. d’Tes Canar., ii, p. 29, 1839. Menemerus melanognathus Marx, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1889, p. 99, pl. iv, fig. 3. One specimen. A cosmotropical spider, found in Florida and California. No. 2313. Plexippus paykulli Aud. and Sav. Larger Jumping Spider. Attus paykulli A. and S., Descrip. de l’Egypte, xxii, p. 172, 1827. Menemerus paykulli Marx, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1889, p. 99, pl. ii, fig. 2. A number of specimens; one feeding on a Tegenaria derhami, 20 April. A very common cosmotropical spider, not rare in the southern United States. Nos. 2310-12, 2359, 2402. ACARINA. Actineda agilis Banks. Mite. Actineda agilis Bks., Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., 1894, p. 211. Two specimens, one from Castle Island, under stones, 24 April. Previously known only from the eastern United States. No. 2379, Rhyncholophus, sp. Mite. Two specimens of a small, undescribed species. No. 2380. Holostaspis, sp. Two specimens and one young, probably of the same species. The American forms of this genus have not been studied. No. 2381, Se ere MM ari? | . caliaang patie: rT AS Te eA ato wa x | Ht ere Ge ’ Re se wa ve ' ee Mie * on de nein eo ae hol fees OL ae Dai he ai) Cb > sa 0, WO 1 a ee ath hog vis none ay ve vi Panty he : usy 4 a a ms hi ee De ey ite pr nie tt eT th Lee a ee ao mae 4 Vb: Se vag Poe Gk Oe es Viet He. Fert (ees fis a Baa’) ‘3 veka vy einen wine, ) aeke” dedi) bane sco : - he + nat Cr Aun ‘ita ie Pret tt I Pea, (EU Tt A ae en ee. jo i ake arbi sehen ar Hee gee A an Pe hwnlal “baie siveyn OOH Ee as pic =~ Fe p i i a igh PoE ak acai ‘be nagate “ Dee. 8 “nthe | Pitt tn ies yh ik eae a a ao hae ia 3 \ ieee ; meN ci, Peak Ra ae ea ay mee a By one ae t Aen va a Kine ‘ho Ane, ‘eee abana Nile pei hale h, si} ie & , | a aduee ee a ae tr Zn Madey OO Me Wt i ER ee Ss VII.—Tue Mariner anp TERRESTRIAL Isopops OF THE BERMUDAS, with Descriptions oF New GENERA AND SPECIES. By Harriet RicHarpDson. [Collaborator, Smithsonian Institution. ] 1. The Marine Isopods of the Bermudas, with descriptions of thirteen New Species and three New Genera, There is almost no literature relating to the Marine Isopods of the Bermudas. In 1891 Ives* described and figured a new species of Cymodocea from the Bermudas (C. bermudensis), which has since been referred to the genus Dynamene. Several species of wide-spread distribution have been recorded from the Bermudas, as for example, Jdotea marina (Linnzus), speci- mens of which are in the Smithsonian Institution. It was taken in abundance by the Yale party in 1901, in Hamilton Harbor. Spence Bate+ mentions, without any description, a species of Bopyrus from the Bermudas, parasitic on Latreutes ensiferus (Milne-Edwards), which is without doubt, identical with Bopyroides latreuticola Gissler, found on the same host at Beaufort, North Carolina. The material for the present paper is the result of three expedi- tions to the Bermudas; one in 1876-7, when Prof. George Brown Goode collected a number of Isopods ; one in 1898, undertaken by Prof. A. E. Verrill and party ; and another in the spring of 1901, by Prof. A. E. Verrill and Mr. A. H. Verrill. These collections contain both known and unknown species. Among the known species are to be mentioned specimens of Dyna- mene bermudensis Ives, and Idotea marina (Linnzus), already recorded from the Bermudas. -Also specimens of Corallana quadricornis Hansen, Aleirona krebsii Hansen, Nerocila acuminata Schicdte and Meinert, Dyna- mene perforata Moore, and Cilicea caudata (Say), common to West * Proc. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1891, p. 194. + Report of the Scientific Results of the Exp. Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger, xxiv, p. 582, 1888. 278 H. Richardson—TIsopods of the Bermudas. Indian waters ; Zaunais eavolinii Milne-Edwards, Leptochelia rapax Harger, and Leptochelia dubia (Kroyer), the first and last named of wide distribution, and all three common to the Northeast coast of America. These species have not been previously recorded from the Bermudas. The thirteen new species herein described are representatives of the following families: Apseudidw, Anthuridw, Cirolanide, Spheromide, and Janiride. Three are the types of new genera. CHELIFERA or TANAIOIDEA. Family Tanaide. Tanais cavolinii Milne-Edwards. Tanais cavoliniti Milne-Edwards, in Audouin and Milne-Edwards, Précis d’Entomologie, i, pl. xxix, fig. 1, 1828; Hist. Nat. des Crust., iii, p. 141, pl. xxxi, fig. 6, 1840. Tanais tomentosus Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr., iv, p. 183, 1842; ibid. (2) ii, p. 412, 1847; Voy. en Scand., Crust., pl. xxvii, figs. 2a-q, 1849. Lillje- borg, Ofvers. Vet.-Akad. Forh., Arg., viii, p. 23, 1851. Meinert, Crust. Tsop. Amph. Dec. Danaiz, p. 86, 1877. Crossurus vittatus Rathke, Fauna Norwegens, p. 39, pl. 1, figs. 1-7, 1845. Tanais hirticaudatus Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1860, p. 224, 1861. Tanais vittatus Lilljeborg, Bidrag Kiinn. Crust. Tanaid, p. 29, 1865. Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., ii, p. 125, 1866. Stebbing, Trans. Devon. Assoc., 1874, p. 7, and 1879, p. 6; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xvii, p. 78, 1876. Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci. (8), x, p. 38, 1875. Harger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., ii, p. 162, 1879; Rep. U. 8S. Fish Comm., pt. 6, p. 418-419, pl. xiii, figs. 81-82, 1880. Tanais tomentosus G, O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, ii, pt. i, ii, p. 12, pl. v, 1896. Tanais Cavolinti Dollfus, Bull. Soc. Zodl. de France, xxi, p. 207, 1897; Mém. de la Soc. Zobl. de France, xi, p. 35, 1898. Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), iii, pp. 382-333, 1899. (See Norman for synonymy and full reference.) Hab. Castle Harbor, Bermudas, in dead coral, collected by A. E. Verrill and party. Also found at Noank, Conn.; Long Island Sound ; Greenland ; west coast of Norway; British Isles; West France ; Azores. Depth, 1-6 ft. (Verrill). a ll HT, Richardson—LTIsopods of the Bermudas. Lo ~J © Leptochelia dubia (Kr¢yer). Tanais dubius Kréyer, Naturh. Tidssk., iv, p. 178, pl. ii, figs. 20-22, 1842-5. Paratanais algicola Harger, Am. Jour. Sci. and Art, xv, p. 377, 1878. Leptochelia algicola Harger, Report U. S. Fish Com., pt. 6, p. 421, 1880. Leptochelia dubia G. O. Sars, Archiv for Math. og Naturvid., p. 26, 1880; and p. 317, pl. x, xi, 1886. Leptochelia algicola Dollfus, Mém. de la Soc. Zool, de France, xi, p. 44, 1898. Leptochelia dubia Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), iii, p. 3384, 1899. 2 Leptochelia incerta Moore, Report U.S. Fish Com., ii, p. 165-166, 1901. There are two males and a small number of females in the collec- tion. The males and females agree with the original description and figures of ZL. dubia (Krdyer), the inner branch of the uropoda in both sexes consisting of five joints.* There are also two specimens in the collection, both females, which have the inner branch of the uropoda two-jointed. Although this may be a new species of Leptochelia, I do not feel warranted with such scanty material, and with no males, to describe a new species of this genus. Hab. Castle Harbor, Bermudas, collected by A. E. Verrill and party, in 1898. Also Jersey ; Birterbuy Bay, Iveland; Falmouth Harbor; Valentia, Ireland; Mediterranean; Atlantic coast from Brittany to Senegal and Teneriffe ; Northeast coast of N. America ; Brazil. Leptochelia rapax Harger. Leptochelia rapax Harger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Museum, ii, p. 165, 1879. Report U.S. Fish Comm., pt. vi, p. 424, pl. xiii, figs. 89. 90, 1880. Hab. Bermudas, collected by W. G. Van Name, May, 1901. Also found at Annisquam, Mass., in 3 feet of water, on muddy bottom. * There is no character of specific importance to separate L. algicola Harger from L. dubia (Kréyer) the males and females of L. dubia in the collection from the Bermudas agreeing with Harger’s specimens as figured and described, with the exception that the Bermudian specimens have five joints to the inner branch of the uropoda instead of six. Stebbing has pointed out (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii, p. 158-159, 1896) that there is some variation in the number of joints in several species of Leptochelia, and L. Edwardsii, which Kroyer figures and describes as having seven joints to the inner branch, is now recognized as a synonymy of L. savignyi, which is figured and described by the same author as having six joints. It is not improbable, as Stebbing has suggested, that L. savignyi and L. dubia are identical, 280 H. Richardson—Isopods of the Bermudas. Family Apseudide. Apseudes triangulata Richardson, sp. nov. Puate XXXVII. Ficures 1-5. Body narrow, elongated, surface smooth. Head with frontal margin produced at the middle in a rostrum like a spear point, whose sides near the base are excavated below the lateral expansion of the rostrum. On either side of the excavation thus formed the margin is acutely produced in a small anterior pro- cess. Lateral to this process is the ocular process, which is pro- duced anteriorly about the same distance. The eyes are distinct and black and occupy almost the whole surface of the ocular lobe. The first pair of antenne have the first jot of the peduncle long, the inner lateral margin of which is armed with three long spines and one small one; the outer margin, with one large spine near the apex. The second joint is one-third the length of the first jot and is unarmed. The third joint is one-half as long as the second joint. The flagellum is composed of about fourteen joints ; the secondary appendage of about seven joints. The peduncle of the second pair of antennz extends to the end of the first joint of the peduncle of the first pair, and has an exopod developed at the base of the third joint. The flagellum is composed of about ten joints, and extends about half the length of the flagellum of the first pair of antenne. There is a prominent spine on the epistoma. The first free segment of the thorax is shortest, the two following ones being longer, the next two the longest, and the last but little longer than the first. The first segment is as wide as the head, the others decrease in width gradually. The antero-lateral margins of all the segments except the first are produced into one acute process, of the fourth and fifth free segments into two acute processes. The last segment bears a ventral spine. The abdominal segments gradually decrease in width backwards. The sixth or terminal segment is produced on either side near the base into two acute processes. Beyond the last process the segment widens slightly for the attachment of the uropoda, and ends pos- teriorly in a triangular process. The uropoda are very long, the inner branch being half the length of the body, and composed of about twenty-five joints. The outer branch is composed of seven joints. First gnathopods with the upper distal margin of the propodus, finely serrate and armed with a tooth near the articulation of the H. Richardson—TIsopods of the Bermudas. 281 dactylus. Second gnathopods have the merus armed with one spine at its distal extremity on the posterior margin, and one on the anterior margin ; the carpus armed with two spines on its posterior and one on the anterior margin at the distal extremity; the margin of the propodus armed with three spines on the posterior margin, and one large spine and one small one at the distal extremity on the anterior margin. The dactylus is serrate on its inner margin. Exopods are present on both first and second gnathopods. The other legs are beset with spines. The specimen is a female and has a large marsupium filled with eggs, extending the length of the first four free segments of the thorax. Only one individual was collected by A. E. Verrill and party, in Harrington Sound, Bermudas. Type specimen in Peabody Museum, Yale University. Cat. No. 3192. Apseudes propinquus Richardson, sp. noy. PLATE XXXVII. Ficures 6-9. Body narrow, elongated, surface smooth. Head with frontal margin produced in the middle in a long, acute, deflected process, from base of which on both sides there is an abrupt lateral expansion, the margin forming an ontward curve which extends to the base of the ocular lobe and then proceeds straight to the lateral margin of the head. Ocular lobe produced in an acute process. Eyes large, black, occupying the whole of the ocular lobe. First pair of antenne with first joint of peduncle long, and armed on inner lateral margin with two large spines and one small one near the base, and on distal end of outer margin with one large spine. Second joint less than one-third the length of first joint and unarmed. Third joint one-half as long as second joint. Flagellum composed of sixteen joints. Secondary appendage composed of eight joints. Second pair of antennz with an exopod at base of third joint of peduncle ; flagellum composed of ten joints. There is a conspicuous spine on the epistoma. First two free segments of the thorax about equal in length, the three following ones longer, increasing in length, the last segment a little longer than the first two. The antero-lateral margins of all the segments are acutely produced, those of the fourth and fifth free 282 H. Richardson—TIsopods of the Bermudas. segments have two antero-lateral angulations. There is an anteriorly directed curved spine on the ventral surface of the first free seg- ment. On the ventral surface of the second segment there is a straight spine directed posteriorly. The third, fourth, and fifth seg- ments bear each a ventral curved spine directed anteriorly. The sixth segment has on the ventral surface a large, stout process. The lateral margins of all the first five abdominal segments are drawn out in acute processes. The terminal segment has two lateral angulations above the attachment of the uropoda. The posterior margin is triangulate. The inner branch of the uropoda is very long, equal in length to half the body, and is composed of thirty-four joints. The outer branch consists of eleven joints. The first gnathopods have a tooth on the distal margin of the propodus near the articulation of the dactylus. There is a con- spicuous spine on the posterior margin of the basis. The second gnathopods have one spine at the distal end of the merus on the anterior margin ; one spine at the distal end of the carpus on the anterior margin and two spines on the posterior mar- gins of the same joint; four spines on the posterior margin of the propodus and two on the anterior margin at the distal extremity ; the dactylus is serrate along the inner margin. Exopods are present on both first and second gnathopods. The other legs are beset with spines. A few specimens, both males and females, were collected by A. E. Verrill and party at Bailey Bay and Castle Harbor, Bermudas, in 1898. Type specimen from the Bermudas in Peabody Museum, Yale University. Cat. No. 3194. This species is very closely related to ---- 22-2 oe ee ae eee A4Qem ihengthvuinsirontio£ teetheee: 22 ee a2 eee eee Bo als! Measurements of the Lower Jaw. Greatest length of ramus to articulation --.._..__--------- Tem | Greatest depth of ramus through dentition....-.-...------ 16™ Measurements of Shoulder Girdle and Fore Limbs. Seapula, dength. 3.4 2.2nt)c2sd. obese ce See eee 86°" Scapula, greatest width of blade: = 22-2. 520.2.- -.---=-5-4-- 86m Seapula, least width of blade_2--2=--=28> 59-22 Soong eee ne jem Coracoid, ‘length. c=. 2. See een ae ae eee eee CN Humerus length 2-222 oscas sos ee eee ate eee See uo Humerus; ‘diameter ot distal end2 222-2 ->-5-s2-—-eee eee 13°™ Humerus) leastidiameterse: =. ose rte = eee eee eee som Radius; length. 22: 255. eee Se eee eee eee 55m Radius; diameter of proximal end 222522022225 s2- sees s-ee eon Radius: diametenot distal end === essa === = ee en Radius, leastidiameters=: sece ts aae tees. eee eee ee Ulna, length oo ee ee ee ee ee oe 60°" Ulna, diameteriof proximal tends 22a pases. 6 eee 12°" Uina;idiameteriofidistaliend S55 e= seen) eee 10°= Una, least: diameteraact ! sees te ee oe ee ee ee em Metacarpal., length. 43). 25... 545222 se ee eee ile Metacarpal Il, length: 2.2202 Soe eee eee eee ee 25.5°m Metacarpal ‘Lil, length 2.3 cc.sesesee ee es eee eee 27m Sternal bone, length _____-_- ie Midian thi lopr. ki Boel mire ee 42cm Sternal bone,” width /. :. 3. See eee eee 26" bo CO. EB. Beecher— Reconstruction of a Cretaceous Dinosaur. 3: Measurements of the Pelvic Arch. Gc Teatesh: engine eee mae ea. os ash Sete se ee eee 184°" Diameter ofacchabulum 22. 5.325-l5: ees 26em Moamiplongineeeper cere eh lao es See 115°" Pubis, length in front of acetabulum ___. __.._.......__--- 60°™ Ischium, length posterior to acetabulum ._-__._.______..-- ioe Measurements of the Hind Limbs. petunia: ONE ene ene Se an a oo eee 289°" Hemur longineeanese sane e225 fo cess tle eee 106°" Homur= least diameter Of shaft. .- 0.2. .-..2 eee eee 16°" Riba plengsihtaass... 2. i222 Le 29m hibia-«drameterof distalyend= 22. 22222 12 eee 26m tibia least: Giameter Omshatt —.-.-..=--===s.2 2. s2s-see fe Him selene theser ee ee ee Sees. os! 2 JD eee 92°" Kibula, diameter of proximal end --.=.---=.-=.<- diameter of proximal ___.--__-_ 2 iss Phalanx of J, leneth of median _...-..-.--.. = eee 6= Bhalanxiof lL) diameter'of median -:--... 2 pee Paalanmot, length of ungual __._-2...23) pee eee = ao Phalanx of I, diameter of ungual _... _ ge. =. --2----- Ls aa Phat of LE leneth. of proximal. <2. 24) ese ee gem Phalanx of II, diameter of proximal .._.........-...._____ 10.5" PeAlanx of LE length of second: __*__ 2222.2) eee Tes Ehalanx of Il diameter of second 2-. 21022 eee ities Phalanx oft lengthy of third. - 2.252355 ee 4cem PBalanx of 1) diameter, of third 225:.54-0:eeee ee eon Phalanx of Mm loncth of ungual.. -. = 5-2 a eee 10e™ Phalanxsof Il diameter. of ungual..- 2252 - seee ee ee eben Phalanx of II, length of proximal -_-.--.......--._____-_- igen Phalanx of III, diameter of proximal.- 222225 225_) 2) -- Gem Phalanx of tht length of second 225) seeanemeeee eS 3.5" Phalanx of[ll; diameter of second) 22242522 28... seek Som TRANS. Conn. Acap., Vou. XI. 21 JANUARY, 1902. 322. CO. EB. Beecher— Reconstruction of a Cretaceous Dinosaur. Phalanx’of LiL length 0 fthird Ss eae ee 3.0" Phalanx of, diameteriotphird esas a eee re {om Phalanxjom li lene thio tour thas = see ee ecm Phalanx ‘of UL, diameteriot fourthtesecsss ase eee 6.5e@ Phalanx,of TIL, length ofmngualee = pee es oe spe Phalanx of Uy diameter ot junouall sss oe eee som Measurements of the Tail. duength 25 eesee see ee eee 42.5m Length ‘oP fitteenthsribt] 222. = ees ee ee 32.5" Length of sixteenth tibs22s22 2 seen ee) eee ee eee eee 30" Length*of seventeenth rib sic. 5522 see) eee eee aoe 27,.5em The Right Scapula (Plate XLIV, figure 1).—The right scapula is well preserved and shows one very interesting feature. Near the lower edge of the blade is an elongate elliptical hole, 8 in length, with smooth edges, indicating that the animal received a severe injury during life and completely recovered from it before death. It is, of course, idle to speculate on the character of this accident, yet the presence in the same beds of numerous remains of the armored and horned Ziiceratops suggests that there may have been an encounter between this Claosaurus and one of the individuals of the Ceratopside. The injury to the scapula is just such a one as could be made by a thrust of one of the horns of Triceratops. ce) or C. BE. Beecher— Reconstruction of a Cretaceous Dinosaur. ‘ bo REFERENCES. . Dotto, M. L.—Troisitme Note sur les Dinosauriens de Bernissart. Bull. Mus. Royal @? Hist. Nat. de Belgique, tome ii, 1883. . Dupont, E.—Guide dans les Collections. Bernissart et les Iguanodons. Mus. Royal d’ Hist. Nat. de Belgique, 1897. . Kent, W. Savitte.—The Naturalist in Australia, 1897. . Lerwy, JosEpH.—Notices of extinct Vertebrata discovered by Dr. F. V. Hay- den, during the expedition to the Sioux country under the command of Lieut. G.K. Warren. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. viii (1856), 1857. . Marsa, O. C.—Additional characters of the Ceratopside, with notice of new Cretaceous Dinosaurs. Am. Jour. Sci. (3), vol. xxxix, 1890. . Marsa, O. C.—Restorations of Claosaurus and Ceratosaurus. Am. Jour. Sci. (3), vol. xliv, 1892. . Marsa, O. C.—Notice of New Reptiles from the Laramie Formation. Am. Jour. Sci. (3), vol. xliii, 1892. 324. O. EB. Beecher— Reconstruction of a Cretaceous Dinosaur. EXPLANATIONS OF PLATES. PuatrE XLI. Claosaurus annectens Marsh. Side view of mounted specimen ; one-fortieth natural size. Owing to the impossibility of properly lighting the specimen for photographic purposes, it has been necessary to paint out the background and shadows in the negative. Therefore this illustration merely gives a projection, and does not show the high relief of the specimen. ia) SO G0L, Claosaurus annectens Marsh. Oblique side view. Asin the preceding plate, it was necessary to paint out the background, with the consequent loss of actual relief. Prate XLII. Claosaurus annectens Marsh. Pelvis and hind limbs, with proximal portion of tail; one-eighteenth natural size. This illustration shows the detail of mounting and the finish of the slab. Plates XLI and XLII should show the same characters of rock surface and the same degree of relief. PuatTE XLIV. Claosaurus annectens Marsh. Figure 1.—Right scapula; showing elliptical perforation of blade due to an injury received during life ; two-fifteenths natural size. FiGcuRE 2.—Anterior portion of skeleton; showing the fore limbs, shoulder girdle, neck, and skull; one-nineteenth natural size. PuLatTE XLV. Claosaurus annectens Marsh. Line drawing ; showing real and restored parts. Original bones are represented by line shading. Bones partially restored are represented by dotted line shading. Bones wholly restored are represented in outline. IX.—Tue ASscIDIANS OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. By Wittarp G. VanName, Pu.D. Ix preparing the account of the Bermuda ascidians which is pre- sented in the following pages, the writer has hoped that it would not be of local interest only. The waters about these islands are remarkably rich in animals of this class, including many new species and several new genera, and the Tunicata of the part of the world in which the Bermuda Islands are situated are only slightly known. The species which have been described from the Atlantic coast of North America are for the most part northern forms, from the British Provinces and the New England States. Concerning those of the Southern States but little is recorded. A large number of species of Simple Ascidians from the West Indies and the adjacent parts of tropical America have been described in the works of Heller (4, 5), Traustedt (16), and Sluiter (15), though these writers had only preserved, and often very insufficient, material as a basis for their descriptions and figures. Only one of these writers (Sluiter) describes any Compound Ascidians from this region, and he describes only a very few. Our knowledge in regard to the Tunicata of the Bermuda Islands themselves was until very recently confined to the six species obtained there by the Challenger Expedition, and described by Herdman (6) in the reports of that voyage. In the spring of 1898, Prof. A. E. Verrill, of Yale University, and a party of students under his direction, made a general collec- tion of the invertebrates of the Bermuda Islands, and among them a considerable number of ascidians were obtained, though particular attention was not directed to this class of animals. But few Simple Ascidians were comprised in this collection. Most of these were described by Prof. Verrill in these Transactions (Vol. x, 1900), as well as one new Compound Ascidian. He also mentioned four genera of the latter which had not been previously recorded from there, though he did not describe or identify the species. Prof. Verrill has turned over to the writer the entire collection of Tunicata obtained by that expedition, and this paper is in part the result of a study of those specimens. In the spring of 1901, Prof. Verrill and Mr. A. Hyatt Verrill made another trip to Bermuda and obtained an even larger collection of Tunicata than in 1898, and the 326 W. G@. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. writer himself spent some time during the months of April and May of that year at Bermuda, part of the time in company with Prof. Verrill, and has consequently been able to collect and study nearly all the species in a living state and in their natural surroundings. The writer has also examined some specimens obtained by Prof. G. Brown Goode in the years 1876 and 1877, though there proved to be no forms among them which were not also obtained by the Yale parties. The fauna of the Bermuda Islands is exceedingly rich in Com- pound Ascidians, not only in the number of species, but in individ- uals also, many of the forms being very abundant and generally distributed about the islands. There may be other localities of no greater extent where an equal variety of species and abundance of individuals may be found, but there are probably few places where all the generally recognized families of this group are so fully repre- sented. A very large proportion of the more important genera of the Compound Ascidians are also present, and a study of the Bermuda forms comes very near to giving a complete and compre- hensive idea of this group of animals. With the Simple Ascidians the case is different. The genera and species are few, and though some of the species are common, none are conspicuously abundant. One large and important family, the Molgulidz, does not appear to be represented at all. No examples of the free-swimming Tunicata, the Pyrosomide, Thaliacea, and Larvacea were obtained, but no collecting of a kind likely to result in finding them was attempted, owing to lack of time. Unquestionably representatives of all these groups occur in the vicinity of the islands and will be found when sought for. The following are the Bermuda Tunicata described by Herdman in the Challenger Reports :— Symplegma viride. Ecteinascidia turbinata, Didemnum (2?) inerme. Clavelina oblonga. Botrylloides nigrum. Ascidia nigra Savigny, (=A. atra Lesueur). All but the last of these were new species. With the exception of Symplegma viride and perhaps Didemnum (?) inerme they are represented in the Yale collections. Didemnum inerme is a form described by Herdman from a single small specimen in such a poor state of preservation that nothing could be made out in respect to the structure of the zodids, and he is to ~J W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. consequently uncertain in regard to the genus and even of the family in which it should be placed. Considering the difficulty of recognizing most species of Compound Ascidians even when an abundance of well preserved material is at hand, the practice of describing new species from such wretched specimens need not be commented on. The writer does not believe that the animal in question is a Didemnum. It may or may not be identical with one of the forms described in this paper, but the description does not warrant devoting time and space to conjectures concerning it. The following are the additions to this list made in Prof, Verrill’s paper (17) above alluded to: Styela partita (Stimpson). Microcosmus miniatus. Styela canopoides Heller. Polycarpa multiphiala. Halocynthia rubrilabia. Diazona pieta, Halocynthia riiseana (Traustedt). Of these, four were new species. All save the last named are Simple Ascidians. Prof. Verrill also mentions the occurrence of the following genera, Leptoclinum, Distaplia, Distoma and Amarou- cium, though naming no species. One of these, Styela canopoides Heller, is, I think, included on insufficient evidence, while the Bermuda representatives of two of the others, Styela partita (Stimpson) and Halocynthia riiseana (Traustedt) differ sufficiently from the types to be considered as new subspecies. Omitting Styela canopoides and the doubtful Didemnum inerme, there remain a total of eleven species recorded from the islands. Of these six are Simple and five Compound Ascidians, according to the classification I have adopted in this paper, in which the Clavelinide and Perophoridz are regarded as Compound Ascidians. Only one of these, Symplegma (unfortunately the most interesting of them), is wanting from the Yale collections. This is no inconsiderable number if the small geographical area under consideration is taken into account, yet a study of the collec- tions made in 1898 and 1901 enables me to increase it to no less than 38 species, one of which is represented by at least six well-marked varieties and another by three, in addition to the type. As these varieties differ sufficiently to constitute species if intermediate forms did not occur, we have 46 as the total number of kinds of tunicates known to occur at Bermuda, They are distributed as follows in 23 genera (4 new) and 9 families. W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. COMPOUND ASCIDIANS. Clavelinide. Clavelina (Stereoclavella) oblonga Herdman. Rhodozona picta (Verrill). Perophoride. Perophora viridis Verrill. Ecteinascidia turbinata Herdman. Distomidz. Distoma capsulatum, n. sp. Distoma convexum, Nn. sp. Distoma obscuratum, n. sp. Distoma olivaceum, n. sp. Distoma clarum, uv. sp. Cystodytes draschii Herdman. Cystodytes violaceus, n. sp. Distaplia bermudensis, n. sp. Polyclinide. Amaroucium bermuda, un. sp. Amaroucium exile, n. sp. Didemnidz. Didemnum solidum, n. sp. Didemnum savignii Herdman. Didemnum atrocanum, Nn. sp. Didemnum porites, n. sp. Didemnum lucidum, n. sp. Didemnum orbiculatum, n. sp. Leptoclinum speciosum Herdman, represented at Bermuda by six new subspecies: bermudense, pageti, hamiltoni, harring- tonense, acutilobatum, and somersi. Polysyncraton amethysteum, ni. sp. Diplosoma macdonaldi Herdman. Diplosoma lacteum, n. sp. Diplosoma atropunctatum, n. sp. Diplosomoides fragile, v. sp. Echinoclinum verrilli, n. sp. W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 329 Botryllide. Botrylloides nigrum Herdman, represented by three new sub- species: concolor, planum, and sarcinum in addition to the typical form. Symplegma viride Herdman. Polystyelide. Michaelsenia tincta, n. sp. Diandrocarpa botryllopsis, nv. sp. SIMPLE ASCIDIANS. Halocynthiide. Polycarpa obtecta 'Traustedt. Styela partita (Stimpson) var., bermudensis, nov. Halocynthia rubrilabia Vervill. Halocynthia riiseana (Traustedt) var., munita, nov. Microcosmus miniatus Verrill. Ascidiide. Ascidia atra Lesueur. Ascidia curvata Traustedt. The writer does not believe that this list by any means exhausts the number of forms really found there. The collections were made during the spring months. Collecting at other seasons would prob- ably result in finding new species and larger and better specimens of many of those which are here described. Moreover, different methods of collecting might further increase the number. A few words in defense of the somewhat appalling number of new species (21) are probably called for. The writer believes that our knowledge of certain families, notably the Didemnide, Halo- cynthiid, and Botryllide, has been retarded rather than advanced by the practice of many authors of describing as a new species nearly every faded and shrunken specimen that comes into their hands, because it cannot be made to agree perfectly with descrip- tions of other authors, made in many cases from similarly poor and scanty material. Such specimens had far better be left undescribed, unless they present characters so marked, that there is not likely to be much difficulty in identifying the form again, and characters of 330 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascididns. such a nature that it is reasonably certain that they are not merely individual peculiarities of the specimen. Minute and careful description cannot make up for insufficiency of material. Indeed it often decreases rather than increases the possi- bility of positively recognizing the species again if the individual peculiarities of the specimen be described as specific characters, and if no indication is given in regard to the directions in which indi- vidual variation (which is vastly greater in the ascidians than most writers give credit for) may be expected to manifest itself. In the case of some Bermuda forms, the amount of material avail- able has not been as great as could be desired, yet in nearly all cases I have had several specimens collected at different times and places. In two cases only have I ventured to describe a species on the strength of a single colony (Didemnum solidum and Diplosoma atropunctatum), and these only where there were well-marked specific characters, and when I had examined the specimen in a liv- ing state. In fact, there are only two or three of the forms which I have not myself collected and studied in a fresh condition. The almost total neglect of the Compound Ascidians of this part of the world by previous collectors and investigators sufticiently explains, I think, the large number of new species in that group. Methods of Collecting. Most of the species may be found attached to stones along the shores of’ the bays and harbors, at low water. They grow chiefly on the under sides of stones of sufficient size to resist the movement of the waves and currents to which they are exposed. In such situations, as well as in narrow crevices in the rocks, they are safe from the attacks of the fishes and larger animals of other kinds which would otherwise destroy them. The limestone rock, of which the islands are composed, contains numerous caverns to which the sea water has access through narrow passages where there is always a current of water when the tide is rising and falling. About the mouths of these passages (as at Waterloo, on Castle Harbor) are the best collecting places, not only for ascidians but for many other forms of invertebrates as well, as the constant currents of water carry an abundant supply of the minute organisms on which they feed. In such places it is not uncommon to find five or six different species of ascidians attached to the under side of the same stone. Sometimes several forms of Compound Ascidians may be found attached to an individual of one of the larger Simple Ascidians (Fig. 130). Oo — W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 32 A few species are seldom to be found along the shore, but grow chiefly on the corals, sponges, gorgonians, etc., on the reefs or in water deep enough to escape the effect of the waves and tides, These were obtained in collecting the corals and gorgonians by diving or by means of the nippers, attached to a long pole, which are used for that purpose. Rhodozona picta (Verrill), Distoma olivaceum, Cystodytes dra- schit Herdman, Distaplia bermudensis, Amaroucium bermuda, A. exile, and Botrylloides nigrum var. concolor are among the forms which are partial to such situations. As far as I know, no ascidians are to be found on the white shell sand which covers large areas of the bottom in the sounds and har- bors about the islands. So rough and rocky is the bottom in most other places that but little dredging was done, and this did not add any new forms to the list of tunicates. It is possible that in the vicinity of the outer reefs there may be bottoms where a dredge can be used to advantage, and would proba- bly disclose the existence of other species, particularly of the Poly- elinide, which are partial to deeper water and are but poorly repre- sented in our collections. Moreover, owing to the strong winds and rough water prevailing during the spring season (when all the collections were made), no collecting was done on the outer reefs. As many forms of invertebrates occur there which are seldom found on the reefs near shore, there are probably other kinds of ascidians there also. Norr.—The names of places, given as the localities where the specimens were found, are those of places about the Bermuda Islands, unless otherwise stated. Methods of Preservation and Study. Most of the specimens were preserved in formalin of from 2 to 4 per cent. This preserves the form and to some extent the color of the specimens better than any other method, but for anatomical study alcoholic specimens are usually better, though more contracted. The specimens were studied microscopically by dissecting out the zodids or parts and staining and clearing in glycerine; also by means of paraffin sections of the zodids, or of the colonies, or parts of the same. Generally the specimens must first be decalcified. Owing to the absence of silicious sand at Bermuda, no trouble was met with in cutting the sections. 3392 W. @. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. New Genera. Diazona picta Verrill requires a new genus, which I have termed Rhodozona, It isin many respects intermediate between Diazona and Clavelina. In the general shape of the colony it is not unlike Stereoclavella australis Herdman (8) from Australia, but only the anterior portions of the zodids project from the common test, and the colony has the beautifully transparent and gelatinous character of a Diazona. The branchial sac resembles Clavelina in the absence of internal longitudinal bars, but the strong longitudinal muscle bands along each side of the dorsal lamina, and the many transverse muscle bands in the mantle are very different from any species of that genus with which I am familiar. The genus Echinoclinum is also an intermediate form, serving to unite more closely the genera Didemnum and Diplosoma, and fur- nishes an additional argument for uniting the Didemnide and Diplosomidz in one family. In its zodids and in the gelatinous nature of the colony, it resembles the last named genus or family. The large cavities present in the test in that genus are however wanting, and the large tetrahedral spicules, though peculiar in their shape and arrangement, are more suggestive of the former genus. The two new genera of the Polystyelide, Michaelsenia and Dian- drocarpa, appear to be connecting forms linking that family with the Halocynthiide and Botryllidz respectively. In the latter genus one or more of the forms included by Michaelsen (12) in his genus Gynandrocarpa may also be placed, though the Bermuda form approaches the genus Botryllus more closely in the general character and pigmentation of the colony than any of the other species. Classification. The classification employed is based upon that of Herdman, but with a number of modifications, such as separating the Perophoridz from the Clavelinide, and uniting the Diplosomidz with the Didem- nidze, as many writers have done. Moreover, I include the Clave- linidze and Perophoride among the Compound Ascidians, because they are compound. They reproduce by budding and form colonies, and are by no means so closely related to the Simple Ascidians as some of the Polystyelide are, though Herdman includes these among the Compound Ascidians. I have made free use of Herdman’s diagnoses of families and genera, as given in his Revised Classification (7), with many changes and omissions, and wish to acknowledge my obligations to that author. W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 333 Before proceeding to the description of the species, I wish to express my thanks to Prof. A. E. Verrill for the use of his material and for much valuable advice and assistance. I am also indebted to Prof. H. C. Bumpus and Prof. H. M. Smith, of the United States Fish Commission, for the opportunity of working at the Fish Com- mission laboratory at Wood’s Hole, where a portion of this work was done, and also to Prof. S. I. Smith and Dr. W. R. Coe of Yale University, and Mr. T. Goodwin Gosling of Hamilton, Bermuda. Witiarp G. Van Name. New Haven, Conn., December, 1901. Descriptions of Species. ASCIDIZ COMPOSITZ. Fixed ascidians which reproduce by gemmation, forming colonies the individuals of which remain united together by stolons or by being more or less completely buried in the common test. This group is usually regarded as a sub-order. Family CLAVELINIDZ Forbes, 1853. Body attached by the posterior end or more or less entirely buried in a creeping basal stolon or common stolonial mass, from which the young zodids form by gemmation. ‘Test usually gelatinous, aper- tures simple, or (rarely) lobed. Branchial sae not folded, with or without longitudinal bars. Dorsal lamina represented by or provided with languets. Alimentary canal extending beyond the thorax to form a distinct abdomen. Reproductive organs in or beside the intestinal loop. Genus Claveiina Savigny, 1816. Zoodids oblong or club-shaped, nearly independent, each enveloped in its own test and connected by stolons arising from the posterior end. Apertures not lobed. Mantle muscles mainly longitudinal. Branchial sac with straight stigmata, with no internal longitudinal bars or papille, but with horizontal membranes. The Bermuda species of this genus belongs in Herdman’s sub- genus Stereoclavella, which differs from the typical Clavelina in having the stolons united in a basal thickening or mass of test. 334 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Clavelina (Stereoclavella) oblonga Herdman. Clavelina oblonga Herdman, Prelim. Rep. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin., 1879-80, p. 724. Clavelina oblonga Herdman, Report Voy. Challenger, Zodél., vol. vi, pt. xvii, p. 246, plate xxxv, figs. 6-10. Stereoclavella oblonga Herdman, Trans. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, vol. v, pp. 160- 161, also Jour. Linn. Soe. Zodl., vol. xxiii, p. 603. Puate XLVI. Ficure 1. PLATE XLVIL. Ficure 7. PuaTE LXII. Ficure 180a. Individual animals club-shaped, the anterior end rounded, the body tapering gradually into the very short stalk. The colony con- sists of a number of such individuals quite closely grouped together, united by the expanded bases of the stalks. The total length of the largest individuals (including the short stalk) is about 30". Removed from the test the zodid ordinarily measures less than half this length, but large ones fully expanded measure about 20™™ in length. The test is thick but perfectly transparent and colorless; the lower part may be slightly incrusted with fine sand. It is gelatinous in consistency, firmer near the base. The zodids themselves are nearly colorless. The stomach and intestine in life are brownish. There are often spots of very pure opaque white on the thorax, and always about the edges of the orifices. The musculature of the mantle consists of a rather small number of slender bands, most distinct on the thorax. Beneath there are very delicate transverse muscles placed close together. These form an almost continuous but very thin layer about the thorax, but the longitudinal muscles are much the stronger and the animals contract greatly in length in preservation. The thorax contracts more than the abdomen. In life when the animal is expanded the branchial sac is fully half the length of the body. There are 15 or more rows of stigmata, and sometimes 50 in a row. The stigmata begin close beside the dorsal lamina. According to Herdman, the dorsal languets are short, conical and tentacular, and separated by about their own length. The tentacles are short and stout, about 20 in number, of two sizes placed alter- nately. The dorsal tubercle is small and irregularly oval. In all the specimens obtained the reproductive organs were small, but a large number of embryos in various stages were contained in the atrial cavities of some of the zodids. W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 335 This is a common species. It was obtained both in 1898 and 1901, also by Prof. Goode, as well as by the Challenger Expedition. The writer has collected it in Castle Harbor and on the north shore of Coney Island, where a number of colonies were found under stones a little below low water mark. Genus Rhodozona, n. gen. An examination of Diazona pictu Verrill (17) shows that it differs so materially from the type of Déazona that it must be made the type of a new genus, having characters intermediate between Diazona and Distoma or Clavelina. It differs from the former genus in having the colony divided up into a large number of small lobes, in the absence of internal longi- tudinal bars from the branchial sac, and in having no lobes to the apertures. It has a smooth-walled stomach, except for a single longitudinal ridge on the inner surface. Rhodozona picta (Verrill). Diazona picta Verrill, Trans. Connecticut Academy, vol. x, pt. 2, pl. Ixx, fig. 8, 1900. PuaTE XLVI. FiIGure 3. Pirate XLVI. Ficure 5. PraTte LX. Ficure 122. “Forms large gelatinous colonies, consisting of a massive main stem from which arise more or less numerous lobes, each lobe often containing 12 to 20 zodids, which, in expansion, are much exsert above the common mass, the free portion being slender and three or four times as high as broad. Apertures, when expanded, on short terminal tubes, the oral one larger and higher than the atrial. “General color usually translucent pinkish white ; the oral aper- ture surrounded by a band of bright carmine-red, edged on both sides with flake-white ; a stripe of the same carmine color extends from the oral band down the ventral side of each zodid. “ Height of the larger colonies, 125 to 160™"; breadth about the same; height of free part of zodids, in life, 15 to 20™; their diam- eter, 5 to 6™™; diameter of oral tube, about 2™".” (Verrill 17.) The test is gelatinous and transparent and of similar character to that of Diazona. In young colonies and in newly developing lobes of larger colonies, where the zodids are still small, they do not pro- ject above the surface of the lobe. Such specimens may, however, be readily identified by the color and the great numbers of anasto- 336 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. mosing vessels with enlarged ends, which occur in the lower parts of the colonies. These vessels arise from the posterior ends of the zooids. The largest zodids measure, in the preserved condition, about 22™™ or slightly more, in length when removed from the test. In formalin they are of a pale flesh-color. The white contents of the intestine show plainly from the outside. The mantle is provided with a varying number of rather narrow longitudinal muscle-bands. Beneath these bands there are still nar- rower transverse bands of different sizes, which are spaced rather far apart, so as to form with the longitudinal muscles square or oblong meshes often of considerable regularity. (Fig. 5.) On the abdomen, the musculature becomes weak and inconspicuous. The siphons have delicate longitudinal and sphincter muscles. The apertures are not lobed, but in contraction their edges become thrown into folds which may easily be mistaken for lobes. There are fifteen or more rows of stigmata in the branchial sac, each with a great number of short but narrow and closely placed stigmata. The transverse vessels are muscular and have very wide membranes attached along their inner sides. These membranes unite with each other and with the rather long tapering dorsal languets at the dorsal lamina. The dorsal lamina itself is rather broad, and has a thick muscle-band along each side. There are about a dozen tentacles placed rather far apart and forming a single circle in which large and small ones alternate, but in addition to these there are numerous much smaller ones inserted farther forward and apparently forming more than one circle. In this it resembles the genus Distoma. There are no atrial tentacles. The stomach is smooth-walled and elongated. It is provided with a single internal ridge running longitudinally, and a similar ridge may be traced along a large part of the intestine. The reproductive glands are poorly developed in the specimens in the collection. The ovary is elongated and situated in the loop of the intestine, and in most cases contains numerous small eggs, but no large eggs or embryos were found. There is a well developed oviduct. “Harrington Sound and Castle Harbor, just below low-tide, usually attached to gorgonie or bryozoa” (Verrill). One or two large colonies, and many small ones, were collected in 1898; but in 1901 only a few small ones were found. It appears to grow chiefly on the gorgonian Muricea muricata. W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 33 Family PEROPHORIDZ Giard. Distinguished from the Clavelinide chiefly by the absence of an abdomen. Branchial sac with from four to many rows of stigmata, either plain or with papillz or longitudinal bars. The dorsal lamina may be a continuous membrane, but languets are usually present. The stomach and intestine lie on the left side of the branchial sae. Reproductive organs in the intestinal loop. Genus Perophora (Lister, 1834), Wiegm., 1835. Body short and wide, the branchial sac with but four rows of long, narrow stigmata. Both apertures lobed. Branchial sac with papille (which are often branched) on the transverse vessels, but no internal longitudinal bars. Dorsal lamina with languets. Perophora viridis Verrill. Perophora viridis Verrill, American Jour. Science, ser. iii, vol. ii, p. 359, 1871; also Rep. of Comm. Fish and Fisheries, (Invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound, etc.), p. 702, 1871-72; also Webster’s International Dic- tionary, pp. 1365, 2004 (figures). See also Lefevre, Budding in Perophora, Jour. of Morphology, 1898. PLATE XLVIL. Ficure 8. “Colonies composed of nearly sessile individuals about 2.5™™ to 3™" high, connected by slender stolons, and thickly covering the surfaces over which they creep. Test compressed; seen from the side, scarcely higher than broad, oval, elliptical or sub-circular, often one sided or distorted, with a short pedicle or subsessile at base. Branchial orifice large, terminal ; anal lateral or subterminal, both a little prominent, with about 16 angular lobes, alternately larger and smaller. Test transparent; mantle beautifully reticulated with bright yellowish green ; intestine yellow.” (Verrill.) There are a dozen or more tentacles of two sizes placed alternately. The horizontal bars of the branchial sac bear one papilla for every two stigmata except near the ends. Testis usually consisting of several separate glands. Specimens of Perophora from Bermuda do not appear to differ in internal structure from this well known species of the New England coast. The colonies collected were all small, with but few individ- uals, and these were lighter colored and rather more transparent Trans. Conn. Acap., Vou. XI. 22 Frsruary, 1902. 338 W. G@. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. ' than the average of a large number of specimens collected at Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts. They were rather yellower in color during life and appear to be somewhat less compressed laterally, though this may be partly due to the fact that the zodids are in no case crowded together, the colonies being loose and straggling. The writer collected specimens in May, 1901, under stones at various points, including Waterloo, on Castle Harbor, Coney, and Long Bird Islands, Somerset Island, and Hungry Bay. It is widely distributed, but at that season of the year, at least, it is not very abundant or conspicuous. Genus Ecteinascidia Herdman, 1880. Body elongated, usually tapering posteriorly, sometimes with a short peduncle ; but not divided into thorax and abdomen. Test thin and membranaceous, containing no blood vessels. Mantle thin, musculature consisting of transverse bands. Branchial sae with internal longitudinal bars which are not papil- lated. Dorsal lamina usually represented by a series of tentacular lan- guets. Viscera placed on the left side of the branchial sac. Ecteinascidia turbinata Herdman. Ecteinascidia turbinata Herdman, Prelim. Rep., Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin., p. 724, 1879-80. Ecteinasidia turbinata Herdman, Report Voy. Challenger, part xvii, p. 243, pl. xxxvi, figs. 1-6. See also Lefevre, Budding in Ecteinascidia, Anat. Anzeiger, vol. xiii, 1897. PLATE XLVII. Ficures 4 and 6. Pirate LIX. Fuicure 116. Prof. Verrill (17) states that he found this species in 1898. There were, however, no specimens among the ascidians he brought home. In 1901 the writer found what he considers to be immature speci- mens of this species, but no adults. The following is condensed from Herdman’s description of the adult : Shape of each individual elongated, the anterior three-fourths almost cylindrical, the posterior part tapering rapidly to a short, slender stalk. Apertures sessile and minute, both at the right side of the anterior end. They are not lobed. Length of body 30™™, breadth near the anterior end 10™™. Test thin and membranaceous, transparent. Internal longitudinal bars of W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 339 branchial sac narrow and borne on stout connecting ducts. No horizontal membranes present. The meshes between the internal longitudinal bars contain two or three stigmata. On each side of the dorsal lamina (which consists of a row of narrow tentacular languets) there are no internal longitudinal bars for a space of about ten stig- mata, but there isa papilla on each transverse vessel at about half this distance. Tentacles simple and filiform. They are of three lengths placed regularly. Dorsal tubercle elongated and tapering posteriorly. Its aperture is anterior, and the horns are coiled. Genital glands in the intestinal loop. Ovary alongside and curved parallel to the intestine. Testis in the concavity of the ovary. The young individuals obtained by the writer do not exceed 6™" in length. Most of them are smaller. The test and mantle are very transparent and the latter contains branching vessels similar to those in Perophora. In life the color is a pale greenish yellow, due to corpuscles of that color in the vessels of the branchial sac and mantle. It becomes brown in preservation. The body and branchial sac are much shorter than in the adult; none have over 18 or 20 rows of stigmata. There are two sizes of tentacles. The apertures appear lobed, but these may merely be folds produced by contraction of the strong sphincter muscles. None of the individuals had reproductive organs developed. The type specimen of this species was obtained by the Challenger Expedition at Bermuda in shallow water. Herdman also states that there are several colonies in the Liverpool Free Public Museum from Alexandria Harbor (3 to 5 fathoms). It also occurs at Jamaica (Lefevre 9). The young specimens collected at Bermuda by the writer were mostly found under stones along the shores of Castle Harbor and at Coney Island, during the month of May. Family DISTOMIDZ Giard, 1872. Colony generally thick and massive, sometimes pedunculated. Systems often wanting. Zodids usually completely imbedded in the common test. Zovdids having the body divided into two distinct regions,—thorax and abdomen. From the posterior part of the latter vascular pro- cesses usually extend into the test, and upon these the buds form. Branchial sac without internal longitudinal bars or folds. Dorsal lamina in the form of a series of languets. 340 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Reproductive organs in or on one side of the intestinal loop. Testes consisting of a number of separate pyriform glands. Vas deferens not spirally coiled. This family is none too well separated from the Clavelinide. On the other hand the adult zodids of this family much resemble those of the Didemnide, but the last named family has an entirely differ- ent method of budding and is in reality only distantly related. Genus Distoma Savigny, 1816. Colony generally thick and fleshy. Systems sometimes present. More often both orifices of the zodids open independently on the surface and the zoids are irregularly placed. No calcareous spicules. Branchial orifice normally six-lobed. Atrial orifice also with six lobes and placed at the end of a distinct tubular siphon. Tentacles often very numerous; in more than one circle. Stomach globular. Intestinal loop more or less twisted. Reproductive organs on the left side of the abdomen, which is separated from the thorax by a more or less elongated and narrow peduncle. No incubatory pouch is present, though the embryos develop under the mantle of the parent. The stomach is smooth-walled in the Bermuda forms. : The zodids in this genus are quite elongated, but the mantle is strongly muscular, and in preserved specimens they are apt to be so contracted as to give little idea of their natural shape. This must be taken into account in identifying specimens of these animals. For the purposes of illustrating this paper, individuals were selected which were not much contracted. Analytical Table of Bermuda species of Distoma, based on the character of the colony. A.—Incrusting, but thick. Surface uneven, usually slightly raised over the positions of the zodids. Test firm, colorless but rendered more or less opaque by included sand and shell fragments, which are usually most numerous immediately about the zodids, forming a sort of capsule. Zodids large, not pigmented. D. capsulatum. B.—Massive, rounded, attached by most of lower surface. Upper surface smooth and shining. Test soft and gelatinous, with brown or dusky pigment, yet more or less transparent. Much sand included in lower portions of colony. Zodids rather large with more or less rich brown pigment. D, convexum. W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. . 841 C,.—Flattened and incrusting but rather thick. Test firm, color greenish black, entirely opaque. Surface smooth. Zoids rather large, with much black pigment. D. obscuratum. D.—More or less completely divided into heads raised on short peduncles (small colonies consisting of a single head). Color some shade of greenish yellow or olive. Upper surface of heads smooth and glistening. Zodids of moderate size, somewhat pigmented, and more or less distinctly visible through the test. D. olivaceum. E.—Rounded, attached by most of lower surface. Test very trans- parent, usnally colorless, soft and gelatinous. Zodids small with the thorax usually pure white and the intestinal loop orange, conspicu- ously visible through the test. D, clarum. Distoma capsulatum, n. sp. PLATE XLVI. FiGurReE 2. PLATE LVIII. Ficure 107. Forms a small rounded or unsymmetrical colony with an uneven surface, which is often slightly raised over the anterior ends of the zooids. Size of largest colony; 17™™ by 11™™ across, and 5 to 7™™ in thickness. Test colorless, rather tough and firm, containing many included grains of sand and shell fragments, so that it may become entirely opaque. The zodids lie in the test inclined at various angles, and are often so surrounded by sand grains or shell fragments, that each appears to be inclosed in a tubular calcareous capsule. In some specimens the whole of the colony is so crowded with included material that no such arrangement is noticeable. Some sand gen- erally adheres to the surface of the colony also. The zodids do not appear to be arranged in systems. Though all the colonies found were very small, the zodids were large and few in number. When removed from the test they are light yellow or buff with the stomach and part of the intestine orange. They often reach 6™" or more in length in the preserved specimens, which are of course somewhat contracted. The mantle is well provided with longitudinal muscles, which are gathered on the thorax into a rather small number of broad but not very compact or solid bands. These may also be traced some dis- tance back from the thorax, but gradually break up into narrow bands or individual fibers toward the posterior end of the zodids. Beneath these longitudinal muscles on the anterior half of the body there are fairly strong transverse muscles, which are, however, not 342 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidiuns. collected into definite bands. The sphincters of the siphons are well developed. The lobes of the branchial opening are often somewhat bifid. The branchial sac has four rows of narrow stigmata with a con- siderable number in each row. The tentacles are numerous, of several sizes arranged in more than one circle, somewhat after the manner described below in YD. convexum. The intestinal loop is twisted bringing the large globular stomach to the dorsal side of the abdomen. The so-called hepatic gland sur- rounding the intestine is confined to a very short portion of its length and consists of short tubules of rather large diameter with expanded ends closely clasping the intestine. (Fig. 2.) The pyriform testes are very numerous, often 20 to 30 in number. None of the specimens examined contained large eggs or embryos. This is not an abundant species. Five small colonies were col- lected in 1898 attached to the lower part of a mass of coral. The writer also obtained several colonies at Coney Island, Bermuda, in May, 1901, below extreme low water mark, attached to stones. These were in poor condition, with very few and small zoéids. The species is probably commoner in deeper water than along the shore. . Distoma convexum, n. sp. PuaTE XLIX. Ficure 16. Puate LVIII. Ficure 104. IPRA mp laiexes Ficurr 118. Colony forming a thick, fleshy, rounded mass attached by a large part of the lower surface. The largest colony obtained measures about 24™™ across and fully as much in greatest height. The others are of proportionately less height. The upper portion of the colony is free from included material and the surface is smooth and glistening, but in the lower parts there are many sand grains and shell fragments. The color of the test is a smoky brown or dusky brown (due to scattered cells con- taining the pigment), very soft and gelatinous yet transparent, so that the zodids can be more or less distinctly seen. They are numer- ous and closely placed, but no systems can be distinguished, at least not in the preserved specimens. Bladder cells appear to be absent from the test. The zodids are perceptibly smaller than in the last described species (D. capsulutum), the individual figured measuring 4.9"™ in r W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 343 length by 1™™ across, when somewhat contracted. Their tissues are yellow, the stomach orange, and in addition many of the cells in the mantle contain brown pigment grains of irregular shape, especially on the anterior part of the thorax. The musculature (not shown in fig. 16) is similar to that of D. capsulatum though the longitudinal bands are rather more numer- ous, and as in that species, it becomes very weak on the abdomen. The branchial sac has four rows of stigmata, the number in a row exceeding 20 on each side. The tentacles are evidently arranged much as in D. adriaticum (Von Drasche, 3). There is a circle of eight large ones; a little further forward, and alternating with them, eight smaller ones ; and still further forward one or more circles of still smaller ones. The gland surrounding the intestine in this species differs from that of D. capsulatum. The tubules of which it consists run length- wise of the intestine and lie parallel to each other, surrounding the intestine on all sides. As in the last mentioned species, they do not branch. Anteriorly they are of small diameter but increase in size as they follow the intestine backward. After following it some dis- tance they leave it and run toward the stomach. At a point near the latter they converge and unite into the common duct. Along the intestine they are thin-walled tubes composed of an epithelium of flat hexagonal cells with nuclei which do not stain deeply. After leaving the intestine they become suddenly smaller, with thick walls and scarcely visible lumen, close to which the deeply staining nuclei of the cells are placed, and they are provided with a conspicuous basement membrane. ~ Two colonies were collected in 1898 and several in 1901. The exact localities were not recorded, but they were no doubt taken at points near the eastern end of the group of islands. One of the colonies contained a few larve. Distoma obscuratum, n. sp. Puate XLVITI. Ficure 11. Puate LVIII. Ficures 105 and 106. Two specimens of this species, which is nearly related to D. con- vexum, but evidently quite distinct from it, were collected in May, 1901, growing on corals in rather shallow water in Castle Harbor. They are of flattened form, measuring between 20 and 30™™ across, and are 3 to 4™™ in thickness, with rounded edges. They are of a uniform greenish black color, entirely opaque, and of firm semi- cartilaginous consistency. : . . 344 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. In external appearance the colonies resemble those of Cystodytes draschii so closely that they were taken for that species until they were cut open. Common cloacal apertures are present. The dark pigment of the test is contained entirely in the numerous test cells. The zodids are pigmented much as described in the case of D. conveaum, but the pigment is in this case much more thickly distributed and is of an intense black color, so that the whole thorax appears black. There is also much of the black pigment on the vessels of the branchial sac. The zodids average about the same size as those of D. convexwm, though they appear to be somewhat less stout, and differ from them but very little in structure. They have between 15 and 20 stigmata in a row on each side. The tubules of the gland surrounding the intestine do not pursue parallel courses along the intestine as in J. convexum, but resemble rather those of D. capsulatum, though they are not so crowded together (fig. 11). The colonies contain some tailed larve. Distoma olivaceum, n. sp. PuateE XLVIII. Ficure 3. PLaAte LIX. Ficure 113. This species is also closely allied to D. convexum, but the form of the colony differs. In this species it consists of a flat-topped more or less distinctly pedunculated head of small size, seldom over 5 to s™™ across, and, including the peduncle, not much over 10™™ in height. Many of the heads are very small, but usually a number of them are grouped together in a mass which may cover several square centimeters of the stone or coral on which the colony grows, the separate heads being connected by the expanded lower ends of the peduncles. In shape the heads resemble those of Distaplia, but average smaller. Common cloacal apertures are probably present. Occasionally no distinct peduncle can be distinguished, the colony being attached by its lower surface, and in such cases it often becomes wider, though of less height than stated above. The color also differs from that of D. convexuwm and is retained, at least for a considerable time, in specimens preserved in formalin or even in alcohol. It is some shade of olive, or yellowish olive, or in a few specimens a very dark olive-green. The test is moderately firm, the upper surface is smooth and glistening; the peduncle, how- ever, is coated with an outside layer or pellicle containing fine sand W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 345 grains. This coating of sand generally ceases abruptly at the top of the peduncle. The interior of the colony is usually nearly free from sand or shell fragments. The zodids are light colored, with the stomach and part of the intestinal loop orange. The mantle is less pigmented than in D. convexum, the spots are blackish and exceedingly minute, and it is usually only on the anterior end just over the ganglion and over the end of the endostyle that they are sufticiently numerous to conceal the whitish ground-color of the mantle. These two points, however, are in most individuals practically black, so thick is the spotting, and they are visible through the semi-transparent test (especially in light-colored colonies) as black dots, and in many of the specimens are the most conspicuous parts of the zodids. In structure the zodids resemble those of D. convexum. This applies also to the structure of the gland surrounding the intestine. They average, however, somewhat smaller and slenderer than those of D. convexum, as a comparison of figs. 9 and 16, drawn to the same scale, will show. There are the same number of rows of stig- mata (four) but fewer in each row. There are also fewer tentacles. There are a dozen or more quite long slender ones, also some small ones inserted further forward. None of the zodids examined contained embryos in advanced stages, or very large eggs. This species was not among those collected in 1898. In 1901, however, it was abundant, especially on corals in Harrington Sound, but common also under stones along the shore at various places, including Coney Island, Long Bird Island, and Hungry Bay. It appears, though, to prefer deeper water rather than situations near low-water mark. Distoma clarum, n. sp. Puate XLVIII. Figure 10. Puate LIX. Fieure 117. Colony jelly-like, the test usually colorless and transparent in pre- served specimens. In life, however, it is slightly opalescent with a greyish, pinkish or sometimes a blue or green cast. The colony is simply a rounded or oval mass without a peduncle, attached by most of the under surface. It seldom exceeds 12™" in width and _ half that in greatest thickness. The zodids, which are irregularly placed and lie at all angles to the surface (no systems being discernible), are visible through the test with perfect distinctness. 346 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. The mantle of the thorax is pure white, not pigmented, while the stomach and more or less of the intestine is yellow or orange. This color fades out in preserved specimens, becoming yellowish or flesh color. In specimens which are in a degenerate condition, the test often becomes infested with parasitic alge, giving it a dirty and greenish appearance. . Some specimens preserved in alcohol have the zodids very dark colored, brownish or blackish. I think this may be due to the action of the alcohol or of something contained in it. I have not seen fresh specimens in which they are so colored. The zodids are much smaller than in any of the above species. The longitudinal muscles of the mantle are strong and form distinct bands. In consequence of this development of these muscles the zooids are nearly always found in a condition of violent contraction. This is true of all the species of this genus, but particularly of this one, and most of the zodids in. preserved specimens are generally contracted into a shapeless condition. There are four rows of stigmata, but a rather small number in each row. Neither are the tentacles very numerous, but they are of two or three different sizes, the largest ones inserted farther back than the smaller ones. In some colonies seven lobes to the branchial aperture is the rule, in others six. The atrial aperture always has six as far as I have observed. There are fewer testes than in any of the larger species of this genus described above. Six appears to be a common number, but in some colonies it is often considerably exceeded. Specimens of this species collected in April and May are full of large eggs and embryos in all stages. Four or five large embryos, together at least equalling in bulk the individual which has pro- duced them, may sometimes be found under the mantle of one zoéid. Those of most advanced development are nearest the atrial aperture, the others further back, according to their stage of growth. This species is abundant and may be found on the under side of stones at every suitable place along the shore, and on corals, ete., on the reefs. It is one of the two or three commonest ascidians at Bermuda. Genus Cystodytes von Drasche, 1883. Differs from Distoma in that the abdomen of each zodid is surrounded by a capsule of calcareous spicules lying in the test. ‘These spicules have the form of circular disks, thin at the edges and W. G. Van Name— Bernuda Ascidians. 347 thicker at a point near the center, and slightly concave on the side toward the zodid. The capsule is formed by a varying number of such disks placed overlapping each other, sometimes several deep. The zodids are shorter than those of D/stoma, and appear to bave no vascular appendages. If this be the case, the method of budding must be somewhat modified from that of Distoma. Cystodytes draschii Herdman. Cystodytes draschii Herdman, Report Voy. Challenger, pt. xxxviii, p. 137. i PuaTeE XLIX. Ficure 17. Pirate LVI. Ficures 99 to 101 inclusive. The type of this species, described in the above work, was obtained in 400 fathoms off Barra Grande, Brazil, but Bermuda specimens from shallow water agree almost perfectly with Herd- man’s description and figures. It forms flat incrusting colonies, about 5™™ thick, and reaching 60 or 80™" across. The surface is smooth and the consistency of the test moderately firm. The colonies are usually quite opaque. The color is a deep, uniform, brownish gray. When the colony is cut the white calcareous capsules surrounding the posterior ends of the zoolds are very conspicuous. Under the microscope the test is shown to contain enormous numbers of bladder cells, so closely packed in most places that their outline becomes polygonal, and the amount of test substance is actually small. A spicule of ordinary size measures from 0.1 to 0.3"™ in diameter and about 0.03™" in thickness at the thickest point, but somewhat larger ones and of course many smaller ones occur. They resemble the larger kind of spicules of C. violaceus shown in fig. 14. The zodids are pale yellow in color when removed from the cap- sule, which is not readily done without tearing them unless the capsule is dissolved away. They are distinctly divided into thorax and abdomen, but by a very short peduncle, if indeed there can be said to be any. In life, however, they must be capable of some extension, and their usual contracted condition is due to the great strength of the longitudinal mantle muscles. These form many dis- tinct bands on the sides of the thorax, but in the region of the peduncle these separate bands run together and unite into a single broad, thick band on each side. On the abdomen, the muscles spread out again. The object of these strong bands is no doubt to retract the thorax and bring it more or less completely within the protection 348 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. od of the calcareous capsule. The mantle contains a few black-pig- mented corpuscles. The tentacles are very slender and numerous, of two sizes, the shorter inserted, as in Distoma, in a separate and more anterior circle. There are four rows of stigmata with but a small number in a row. Both apertures are six-lobed. This species is rather common in Castle Harbor; off Bailey’s Bay; and doubtless in other places at Bermuda, on gorgonians, corals, ete. Cystodytes violaceus, n. sp. Puate XLVI. Ficures 12, 13 and 14. Four small colonies of a species of this genus, evidently distinct from C. draschii, were obtained in Castle Harbor, at Waterloo, in May, 1901. The largest measures only about 12™™ across and not much over 2™" in thickness. They were attached to the under side of a stone. The test is semi-transparent, allowing the zodids, or rather their capsules, to be seen, and contains corpuscles with purple pigment, which becomes brown in preserved specimens. The zodids have the stomach yellow, but no pigment cells in the mantle. The spicules forming the capsules about the zodids resemble those of C. draschii, and reach a diameter of about .3™™, but the capsules are less perfect, and in addition there are spicules scattered in the lower layers of the test and taking no part in the formation of the capsules. They-are most numerous and conspicuous near the edges of the colony. Most of them are of smaller size than those form- ing the capsules, being usually only about one-fifth or one-sixth of the diameter of the latter, and they are proportionately thicker, with thick rounded edges, and are readily seen to be built up of radially disposed rods or needles. The spicules of the capsules also have radial striations or markings, but they are much less distinct. (Figs. 13 and 14.) Bladder-cells occur in the test, but much less abundantly than is usual in C. draschii. The zodids are similar to those of that species, but average a little smaller and generally have a smaller number of testes. Many of them contain large eggs in the abdomen. Sluiter’s figures and description (15) show that there is a very striking resemblance, superficially at least, between this species and his Diplosoma purpurewm, found at Cape Verde, Africa. Though he may have sufficient reason for placing his specimens in the genus W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 349 Diplosoma, it must be admitted that he gives nothing, either in the figures or description, which demonstrates or even supports the cor- rectness of his position, and in his figure the numerous bladder-cells and the objects which he considers included “ shells of Globigerinas” bear a most extraordinary resemblance to the bladder-cells and spicules of Cystodytes. Moreover, in his description he indicates the existence of a number of testes. Diplosoma has but two. The European*Cystodytes dellechiaie Della Valle has also a violet color, and I do not feel very sure that the species here described is really distinct from it. Genus Distaplia Della Valle, 1881. Colony fleshy, often lobed or pedunculated. Test penetrated by vascular processes of the zodids. Zodids arranged in distinct and usually rather simple systems. Branchial sac large, with four rows of long stigmata. Atrial aperture with a large languet. Stomach ovate. Intestinal loop not twisted. Reproductive organs on the right side of the intestinal loop. The larve in this genus are remarkably large. The eggs are received into an elongated diverticulum of the atrial cavity which is developed for the purpose, the incubatory pouch, where they undergo development. The youngest embryos are always found in that end of the pouch farthest from the body of the parent. Distaplia bermudensis, n. sp. Puate XLIX. Ficures 15, 18 and 19. PuaTE LIX. Ficures 108 and 111. PLATE LXIT. Ficure 1300. Specimens of Distaplia from Bermuda are very variable in respect to the form and color of the colony, yet I cannot find ground for believing that more than one species occurs there. Bancroft (1) reports a similar variability in the Pacific species, D. occidentalis. There is reason to suspect that the number of species of this genus occurring in European waters has been considerably over- rated, through failure to make allowance for such variations. I am unable to identify these specimens with any of the species already described. Some of the colonies closely resemble D. vallii Herdman (6), but it is doubtful whether that is a good species, and moreover, if the stomach of that species resembles that of D. magni- larva Della Valle, as Herdman says, it must be pitted or folded on the inner surface. 350 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. The Bermuda form has the stomach smooth-walled within and without, though, when highly magnified, the inner surface is finely granular. No pits or folds are present, except such as may be produced by the contraction of the body, the stomach-wall being very thin and delicate. The smooth-walled stomach is, as far as I know, peculiar to this species. i Some of the specimens have the form of rather flat-topped heads, with more or less abrupt edges, attached by a short peduncle. Such heads are usually 10 or 12™™ across the top and (including the pedun- cle) 12 or 15™™ in height, and they often consist of but a single system. Other colonies (figs. 18 and 19) form rather thick but flat- tened incrusting masses several centimeters across, attached by the greater part of the lower surface. Between these and the heads there. is every gradation. The incrusting colonies usually contain several systems, and may be produced into one or more lobes, or more or less distinct heads. The test is only moderately firm, but the outer layer is somewhat tougher. It is rather opaque, yet the zodids and the vessels may usually be distinguished. The latter occur chiefly in the peduncle and lower parts of the colonies. They seldom branch or anastomose, and their terminal portions are only slightly enlarged. The test may or may not contain groups or masses of bladder-cells. No reliance whatever can be placed on the color of the colony as a specific character, Whatever may be the color, it generally becomes darker on the upper surface of the head or colony, espe- cially about the atrial aperture or apertures, and paler on the sides of the colony and on the peduncle, if one is present. Sometimes the upper surface is nearly black, and some white pigment is often present about the orifices. Usually the colonies have a chocolate brown color: this often shades into olive, violet, purple, or rose color in some parts of the colony, or one of these colors may predominate. All these colors turn to a green, blue-green, or yellowish green, or sometimes a deep blue, when the specimen is preserved in formalin. Two large colonies obtained in 1901 were deep orange-red, almost vermillion, shading to blackish about the atrial orifices. These col- onies turned brownish in formalin. Among the specimens obtained by Prof. Verrill in 1898 were a few which were almost white, and others of a dull yellowish olive. These were preserved in formalin, with no notes as to their colors in life. The zodids are easily removed from the test. They appear to vary much in size, but this is no doubt largely due to a varying Or _— W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Asecidians. 3 amount of shrinkage. This is very likely to occur in preserved specimens, as the tissues of the zodids are exceedingly delicate. Well-expanded individuals are beautiful objects, and the internal structure can be made out with greater ease than in any other of the Bermuda ascidians. The mantle is but slightly muscular, the fibers running chiefly obliquely and transversely. It is often more or less pigmented, at other times nearly colorless. The stomach and duodenum are always orange in fresh specimens. The largest and best preserved zodids measure over 3"™" in length, and about 1.2™™ across the thorax. The branchial sac has four rows of more than twenty long narrow stigmata on each side, which become shorter as the ends of the rows are approached. A very narrow intermediate transverse vessel crosses the stigmata half way between each principal transverse vessel. This is visible even in quite young buds, where the number of stigmata in a row is still much less than in the adult. The strue ture of the branchial sac agrees exactly with Herdman’s (6) deserip- tion of D. roseu and D, valiii. The branchial orifice has an irregularly toothed margin. This is not apparent when the aperture is much contracted. The atrial opening is placed well back from the anterior end and is very large, with the anterior lip produced into a long pointed languet. There are about 16 tentacles of two sizes placed alternately, but their arrangement and number is not always exactly the same. As already mentioned, the stomach-wall is not pitted nor folded, but is smooth within and without. The zodids are usually hermaphroditic, well-developed testes and egos of considerable size being present at the same time. (Fig. 15.) Some, however, appear to have the organs of only one sex. Some colonies contain great numbers of buds and embryos, the latter usually contained in the long incubatory pouch, which eventually becomes detached from the zodid. I have not observed more than three embryos in a pouch. Family POLYCLINIDZ Giard, 1872. Colony usually massive, sometimes incrusting, sometimes lobed or pedunculated. Systems of various shapes, occasionally irregular or wanting. Zoodids elongated antero-posteriorly, and usually divided into three distinct regions ; the thorax, abdomen, and post-abdomen. 352 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Branchial aperture 6 or 8 lobed, atrial aperture often with a languet. Branchial sac generally long, with numerous rows of small round or oval stigmata. It may be papillated, but no internal longitudinal bars occur. Dorsal lamina with languets. Stomach-wall smooth or variously folded or pitted. Reproductive organs and heart situated in the post-abdomen. Testis represented by a number of small spermatic sacs. Gemmation by division of the post-abdomen. Genus Amaroucium Milne-Edwards, 1841. Distinguished by forming massive, often pedunculated colonies, with elongated zodids having long post-abdomens, usually six-lobed branchial siphons, the atrial aperture placed well forward, and a large atrial languet. The stomach-wall is, usually at least, longitudinally folded, but in one of the Bermuda species this appears to be a very variable character. The post-abdomen is sessile. This genus, though almost universally accepted by writers on Tunicata, is but poorly distinguished from Aplidiwm Savigny, which in its typical form has a sessile colony, shorter zodids, often lacks the atrial languet, and has the post-abdomen separated from the abdomen by a more conspicuous constriction or peduncle. The atrial aperture is also said to be placed further back. Most of these differences are very trifling, and many species could be placed in either genus with equal propriety. Amaroucium bermude, n. sp. Puate L. Ficure 20. Puate LVIII. Ficures 96 and 97. The colony is irregular in shape, seldom much over 30™™ across, generally less, with rather flat top and abrupt sides tapering into a more or less distinct peduncle. The combined height of the colony and peduncle often reaches 20™™ or more. The test is firm, almost cartilaginous, but softer in the interior of the colony. It is usually quite free from sand grains, grayish and nearly opaque in life, sometimes with a distinct bluish or pinkish tint. In formalin it becomes more transparent and of a yellowish or flesh- color. There are no bladder-cells. The systems are irregular and the number of zodids in different specimens of the same size is very variable. W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 353 The zoéids are rather large and stout. A fair sized specimen measures 2.3" long without the post-abdomen, which may itself reach 4 or 5™" in length, though in most individuals itis much shorter. In color they vary from orange to bright vermillion red in life, but gradually fade to yellow in preservation. The color is dif- fused through most of the tissues, but in very red individuals the mantle of the thorax contains an especially large amount of pig- ment. The mantle, especially near the anterior ends of the thorax, abdomen and post-abdomen, is often studded with rounded cells, much larger than the ordinary epithelial cells. Usually there are six lobes to the branchial orifice, but some indi- viduals have more. There is a fairly large atrial languet placed a little anterior to the orifice, which is itself provided with distinct though very short lobes. The usual number of rows of stigmata appears to be about eighteen, with more than a dozen in a row on each side. They are small and round and placed rather far apart. The transverse vessels are very muscular. The tentacles are small and difficult to count. The presence and arrangement of folds or plications in the wall of the stomach have been made the chief characters by which the genera of this family are distinguished. In the present species, how- ever, it is clear that great importance should not be attributed to them. Usually the stomach of this form has distinct longitudinal folds, but often there are transverse folds also over more or less of the surface, or the transverse folds may even predominate and become the principal ones, exceeding the longitudinal folds in prom- inence. Some individuals show, on some parts of the surface of the stomach, an areolated condition not far removed from that which is typical of the genus Morchellium Giard. Others, again, appar- ently have the stomach entirely smooth-walled in its natural condi- tion, but in this species the stomach-wall is very thin and liable to become folded by the contraction of the animal incident to preserya- tion, and its original condition is not always easy to determine. In another species of this genus, A. constellatum Verrill, from the New England coast, which normally has a longitudinally folded stomach, I have also observed variations from the usual condition, though not to such a great extent. Many specimens of this species were collected, both in 1898 and 1901. It was found most abundantly on corals in Harrington Sound, in water of moderate depth, and evidently grows better in such situa- Trans. Conn. Acap., Vou. XI. 23 Frepruary, 1902. 354 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. tions than along the shore. The zodids often contain larve in the atrial cavity. In the Peabody Museum of Yale University there are some speci- mens of Amaroucium from Fort Macon, N. C., which appear to be of this species. Amaroucium glabrum Verrill, from the coast of Maine, forms colonies of very similar size and shape. Amaroucium exile, n. sp. PLATE L. Ficure 21. Piate LVIII. Ficure 98. The colony in this species is rounded or button-shaped. It is not pedunculated and adheres by the greater part of the lower surface. The edges are not abrupt as in the last described form, but rounded, and the consistency of the test is not so firm. It does not generally grow more than 5 or 6™™ high and 15 or 20™™ wide. The test is often quite densely crowded with coarse sand grains and shell fragments, in the interior of the colony as well as on the surface; in other cases it is entirely free from such inclusions and is very transparent and almost colorless. Such colonies are very beau- tiful objects, for the zodids vary from orange to an even more bril- liant red than those of A. bermuda, being sometimes bright scarlet. The zodids are smaller and slenderer than in A. bermude. The systems are irregular. The specimen figured measured a little under 4™™ long including the post-abdomen, which was short in this individual. The chief anatomical differences between this and the last described species appear to be that the present one has fewer stig- mata, only twelve or fourteen rows (the number in each row may be slightly less also), and that in this species the stomach-wall is thicker and always distinctly folded longitudinally with a variable but not very large number of folds (generally about 9). This is a less common species than the last, and though found in the same situations, occurs under stones along the shore more fre- quently than A. bermuda does. The writer collected it at Coney Island ; Waterloo ; and Somerset Island, among other places. It was obtained both in 1898 and 1901. Many of the specimens contain larve, which begin to secrete test-substance even while still contained in the atrial cavity of the adult zodid. This species is related to A. constellatum Verrill of the New England coast. The more brilliantly colored specimens of that W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. 355 form are, when small, of rather similar appearance to those of this species; but the somewhat stouter zodids, with much more numerous and often much less regular plications in the stomach-wall ; the very milky appearance of the test; and the tendency to form wedge- shaped or pedunculated colonies, would serve to distinguish the New England species, even if it did not form massive colonies of vastly greater bulk than this species ever attains. Family DIDEMNIDZ Verrill, 1871. Colony incrusting, sometimes thick and massive, not peduncu- lated. Test usually containing bladder-cells and often calcareous spicules, which are generally of stellate form. Zodids arranged in complex branching systems. Zooids of small size, divided into thorax and abdomen, often with a muscular and vascular process extending out into the test from the region of the peduncle connecting the two divisions of the body. Branchial aperture six-lobed ; atrial plain, or with a languet. Three to six rows of stigmata. Dorsal lamina with languets. Stomach smooth-walled, externally at least. Intestinal loop twisted. Reproductive organs on the left side of the abdomen, or more or less ventral, or posterior. Testes few, often only one. Vas defer- ens often spirally coiled about the testis before leaving it to follow the intestine. There is no oviduct. Budding from the pyloric region (near the peduncle); thorax and abdomen of the new zoéid formed from separate buds. The genera Diplosoma and Diplosomoides, which are often regarded as constituting a separate family, the Diplosomide, are here included in this family. Genus Didemnum Savigny, 1816. Colony generally rather thick and fleshy. Test containing blad- der-cells and usually stellate calcareous spicules. Zodids with a strong muscular process extending into the test from the ventral side of the peduncle connecting the thorax and abdomen. Branchial orifice six-lobed, atrial plain, with no languet. Branchial sac with three rows of stigmata. Testis single, more or less conical in form. The vas deferens makes a number of spiral turns about it before proceeding on its 56 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Oo e course to the rectum, which it follows to a point near the atrial orifice. The Bermuda species of this genus differ more in the habit and character of the colony than in the structure of the zodids or the form of the spicules. They appear to have the following characters im common : The zoéids vary in length, according to the species, from less than 1™™ to 1.6™™ in preserved specimens. The musculature of the man- tle consists of a moderate number (perhaps twenty or more) dis- tinct, though slender, bands running longitudinally. Transverse muscles (with the exception of the sphincters) are but slightly developed in the mantle. The transverse vessels of the branchial sac are, however, provided with strong muscles, and each side of the dorsal lamina a strong muscle-band runs longitudinally in the wall of the branchial sac. These two bands, which run ventrally when they reach the posterior end of the thorax, are joined near the posterior end of the endo- style by fibers from different parts of the wall of the thorax, so that they become quite thick, and passing out in a ventral and posterior direction from the upper end of the peduncle, they unite to form the muscle of the muscular process which extends out into the test. The tentacles appear to be eight in number, four large and four small ones placed alternately, but I am not certain that there are not more in some cases. The stigmata are long and narrow, about 16 in_ number on each side in the species with the largest zodids, and some- what fewer in the smaller species. The upper and lower rows of stigmata do not contain quite as many as the middle row. The stomach is round or oval and smooth externally, and more or less yellow in color. The gland about the intestine consists of a small number of tubes clasping it. They branch but little, and their terminal portions are not much dilated. I have found well developed reproductive organs in only two species (D. savignii and D. porites), but they are probably similar in the others also. The testis, which is single and obtusely conical, is very large, and is situated on the left side of the abdomen, with its base close against the intestine. The vas deferens leaves it at its apex and makes, usually, from eight to a dozen turns about its con- ical surface, like the string wound around a top. It leaves it finally about opposite the stomach. The ovary is placed between the testis and the stomach. W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 35 ~T Analytical Table of Bermuda species of Didemnum, based on the character of the colony. A.—Massive and irregular, opaque, consistency firm. Surface roughish ; apertures far apart and conspicuous. Spicules uniformly and thickly distributed. Color reddish grey or buff, almost flesh colored. D. solidum. B.—Moderately thick, opaque, gelatinous. Surface smooth and glistening ; apertures inconspicuous. Spicules confined to a stratum in the interior of the colony, invisible from above. Color rich brown. D. savignit. C.—Very thin, incrusting, gelatinous; zodids visible through the test. Surface smooth, apertures inconspicuous. Spicules irregu- larly distributed. General color blackish and greyish, irregularly mottled, varying in places according to the abundance of the white spicules and of the black pigment in the test and on the zodids. D. atrocanuin. D.—Massive, partly opaque, consistency moderately firm, surface slightly rough; apertures prominent. Spicules rather uniformly distributed, only moderately numerous. Color greyish, becoming black on parts of the upper surface. D. porites. E.—Thin, incrusting, transparent, gelatinous. Surface smooth ; zooids visible. Spicules in interior parts of the colony, not numer- ous enough to greatly diminish the transparency of the colony. Little or no dark pigment. D, lucidum. F.—Thin, incrusting, translucent. Surface smooth, zodids more or less concealed by the abundance of spicules, which are so dis- tributed that the surface of the colony shows over the position of each zodid a circular area, more transparent than the intervening spaces, which latter are white and more opaque, owing to the greater abundance of spicules there. Thorax of zodids often dark colored. Colony whitish gray. D. orbiculatum. Norr.—The only specimens of species A and D which were found incrusted branching algze, which no doubt influenced the form of the colony. Colonies growing on smooth surfaces will probably be found thinner and more expanded. 358 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Didemnum solidum, n. sp. Puate LI. Ficures 31 and 36. Puate LIX. Ficure 119. But one specimen of this species was found. It is a very irregu- lar colony, incrusting a growth of seaweed. In greatest length it measures about 45™", and reaches 4™™ or 5™" in thickness in places. It is entirely opaque and of firm, almost brittle consistency, on account of the abundance of spicules, which are very evenly dis- tributed in all parts of the colony. The surface is, for the same reason, slightly rough to the touch, and the apertures are conspicu- ous. Bladder-cells are scarce in most points of the colony. The color is difficult to describe, being a reddish grey or buff, almost a flesh-color, darker above. It fades in preservation. The spicules are very uniform in size and shape, being about .05™™ te .07™™ in diameter, and have very short and stout, but regular and numerous conical points. The zoéids are light colored and small, and placed rather far apart. They do not much exceed 1™™ in length in preservation, and are rather slender. There are probably not more than 12 stigmata in a row on each side. None of those examined had well-developed reproductive organs. The colony was obtained at Coney Island, May 16th, 1901, just below low water mark. Didemnum savignii Herdman. Didemnum savignii Herdman, Report Voy. Challenger, pt. xxxviii, p. 261. Prats LI. Fieures 27 and 35. PLATE LIX. Ficure 112. The colony is incrusting but rather thick, and of rather soft, gela- tinous consistency. The color is a rich brown, darker above, and the surface is smooth and glossy, the apertures inconspicuous and the spicules and zodids invisible from the surface. The largest specimen measures about 16™™ across, and is between 3™™ and 4™™ in greatest thickness. The test contains great numbers of bladder cells, especially near the surfaces, where they are so abundant that they assume polygonal forms from mutual pressure. The dark color is due to brown pigment contained in the test cells. These pigment cells are most abundant near the upper surface, where they are irregular in form. In the deeper portions of the colony they are oval and less thickly distributed. a) W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 35 The spicules are very large, often .1™" in diameter, with numerous long conical or somewhat flask-shaped points. They are chiefly con- fined to a layer lying about .5™™ to 1™™ below the upper surface. In this layer they are abundant and placed near together. The zodids are placed close together and mostly nearly perpen- dicular to the surface. They are rather large (the specimen figured (fig. 35) measured 1.6™" long) and rather dark in color, due to brown pigment in the mantle, especially about the branchial aperture, and to a less extent on other parts of the thorax. The lining of the branchial siphon is particularly dark colored. They have about sixteen stigmata in a row on each side. In several different individuals I found the number of turns in the spiral portion of the oviduct to be about eight. Herdman gives four or five as the number in his specimen. The locality of the type of this species, described in the Challen- ger Report, is given as doubtful, but probably just south of the Cape of Good Hope, in 150 fathoms. Only two specimens of this species were found at Bermuda, neither of them as large as the type specimen. One was obtained in 1898, the other in 1901, but the exact localities are not recorded. Didemnum atrocanum, n. sp. Puate LI. Ficures 30 and 34. Puate LIX. Fieure 114. This species forms very thin incrusting colonies. The largest that were obtained measure 2™" thick and from 30™™ to 40™™ across. In consistency it is gelatinous, and the spicules are not sufficiently abundant to greatly alter the character of the test. The spicules are of moderately large size, averaging over .05™™ in diameter, but differ somewhat from those of D. savignii in having more numerous points, which are generally somewhat shorter and more or less irregularly rounded or split or broken at the extremities, though some have the regular conical or flask-shaped points, as in the last named species. They are irregularly distributed in the interior of the colonies, being thickly crowded in small patches and absent in other places. Where they are dense their white color makes them noticeable against the grey or blackish yet transparent test. Many bladder cells also occur. The zodids are not on an average quite as large as those of the last described species (2). savignii). In many of the specimens the mantle cells contain so much black pigment that the whole colony 360 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. appears quite blackish, for the zodids are numerous and closely placed; in other cases they have but little dark pigment, and appear lighter than the greyish test, which also contains a greater or less number of black pigment cells. I have found this form only at Hungry Bay, where it is common. A number of colovies were collected under stones in the latter part of May, 1901. None of the zodids appear to have reproductive organs developed. Didemnum porites, n. sp. Puate LI. Ficure 29 and 33. PLuatE LIX. Ficure 115. A couple of colonies, the largest about 25™™ across and rather thick, were obtained growing on algz in Bailey’s Bay, May Ist, 1901. They differ considerably from D. atrocanum, though they are also of a grayish color, becoming black in the upper parts of the colony. The test is of firm consistency, though bladder-cells are very abundant in some places ; the spicules, which exactly resemble those of D. lucidum described below, are fairly evenly distributed through the test and come close to the surface, giving it a slightly rough granular character. The apertures of the zodids on the surface are conspicuous and slightly prominent. The test is opaque. The zodids are of good size (1.3™™ or 1.4™™ long in many cases in the preserved specimen), and have a little black pigment in the mantle walls. In structure they resemble those of D. savignii. I have counted ten or eleven turns of the vas deferens in some indi- viduals. Didemnum lucidum, n. sp. Puate LI. Ficures 26, 28 and 37. This is a species with very small zodids (usually less than 1™™ in length), which are slightly or not at all pigmented, forming small, fairly transparent, nearly colorless incrusting colonies of slight thickness. Sometimes the anterior end of the zodid is marked with a little blackish pigment about the aperture and over the ganglion. The spicules, though varying much in size, are mostly under .04™™ or .05™™ in diameter. They have long but not very numerous con- ical points, and are distributed unevenly in the interior parts of the colony, generally not in sufficient abundance to greatly interfere with the transparency of the test. Near the surfaces of the colony they are wanting and there are a good many bladder-cells. a W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 361 I have not been able to count more than about a dozen stigmata in a row on each side. None of the specimens have reproductive organs in good condition. ‘ One colony of this little species was collected in 1898. In 1901 two or three were obtained in Bailey’s Bay and Harrington Sound. One of the specimens grew on a branching alga, the others incrusted coral. Didemnum orbiculatum, n. sp. PuatE LI. Ficures 32 and 38. PuateE LXI. Ficures 127a and 128. This is a form in many respects intermediate between a true Didemnum and a Leptoclinum, having the thin colony and abundant spicules characteristic of the latter, yet the large size of the spicules, their form, and the appearance and pigmentation of the zodids show it to be closely related to some of the species just described, and as I have been able to distinguish but three rows of stigmata it seems best to place it in this genus. The largest specimens found were 25 or 30™™ across, and about 2mm thick. It may be recognized at a glance by the peculiarity in the distri- bution of the spicules alluded to in the analytical table above. The spicules, which are of fair size (about .04™"), with rather slender conical points, are abundantly and thickly disposed in the test, yet not in such numbers as to give the colony the white, chalky appearance of a Leptoclinum, but leaving it a translucent grayish white. The zodids are placed very close together, and there being but a thin layer of spicules over them, each branchial orifice appears in the center of a more transparent circular area of about the diam- eter of the thorax of the zodid. The zoéids are small (in contraction about 1™™ long). They have strong muscle bands in the mantle and contract badly in preserva- tion, The mantle contains much dark pigment on the thorax, so that that part of the body often appears quite uniformly blackish. This species is common and grows on the underside of stones near low water in company with colonies of Leptoclinum, Diplosomoides and Botrylloides at almost all suitable places along the shores of the islands. I found it especially common at Long Bird Island and at Waterloo, on Castle Harbor, in April and May, 1901. Many of the zooids then contained large eggs, but I did not observe well devel- oped testes in any of the numerous individuals examined. 362 W. G&G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Genus Leptoclinum Milne-Edwards, 1841. Differs from Didemnum in having four rows of stigmata, and in forming a thin incrusting colony, densely crowded with calcareous spicules, so that the test becomes more or less hard and brittle. Some species are said to have an atrial languet, but probably these should be placed in another genus. In some cases the testis is deeply lobed, or it may be completely divided into two glands. This genus is none too well distinguished from Didemnum, but is aecepted by nearly all writers. The number of rows of stigmata (though apparently a reliable character in the Bermuda forms) is by no means always invariable, even in the same species, and in the character of the colony every gradation is found between the mas- sive colony of a typical Didemnum and the thin, brittle crust of a typical Leptoclinwm. In this paper the writer has placed all the forms with three rows of stigmata in Didemnum, regardless of the thickness of the colony. True Leptoclinums, with four rows of stigmata, occur in abund- ance at Bermuda, growing on corals, sponges and alge on the reefs, and on the under side of stones along the shore, up to a point well above low-water mark. It is the most abundantly represented genus of ascidians there. With only a limited number of specimens at hand, it is easy to classify them into several distinct and well marked species, differing from each other fully as much as some of the forms which are described above as species of the genus Didemnum, but with a large number of specimens available for study, the problem is by no means such an easy one, as so many intermediate forms occur. The writer devoted particular attention to collecting examples of this genus during his visit to Bermuda in 1901, but is obliged to confess, after examining a very large amount of material, that he has utterly failed to discover any character or characters by which the Bermuda Leptoclinums may be divided into groups worthy of specific rank. Apparently a process of active evolution is going on in the members of this group, at least in the Bermuda representatives of it, and from the hopeless confusion in which the species of this genus gen- erally are involved, it seems not unlikely that this is the case else- where as well. As the differences between the varieties are too great to disregard entirely, the only course open to the writer is to describe the most W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 363 striking variations as subspecies. Between these there are an indefi- nite number of intermediate forms. Nevertheless all these forms appear to have some degree of permanence, and reproduce their peculiarities at least in their immediate descendants, for often a number of colonies attached to the same stone, or growing near together, will have exactly identical characters, indicating a common parentage, while certain others, growing among them, will differ from them, yet agree among themselves. The relation of these numerous varieties to previously described species of the genus is a difficult question. Naturally their nearest allies would be sought for on the Atlantic coast of the United States and in the West Indies. In neither of these regions has the genus been sufficiently studied. Sluiter (15) has recently described two new forms, L. conchylia- tum and L. cineraceum, from Jamacia, but these differ from the Bermuda forms, among other things, in the number of stigmata, for he says that they are provided with but from four to six stigmata in a row on each side, while the Bermuda forms have about 12 in those with large zodids, and probably at least 8 or 10 in all cases. From the Atlantic coast of North America two species only have been described, as far as the writer is aware; Z. albidum Verrill and ZL. luteolum Verrill, the latter perhaps only a variety of the former. Both of these are found on the New England coast. The Bermuda varieties are quite different from the typical albidum, which has spicules of a different type from any of the Bermuda forms (fig. 41), and in most specimens the spicules are much larger than is the case in any of the latter. Specimens of Z. /uteolum, from Southern New England, however, have spicules more like some of the Bermuda varieties (fig. 40). Yet the correspondence between JL. speciosum Herdman (6), from Bahia, Brazil, and the commonest Bermuda form is so much closer that it seems best to consider the latter, and consequently the remaining Bermuda varieties, as subspecies of the Brazilian form. The writer has not ascertained that any of the several varieties here described is confined to any particular locality at Bermuda. Leptoclinum speciosum Herdman. Leptoclinum speciosum Herdman, Report Voy. Challenger, pt. xxxviii, p. 274. The types are from Bahia, Brazil, in 7 to 20 fathoms. I have not found specimens at Bermuda which correspond exactly to the description of the Brazilian examples. 364 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. Var. bermudense, nov. PuaTE LIT. Ficures 39, 42 and 50. PuaTte LXII. Ficures 130c, 132 and 134, Colony usually between 2 and 3™ thick (when incrusting irregu- lar objects often very much thicker) and reaching 60 or 70™™ in width in some cases. Spicules more abundant in the upper layers of the colony, though generally the extreme upper stratum is free from them, so that the surface is smooth to the touch. The spicules (figs. 89 and 42) are usually rather small (less than 0.025"™ in diameter) with a variable but generally very large number of points or rays. Occasional very large spicules occur among the small ones, but this is not peculiar to this variety. In some colonies most of the spicules have their points blunt and broken, in other colonies most of the points are perfect, but generally slightly rounded. As a rule the spicules are not so abundant as to render the test very stiff or brittle. The color is usually pure white, but it often becomes yellowish in preserved specimens. The apertures are generally not prominent. The zodids are large (up to 1.5™™ long, or more). Their tissues are yellow, the stomach and intestine being orange. They have 12 or more stigmata in a row on each side and 16 tentacles of two sizes. When the zodids are very large, there are often additional, still smaller tentacles between the larger ones. The testis is generally single, but sometimes it is divided into two. The vas deferens makes about a dozen spiral turns. This is the commonest form at Bermuda. Var. pageti, nov. Puate LIT. Ficure 45. A dwarf variety of the last. The colonies are small (under 20™™ wide) and usually considerably under 2™™ thick. They have generally a distinct yellow tint, and the tissues of the zodids are more strongly orange-tinted than in the last form, sometimes almost red, in which case the whole colony may have a salmon shade. The zodids are smaller and proportionately shorter than in yar. bermudense. The spicules (fig. 45) are, however, similar. They have so many rays that unless highly magnified they appear almost spherical. Surface of colony rather smooth, apertures not conspicu- ous. Often found associated with the last described form. W. @. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 365 Var. hamiltoni, nov. PuatTEe LII. Ficures 48, 44 and 47. Puate LXI. Ficure 1276. PuatE LXII. Ficure 135. In this the spicules are larger than in var. bermudense and they have coarser and less numerous but often rather longer points, and are more evenly distributed through the test, coming close to the upper surface. From this it follows that the colony is stiffer, harder and rougher than in the two last described forms. The zooids are rather small (usually not much over 1™™ or 1.2™™ long) and placed near together. Their apertures are rather prominent on the surface. The colonies grow somewhat larger, but not very much thicker (generally about 2™™) than those of var. pageti, into which it grades, and with which it is found associated. The colonies are very frequently decidedly yellow in color. It is a very common variety. Var. harringtonense, noy. Pirate LIT. Figures 49 and 51. This forms rather extensive (often 30 or 40™" wide) colonies of moderate thickness (2™™ or over), white in color and resembling var. bermudense, but having much larger (up to 0.05"™), longer pointed spicules. (Fig. 49.) They are abundantly placed throughout the test and make the colony hard and rough to the touch. The zodids are decidedly slenderer than in var. bermudense. They apparently have about 10 stigmata in a row on each side, short lobes to the branchial orifice, and but one testis. There are 16 tentacles or nearly that number. The vas deferens makes 8 or more turns (fig. 51). Not common. Var. acutilobatum, nov. Puate LIi. Ficures 46 and 82. Resembles the last externally, but the colonies are rather thinner, and I have not observed such large ones. The spicules are small (0.025"™ in diameter), of remarkably uniform size and regularity of form, with very few points, which are conical with bulging sides (fig. 46). The zodids are small and short (fig. 52), about 1™™ long in preservation, and are remarkable for the length and sharpness of the lobes of the branchial orifice. The testis is divided into two separate glands, each of which may be two-lobed. The vas deferens makes seven or eight turns. Not common, but obtained both in 1898 and 1901. W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. wo fon fon) Var. somersi, nov. PuatTe LII. Ficure 48. PLuateE LXII. Ficure 136. Forms very small (10 to 20™™ wide), flat colonies of a pure white color. They are very thin (often under 1™™) and not very opaque. The zodids are as small as those of var. acutilobatum. They are placed rather far apart. The spicules are large (fig. 48), with regular conical points of some length, and are evenly but often not very closely distributed in the colony. The positions of the zodids are very conspicuous from the surface, though the apertures are not especially so. There is but one common cloacal aperture to the colony. The branchial apertures of the zodids have pointed lobes but much shorter ones than those of the last described form. Quite generally distributed, though not very abundant. Genus Polysyncraton Nott, 1891. Separated from Leptoclinum (which it resembles in having four rows of stigmata) by having a number (sometimes as many as 10) of distinct pyriform testes, arranged in a circle, forming together a conical group, about which the vas deferens makes a few spiral turns: and by possessing an atrial languet. The type of the genus is from New Zealand (13). Polysyncraton amethysteum, n. sp. PuatEe LIV. Ficures 62 and 64 to 67 inclusive. Puate LVIII. Ficure 102. Colony more or less transparent except for a thin layer of spicules on the upper surface. The test is of an amethyst purple or rose purple tint, due to pigment contained in the test cells, while the tissues of the zodids are bright red. These colors fade out in pre- servation, the test becoming yellowish and the zodids yellow or orange. The colonies seldom exceed 30™™ in width and 3 or 3.5™™ in thickness. The layer of white spicules on the upper surface of the colony shows in strong contrast to the colors of the test. It may readily be stripped off. The spicules are entirely confined to it. Large areas about the common cloacal openings are entirely bare of spicules, also small oval areas about the branchial orifices, but in these latter may be seen small V-shaped groups of spicules, six in number in each, corresponding to the six lobes of the branchial siphons. This arrangement of the spicules: about the branchial openings occurs i { | i 4 | . | W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 367 sometimes in other genera of this family (Leptoclinum, Didemnum), but is especially conspicuous here. (Fig. 65.) The spicules are always small with short and often more or less blunt and broken points. In some colonies they are all very minute, in other specimens they vary more in size (compare fig. 64 with fig. 67 both down to the same scale). The test contains vast numbers of bladder-cells. The zodids also vary much in size in different colonies, reaching 1,5™" or more in length in many cases. There are six short lobes to the branchial siphon, and a rather long, somewhat forked languet over the atrial orifice. There are four rows of stigmata with a moderate number in each, and probably eight tentacles. The male reproductive organs consist of about five (the number varies) separate pyriform testes placed radially with the small ends in the center, where the short ducts arising from them unite to form the vas deferens which coils about the group in the usual manner, making about five turns. The ovary lies between two of the testes on the side toward the stomach, more or less covered by or included in the coils of the vas deferens, except when the eggs become so large that it must extend beyond these limits. This beautiful species is moderately common, both along the shore under stones, and in deeper water on corals, sponges, ete. It was obtained in Castle Harbor; Harrington Sound; and at Hungry Bay; and was collected both in 1898 and 1901. The specimens contain large reproductive organs and larvze, and the species would probably be an unusually favorable object for embryological or histological investigation. ‘ Genus Diplosoma MacDonald, 1858. Colony incrusting, generally rather thin. The test is penetrated by more or less extensive cavities continuous with, and regarded as extensions of, the common cloacal cavities, which greatly reduce the amount of test substance, leaving in extreme cases little of it except the thin layer bounding the colony and a thin layer about each zooid, the latter being retained in position by strands or columns of test substance continuous with the layer bounding the colony. All the rest of the interior of the colony becomes one large cavity. The extent to which this modification proceeds varies in different species and to a considerable degree in different individuals. The test substance is gelatinous, becoming membranous on the surface, and from its nature, as well as from the extensive cavities 368 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. above mentioned, the colony is very soft and delicate. No spicules are present. The test is often very transparent. The zodids have six lobed or nearly simple branchial apertures, and simple atrial openings. The branchial sac has four rows of rather large stigmata. The transverse vessels are muscular, and as in Leptoclinwm there is a muscle band along each side of the dorsal lamina. The bands unite at the posterior end of the thorax, and are prolonged into a muscu- lar and vascular process extending posteriorly and ventrally into the common test. It ends bluntly and is much weaker and less con- spicuous than in Leptoclinum. I have found it in all the species of this genus described in this paper. The intestinal loop is twisted and geneally bent so that its axis lies about at right angles to that of the thorax. This brings the reproductive organs, which lie on the left side of the abdomen, under the intestinal loop. The stomach is oval and smooth-walled, on the outside at least. There are two testes placed close together, forming as in Lepto- clinum a conical mass, but the vas deferens does not coil about them. With the related Diplosomoides Herdman, which has small stel- late caleareous spicules, this genus is often made a separate family, the Diplosomide. Diplosoma macdonaldi Herdman. Diplosoma macdonaldi Herdman, Report Voy. Challenger, pt. xxxviii, p. 315. Puate LITT. Ficure 60. Puate LX. Ficure 124. Colony large (50™™ across) and rather thin, not exceeding 2 or 2.25™™ in thickness. Test nearly colorless and very transparent, membranous on the surface. The cavities characteristic of the genus are well developed, yet there is considerable test substance about the zodids which adheres very firmly to their mantles and contains here and there a few bladder cells. In addition to the small test cells, there are large oval or slightly irregular cells which stain deeply with plasma stains. The zodids are also nearly colorless except that the stomach and more or less of the intestinal loop is yellow or orange. This fades out in preserved specimens. The zodids are large for this family, sometimes reaching 1.6™" in length when straightened out and expanded, The mantle muscles are but slightly developed and are mostly transverse. W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 369 There are four rows of stigmata, with about a dozen in a row on each side. The stigmata are large with very narrow interstigmatic vessels. The transverse vessels are fairly muscular and contract strongly in preserved specimens, as the rest of the branchial sac is very delicate. The endostyle is rather narrow. The dorsal languets are long enough to extend more than half way across the branchial sac. They are tentacular in form. The tentacles appear to be about twelve in number, and are of two sizes placed alternately. This species was described by Herdman from a specimen found in shallow water at Bahia, Brazil. The large colony here described, which I identify with the Bra- zilian form, was obtained in April, 1901, in Harrington Sound, on a piece of coral. Another smaller colony was obtained off Bailey’s Bay a few days later. It was attached to a sponge, and differs in having somewhat smaller zodids, but there seems to be little doubt that both are of the same species. Some of the zodids contain well developed testes and small eggs, but none of those examined con- tained large eggs. Nearly all the zodids in each specimen have buds. Diplosoma lacteum, n. sp. Prats LIT. Fieurn 59. This species forms small, somewhat flattened colonies measuring 10 to 15"™ across and 3 to 4™™ in thickness when alive. The cavi- ties in the test are enormously developed and only a very thin layer of test surrounds each zodid, while the layer bounding the colony is also very thin, so that preserved specimens are generally collapsed, and present a very different appearance from living ones. ‘This is further increased by the fact that in life the test is opaque and of a milky white color which disappears in preservation, leaving the test colorless and transparent. There is a little blackish pigment on the zodids, contained in the mantle of the abdomen. The cells constituting the epithelium cover- ing that part of the body are large and flattened, and contain the dark pigment chiefly near the edges, the center being clear and oceupied by the nucleus, so that each cell appears as a small dark colored polygon with a clear center. The zodids measure at least one-third less than those of the last described species, but do not differ in structure as far as I have observed, except that there appear to be fewer stigmata in a row. Trans. Conn. Acap., Vou. XI. 24 Frpruary, 1902. 370 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. The writer collected a number of small colonies of this form under stones near low-water mark at Hungry Bay, May 2\st, 1901. One or two specimens were also found in similar situations at Waterloo, on Castle Harbor, about the same date. None of the specimens examined contained large eggs, though in some the testes were well developed. Diplosoma atropunctatum, n. sp. PuatTe LIT. Ficure 56. Puate LVIII. Ficure 103. Pirate LXII. Fiaure 137. This species is closely related to JD. lactewm, and the writer describes it with some reluctance, as he has but a single specimen. This is a colony about 25™™ across, which was found growing on a coral (Porites) in Harrington Sound, April 30th, 1901, in water about twelve feet deep. The test, both in the living and preserved condition, is perfectly colorless and transparent, allowing the small zooids, which are but little larger than those of D. lactewm, to be seen with the greatest distinctness. This is in strong contrast -to the milky white opaque test of living specimens of the last men- tioned species. The test cavities are also less developed, leaving more test substance than is usual in J). lactewm. The whole abdomen of the zoéid is deeply colored with blackish or dark greenish’ pigment, contained in the mantle cells as described in the last species, and as the thorax is colorless, the abdomens of the zodids are conspicuous as small black dots, and the colony might easily be mistaken for a mass of eggs of some mollusk. I found no noticeable differences in the structure of the zodids by which they could be distinguished from those of D. lacteum. Many contained both large eggs and large testes. Genus Diplosomoides Herdman, 1886. Differs from Diplosoma only in having stellate calcareous spicules in the test. Diplosomoides fragile n. sp. Puate LIT]. Ficures 57 and 58. Puate LXI. Ficure 126. In appearance, this species resembles a Leptoclinum, as it forms very thin, flat, expanded colonies often 60™™ or 80™™ across, of a very pure white color, which is produced by the abundance of minute spicules. These are generally not much over .02™™ in diame- W. @. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 371 ter, and have very short, but often very slender and numerous points, which are usually more or less rounded or broken at the ends, though they may be needle-like. The points are so numerous and short that the spicule appears practically spherical when not much magnified. They greatly resemble those of some forms of the genus . Leptoclinum. In life, the colony is of a purer white color than most of the species of Leptoclinwm found at Bermuda, but pre- served specimens turn slightly yellowish. This species may at once be distinguished from the other members of the family with which it is found associated by the great delicacy of its structure. It breaks or tears at the slightest touch, and is difficult to remove whole from the object on which it grows. This is due to the extensive development of the cavities of the test as already described in Diplosoma. The test is reduced to an upper and lower layer forming the two surfaces of the colony, and a small mass surrounding each zodid, and the fact that it is in all parts quite densely crowded with the spicules renders the thin layers of test substance very brittle. The zoéids are large (1.5"" long) and also of very delicate struc- ture. Their apertures are always distinctly visible on the surface of the colony. Their tissues are yellow or orange in color. The musculature, both of the mantle and of the branchial sae, is very weak. The muscle bands along the dorsal lamina are dis- tinguishable, but the muscular process is rudimentary, if indeed it is developed at all, and the transverse vessels of the branchial sac are not perceptibly muscular. All the vessels of the branchial sac are very slender. There are about a dozen large stigmata in a row on each side. The tentacles are slender and of at least two sizes; I have not determined the number. The stomach wall is exceedingly thin and often becomes folded, but this is probably not its natural condition. The reproductive organs resemble those of Diplosoma. This is a very common species, occurring under stones near low- water mark at various points about the islands. I found it particu- larly abundant at Waterloo, on Castle Harbor, also at Long Bird Island and Coney Island. Genus Echinoclinum, n. gen. Test gelatinous, becoming tough and membranous on the surface and about the zodids. The latter are surrounded by a more or less complete calcareous capsule composed of the test spicules. 372 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. These spicules are tetrahedral in form, with each angle prolonged into a pointed ray or spine, and usually so placed about the zodid that one point is directed radially outward. A few are also scat- tered about in other parts of the test. Zodids with rather large branchial sacs with four rows of stig- mata. Branchial aperture six-lobed, atrial plain. | Echinoclinum verrilli, n. sp. Puate L. Ficures 28, 24 and 25. The largest colony of this species which was obtained measured about 12™™ across and about 8™™ in thickness. The zodids are arranged in branching systems. The test is colorless and very transparent in the preserved speci- mens. I have no notes upon its appearance in life. Though soft and flexible, it is continuous and solid, and no such extensive cayi- ties occur as is usual in Diplosoma. On the surface and immedi- ately around the zodids, where, as already mentioned, most of the spicules are situated, the test is very tough and membranous. Else- where it is soft and gelatinous, and contains only a few scattered spicules, and here and there a few bladder cells. I have not been able to distinguish any muscular processes extending out from the zoéids into the test, but it is almost impos- sible to remove the zodids from the above mentioned tough mem- branous layer of test which surrounds them. It adheres to the mantle very closely at several points. One of these is about the atrial aperture. In addition there are two small areas, one on each side of the posterior part of the thorax, where the mantle and test are very firmly united, but I have made out no vascular processes extending out at these points. Sections of the thorax show that in these places there is a concavity in the contour of ‘the/body wall, St into it, this and a corresponding projection of the common , being the part which adheres to the mantle. The spicules vary much in size, the largest measuring about .15™™ across from point to point. On each side of the thorax of the zodids, these are small groups containing smaller spicules than those found elsewhere. Apparently these are at the points above mentioned where the mantle and test adhere together. In addition to the spicules, the test contains some large, round, yellowish green cells, which are probably symbiotic alge, as well as the usual small test cells. The zodids are small (less than 1™™ in length in the contracted W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 373 state), and pale yellowish in color. The mantle is not noticeably muscular, but there are strong muscles on the transverse vessels of the branchial sac and along each side of the dorsal lamina. There are four rows of a dozen or more rather long stigmata and apparently about a dozen tentacles. Between the thorax and abdo- men the body is constricted into a narrow but rather short peduncle. The mantle is somewhat produced just anterior to the atrial orifice, but hardly sufficiently to be termed a languet. The branchial siphon is short and has six small lobes. The intestine forms a rather small twisted loop, and the stomach is rounded and smooth-walled externally, though slightly ridged on the inner surface in a longitudinal direction. Though I have examined a great number of the zodids, I have not found any with sexual organs developed, but many of them have small buds in the region of the peduncle. Three small colonies were found in 1898, one of which was grow- ing on a specimen of Clavelina oblonga, the other two on a branching alga. None were collected in 1901. Ido not know the exact locality where the specimens were obtained. Family BOTRYLLIDZE Verrill, 1871. Colony thin and expanded or thick and fleshy. Zodids always arranged in systems. Test gelatinous, traversed by branching ves- sels with enlarged terminal bulbs, which are especially numerous near the margins of the colony. Zoobids short-bodied, not divided into thorax and abdomen. Branchial sac large, with numerous stigmata and with several internal longitudinal bars on each side, but no folds. Dorsal lamina a plain membrane. Tentacles usually few. Loop of alimentary canal placed alongside the posterior portion of the branchial sac. Stomach-wall folded longitudinally. A large gastric coecum is present. Reproductive organs (both ovaries and testes) developed on both sides of the body. Budding from wall of peribranchial cavity. Symplegma Herdman presents exceptions to this diagnosis. Genus Botrylloides Milne-Edwards, 1842. Distinguished from Botryllus by having the zodids arranged in extended branching systems instead of small round or oval ones, and from Sarcobotrylloides von Drasche by forming thin instead of thick fleshy colonies. 374 W. G. Vun Name— Bermuda Ascidians. The form of the systems is not a very satisfactory character on which to base a group of full generic rank, and various writers have attempted to attribute to Botrylloides additional distinguishing characters based on the cylindrical form and upright position of the zooids in the colony, as well as on the position of the atrial siphon, which in this genus is said to be placed near the anterior end, while in Botryllus the zodids are of more ovate form, lie horizontally in the colony and have their apertures more widely separated. These characters are of very little significance. The form and position of the zodids is chiefly dependent on the closeness with which they are crowded together in the colony, while the position, form, and length of the atrial siphon depend entirely on the relation of the zodids to the common cloaca, or the branch of the same into which the zoéid discharges, and to which, of course, the atrial siphon must reach. Great variations in these characters may occur within the limits of a single colony, and they are not even of specific value. The genus must be separated from Dotryllus, if separated at all, on the strength of its complex branching systems. As with the Botryllidae of other parts of the world, the Bermuda forms are very variable, both in color and shape, and in the arrange- ment of the zodids in the colony, and it is difficult to determine how many distinct species are really represented. The differences between the extremes of variation are ample for regarding them as distinct species. Yet so many colonies with characters intermediate between those of the types described below are to be met with in a large series of specimens, that the writer does not feel justified in giving the new forms which are here described full specific rank, and in this paper all the Bermuda forms, distinct from each other as the typical examples are, will be treated as subspecies of B. nigrum Herdman. Botryloides nigrum Herdman. Botrylloides nigrum Herdman, Report Voy. Challenger, pt. xxxviii, p. 50. Botrylloides nigrum Herdman, Sluiter, Tunicaten von Siid-Afrika, Zodl., Jahrbiicher, vol. 11, 1897. Puate LIT. Ficure 54. Puate LXI. Ficure 125. To this species, described by Herdman from specimens taken “near the island of Bermuda,” most of the examples obtained can be referred without much question. It is a common species and was found both in 1898 and 1901, and also by Prof. Goode in 1876. — W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 375 It forms flat, incrusting colonies, 2 or 2.5" in thickness, and sometimes 70™™ across. There is great variation in respect to the closeness with which the zodéids are arranged in the colony in differ- ent specimens. Where they are placed close together the zodids are nearly cylindrical and have anearly upright position ; where they are less crowded, they lie more obliquely, with the anterior end turned up, so that the body is curved. There is also great variation in the number and conspicuousness of the test-vessels and their bulbs, and in some colonies the young zodids, or buds, appear between the rows of adults arranged with nearly as great regularity as the adults themselves, but often quite differently colored. In addition to these variations the color varieties are almost innumerable. Not much weight can be placed on such differences in the case of this family. They do not constitute true varieties, but are mere individual peculiarities. The work of Pizon (14) on certain species of Botryllus emphasizes this fact and shows that the colors of the same individual may change from time to time. In the majority of specimens the zodids are colored some shade of purple, purplish brown, or purplish red ; sometimes so dark as to be almost black ; at other times very pale and light colored. When the zodids are deeply tinted the test is usually dark colored and pervaded with more or less of the same tint which predominates in the zodids, so that it loses a good deal of its transparency. In light colored specimens it is often nearly colorless, allowing every detail of the external anatomy of the zodids and the test vessels to be seen with great clearness. The purple pigment which gives the zodids their color is in part diffused through the tissues, but is chiefly contained in cells which occur most abundantly in the mantle near the anterior ends of the zooids. They are also present in other parts of the zodids, especially along the transverse vessels of the branchial sac, and on the walls of the end bulbs of the test-vessels. The purple pigment is also con- tained in many of the blood corpuscles, and in the cells contained in the bulbs of the test-vessels. The extent of its distribution is very variable. In some cases this purple pigment is replaced by a light bluish grey pigment, but in preserved specimens this changes to purple. In addition to this ground color the zoids are usually, though not always, marked with a light colored pigment. It is usually a pecu- culiar and very pure white, which is contained in opaque oval cells of the same size as those containing the ground color. They either 376 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. cover the anterior end of the zodids about the branchial orifice (often obscuring the ground color) or form a ring about it, or in other cases a star-shaped area with about eight rays. Frequently they are scattered over the mantle in small groups, on the bulbs of the test-vessels, and often elsewhere. The white may be replaced by pale greenish, light yellow or (in one specimen) even bright orange. This light colored pigment disappears completely when the animal dies, and the zodids become some shade of purple, purple-red, or blackish, and the test loses most of the color it possessed during life (even where it was quite dark colored) and becomes much more transparent. J Space will not permit of more particular description of the various colors assumed by different specimens, all of which I consider no more than individual variations of one and the same species. It is, in many of its forms, among the most beautiful and brilliantly col- ored of compound ascidians, and the name vigrum is by no means appropriate, though black colonies do occasionally occur. Herdman wrote his description from alcoholic specimens, which are often black or nearly so. There are nearly always small groups of very large round cells with purple or purplish red pigment on the mantle along each side of the endostyle. What their nature or function is Iam unable to say. Such cells occur also in the varieties concolor and planum, described below. The zodids in this species are rather small. In the contracted state in which they occur in preserved specimens they do not average over 1.5™™ in length. The mantle is (for this genus) fairly muscular and the zodids in the contracted state are apt to assume the curved cylindrical form which is well shown in fig. 54 and is rather characteristic of the species. The mantle muscles consist of delicate fibers and are chiefly developed in the dorsal region. The transverse vessels of the branchial sac also have muscle fibers. There are about thirteen rows of stigmata and three internal lon- gitudinal bars on each side. Between each of these there are about three stigmata, but on each side of the dorsal lamina and endostyle there are four or five. The tentacles are eight in number, larger and smaller alternating. The atrial siphon is very large and forms a capacious chamber with a large funnel-shaped opening, the anterior lip of which is prolonged into a languet. The position, form and length of the siphon varies according to the relation of the zodid to W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 37 ~J the common cloacal chamber into which it discharges. It is usually back a considerable distance from the anterior end. The stomach has about eight or ten longitudinal folds and a large ccecum on the side toward the intestine. With this the duct from the glandular organ about the intestine communicates. The tubes of this organ have large dilated extremities. The male reproductive organs consist of a large many-lobed testis on each side, near the posterior end of the branchial sac; just anterior to them the ovaries are located. In many colonies none of the zooids appear to have reproductive organs. Fig. 54 was drawn from such a specimen. This form is very widely distributed at Bermuda, occurring attached to the under side of stones near low water mark, and in deeper water on the lower parts of corals and gorgonians. One of the specimens obtained by Goode was growing on eel grass as is the common habit of Lotryllus gouldii Verrill of the New England coast. Sluiter records this species from South Africa, The internal structure of the zodids in the two following forms does not appear to differ from that of the typical B. nigrum. Var. planum, nov. Puate LIJIT. Figure 55. Puate LIX. Ficure 110. The type specimen was obtained by Professor Verrill in 1898. It covers a number of square centimeters of the surface of a piece of limestone. In the preserved specimen the zodids appear of a dark purplish color. Some of the mantle cells are especially rich in pig- ment, giving the zodids a speckled appearance under the microscope. The peculiarity of the specimen is the greatly flattened and expanded condition of the colony, the zodids lying on their ventral surfaces, well separated from each other, though arranged in the characteris- tic elongated systems of a Botrylloides. The zodids themselves are much flattened and the anterior end is sharply turned up. The mantle is nearly devoid of muscle fibers ; it is much larger than the branchial sac, and the atrial siphon opens far back toward the posterior end. Another specimen, incrusting a piece of coral, was obtained by Prof. Verrill, in 1901, in Harrington Sound. The zodids are purple in color, but lack the deeply pigmented cells in the mantle. In both colonies the test-substance is transparent and nearly colorless, form- ing a very thin expanded layer over the object on which the colony grows. I have no notes-on their colors during life. 378 W. G@. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Var. concolor, nov. Puate LITT. Fieure 53. The colony in this variety resembles that of the typical B. nigrum in form, though I have not seen specimens measuring more than 30 or 40™" across. The zodids are slightly larger, and the mantle- musculature appears to be generally weaker, so that in preserved specimens the zodids are not generally found contracted into the compact cylindrical shape which, as already remarked, is rather char- acteristic of B. nigrum. In life the color is a brilliant orange; the zodids, and to, some extent the test as well, having this color. It mimics quite closely the color of a species of sponge very abundant in the same situations. In specimens preserved in formalin the orange changes to a brown, red-brown, or even purplish. Examples were collected in Harrington Sound, Castle Harbor, and at Somerset Id. It appears to be commoner on the reefs, attached to alge, corals and gorgonians, than it 1s near low-water mark. Var. sarcinum, nov. . Differs from the typical B. nigrum in forming a thick, fleshy colony of gelatinous consistency, with thick rounded edges. The type specimen measures about 50™™ across and is from 4 to 8™™ or more in thickness. The zodids (purple in color in the preserved specimen) exactly resemble those of a typical B. nigrum. The gela- tinous test is yellowish with a purplish tinge. It was obtained by Prof. Verrill in 1898. There are other specimens in the collection which show characters more or less intermediate between this form and the true nigrum. This variety forms a sufficiently thick and massive colony to be placed in the genus Sarcobotrylloides von Drasche, which is distin- | guished from Botrylloides only by the thickness of the colony. The | writer is inclined to question the necessity of recognizing Sarcobo- trylloides, even as a subgenus. Genus Symplegma Herdman, 1886. Symplegma viride Herdman. Symplegma viride Herdman, Report Voy. Challenger, pt. xxxviii, p. 144, pl. Xvili, figs. 7-14. PuaTteE L. FIGurRE 22. Herdman described under this name a specimen, taken by the Challenger expedition “in shallow water near Bermuda,” forming for it a new genus and placing it, though with some doubt, in the W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 379 Distomide. Lahille considered that it should be placed in the Botryllidz, and Herdman in his later work has followed him in this. Only a single colony was obtained, and that, as Herdman says, was in poor condition. As far as the writer is aware, the species has not been found since, though through an oversight it was included in Prof. Verrill’s (17) statement of the species found in 1898. The following details are from Herdman’s description : The colony consists of heads connected by branching peduicles. The heads are narrow at the lower end and taper gradually into the peduncles. ‘The color of the head is a dull green with spots of reddish brown scattered here and there. The peduncle is of a dull greyish yellow color.” (These no doubt were the colors of the pre- served specimen.) Length of head of average size 12™™, greatest thickness 7™™, length of peduncle about 15™™, thickness 3™™. The test is tough and firm. Muscle bands of the mantle not large, but numerous and running in all directions. The sphincters of the siphons are especially strong. The branchial sac is large, with numerous stigmata, and provided with internal longitudinal bars. The dorsal lamina is a plain mem- brane and there are eight tentacles, all of one size. The body of the zodid is not divided into thorax and abdomen. The alimentary and reproductive organs form a mass projecting a short distance beyond the branchial sac. The stomach is folded longitudinally and provided with a ccecum. There are branching vessels in the test, with enlarged terminal bulbs containing corpuscles. Family POLYSTYELIDZ Herdman, 1886. (Polyzoide Michaelsen, 1900.) Colony variable in form, but always without systems, the atrial as well as the branchial aperture of each zodid opening independently on its surface. Test penetrated by branching vessels with enlarged terminal bulbs. Zobids with both apertures four-lobed, if lobes are developed. Branchial sac with many rows of stigmata, with internal longitudi- nal bars, and often with folds. Dorsal lamina a plain membrane. Alimentary loop usually lying alongside the branchial sac. Stomach-wall longitudinally folded. Reproductive organs in the form of polycarps containing either testes or ovaries, or both, attached to the inner wall of the mantle in the peribranchial cavity. They are developed on both sides of the body. 380 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. Method of budding pallial (from wall of peribranchial cavity). The most important work dealing with the classification of the members of this family is that of Michaelsen (12), previous classifi- cations being based upon the form of the colony or other features of little significance. Michaelsen makes the structure of the reproductive organs the chief character in distinguishing the genera. There is no doubt that this is a great advance toward a natural system, and although his innovations in the nomenclature may not be accepted in every instance, he is amply justified in rejecting many of the older and imperfectly characterized genera. I have not, however, been able to include either of the two Ber- muda forms, here described, in any of Michaelsen’s genera. Even if only the structure of the reproductive organs be considered, his defi- nitions would have to be modified (though in one case only slightly) in order to receive them, and I believe that other differences in the anatomy are of sufficient weight to justify the formation of new genera. Michaelsenia, n. gen. Colony incrusting. Test thick and leathery. Both apertures four- lobed. Branchial sae with folds and many internal longitudinal bars. Reproductive organs consist of a number of hermaphrodite poly- carps of rounded or oval form, arranged in two rows (one each side of the endostyle) on the ventral surface of the body, from which they project into the test as papille or tubercles, invested by an evagination of the mantle, to the inner surface of which they are attached. The form for which I have established this genus differs from the genus Styela of the Simple Ascidians in only two essential characters: first, in producing buds and forming colonies ; second, in the above described arrangement of the sexual organs. In the character and appearance of the test, apertures, tentacles, and branchial sac, as well as in many minor particulars, the resemblance to Styela is very striking. It is most closely related to Michaelsen’s genus Polyzoa Lesson as far as the structure of the reproductive organs is concerned, though there the testis consists of but one vesicle in each polycarp. In that genus, moreover, the branchial sac is without folds and has but eight internal longitudinal bars on each side, and the form of the colony is very different. ww) io 2) pd W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Michaelsenia tincta, n. sp. Puate LIV. Ficures 61 and 63. Puate LIX. Ficure 109. The examples found contain only a few zodids, from two or three to a dozen, and do not often measure more than 15™™ across or 3.5™™ in thickness at any point. The surface is finely wrinkled and uneven, often raised over the positions of the zodids, and the edges of the colony are thin and produced some distance beyond the zooids. It is practically free from all incrusting matter. The test-substance is tough and leathery, and opaque, except that about the edges of the colony, or in other places where it is thin and slightly pigmented, it is more or less translucent. The zodids and the test vessels (which have elongated club-shaped bulbs) can usually not be distinguished through it, and in many specimens the number and location of the former can only be seen by the slightly projecting apertures, which do not show their square or four-lobed shape when they are con- tracted, unless the zo6id is removed from the test. The color is a rather dull carmine-red, deeper about the apertures and paler near the edges and in the lower parts of the colony. Where the pigment is scarce, the test becomes yellowish. When sectioned and stained the test is seen to have a fine fibrillar structure. The largest zodids measure from 5 to 6™™ in length and 2 to 2.4™™ across. They lie on the ventral surface, with the anterior end turned more or less abruptly upward, bringing the branchial orifice a little way back from the end, and are much flattened dorso-ventrally. The atrial orifice, which like the branchial is situated at the summit of a low conical projection, is placed at a varying distance from the posterior end. The mantle, especially the dorsal part, is colored a bright carmine by pigment grains contained in its cells. These grains are situated near the periphery of the cells, the central part remaining clear. The mantle-muscles are weak and not gathered into bands. There are a great many slender tentacles of two or three sizes, none of them very long. The branchial sac has three or four distinct folds on each side. On each fold there are about three internal longitudinal bars, and usually one on each intervening space. The internal longitudinal bars are thus situated at unequal distances apart, there being some ‘six or eight stigmata between them in some places and only about two on the folds. The large transverse vessels number about fifteen, but between each pair there is usually a more slender inter- mediate vessel. The stigmata (which are narrow) often run past 382 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. , this intermediate vessel from one large vessel to the next. In other places the stigmata are interrupted by the intermediate vessel. The stomach is long and narrow, deep yellow or brown in color, with many longitudinal folds and a small ccecum on the side toward the intestine. There are a considerable number of short atrial ten- tacles. There are a number of polycarps arranged along each side of the ventral part of the body. They are hermaphrodite, containing two large pyriform or oval testes and a number of ova. Often, as sections of the colonies clearly show, they lie in small papillze or knob-like evaginations of the body-wall which are thus more or less nearly surrounded by the test, and may communicate with the body only by a somewhat constricted neck. It is probably on account of these, as well as because of the large and strong vascular processes arising from the posterior ventral part of the body, that it is very difficult to remove the zodids from the test entire. Specimens of this species preserved in formalin retain their natural color for a considerable time. In its character and appearance a colony closely resembles a flattened example of some of the simple ascidians of the family Cynthiide, with which it is found associated, though the numerous apertures serve to distinguish it. The colony looks more like an aggregation of small simple ascidians than a com- pound ascidian. This species is found on the under side of stones near low water mark, nowhere in great abundance, but widely distributed, and it was collected in 1901 at nearly all the points about the islands where much collecting was done. Diandrocarpa, n. gen. Colony incrusting. Apertures elliptical, without lobes. Tenta- cles few. Branchial sac simple ; no folds and few internal longitudinal bars. No small intermediate transverse vessels. Loop of alimentary canal large, placed beside the branchial sac. Reproductive organs consist of a single mass on each side of the body, each with two large pyriform or lobed testes and a group of eges. I form this genus for the species described below, which differs too much from the type of Gynandrocarpa Michaelsen to be placed in the same genus with it. (The type of Michaelsen’s genus is W. G@. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 383 Goodsiria placenta Herdman, which forms pedunculated colonies and has a folded branchial sac with numerous longitudinal bars.) Synstyela monocarpa Sluiter, from South Africa, which is included by Michaelsen in Gynandrocarpa, is however closely related to the form here described, and is better placed in this new genus than in Gynandrocarpa, and I have so defined the genus that it may be included. Possibly one or two other species might also find their place here. Synstyela Giard is rightly rejected by Michaelsen as too poorly defined to be certainly recognized. Diandrocarpa botrylopsis, n. sp. Puate LIV. Ficure 68. PuaTtE LIX. Fieures 120 and 121. Puate LX. Ficure 123. The colonies are very thin, seldom averaging over 2™™ thick, though the surface is slightly raised over the position of each zodid. In outline they are very irregular, but sometimes measure 60™™ or more in the longest direction. Frequently they break up into a number of small colonies, which may remain slightly connected. The test is very soft and gelatinous with a slightly tougher outer layer. It is transparent and almost colorless after death, but in the living and expanded animal it has more or less of the dark color of the zodids. The reason for this is not clear, but it may be due in part to greater distension of the test vessels with colored corpuscles in the living animal. These vessels are quite numerous, especially in the marginal parts of the colony, and have club-shaped terminal bulbs, but the latter are not proportionately very large. The zodids reach about 2.5™™ in length and 1.3"" in width, or slightly larger when fully expanded. They lie on their ventral sur- faces, and have the branchial aperture close to the anterior end and the atrial near the middle of the body. The apertures project but little and are elliptical, with the long diameter parallel to the long axis of the body, and without lobes, but sometimes with minutely denticulate edges. Their color (due chiefly to corpuscles contained in their vessels and in the mantle) is blackish, or some shade of dark purplish brown or brown, sometimes even dark olive. During life the branchial aperture is surrounded by an area of white pigment, or sometimes greenish white, pale salmon, or pale yellow. This has an irregularly stellate outline, and there is also considerable of the light pigment over the region of the ganglion and in small dots at various points on the mantle and on the bulbs of the test-vessels. This pigment 384 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. mostly disappears when the animal dies, and the dark pigment of the test and vessels usually becomes lighter and of a more purple tint. The whole coloration is strongly suggestive of the family Botryl- lidee. The zoéids taper toward the anterior end, and have the posterior end broad and rounded. They are more or less flattened in a dorso- ventral direction, or somewhat obliquely. The musculature of the mantle is chiefly transverse, but weak and inconspicuous. The ten- tacles are few in number and are probably of two sizes, placed alternately. The branchial sac extends practically the whole length of the body and conforms to its shape. The dorsal lamina is a plain membrane. There are four, possibly five, internal longitudinal bars on each side, and four or five stigmata in the meshes of the network thus formed. The transverse vessels appear to be of one size only, but the branchial sac is somewhat irregular and the transverse vessels of the two sides do not meet the dorsal lamina exactly opposite*each other. There are about 13 or 14 rows of stigmata. The stomach and intestine lie on the left side of the branchial sac. The short, curved cesophagus extends ventrally and to the left, and opens into the stomach, which is grooved or folded longitudinally with about ten folds, and lies with its axis directed obliquely for- ward and somewhat ventrally. The cardiac end is the smaller. From the stomach the intestine, which is in this region of large diameter, proceeds forward and dorsally, then posteriorly and finally bends abruptly forward to form the rectum, which is of smaller diameter. The glandular tubes which surround the intestine have large dilated ends. I have not been able to determine that any atrial tentacles are present. The reproductive glands are generally further forward on the left side than on the right. On each side there are two large pyriform testes placed one behind the other, with their small ends together, and the ovary, which was small in all the specimens examined, was situated between or close against the testes. The test vessels arise from the posterior part of the ventral side of the zooid. This is a moderately common species, and was collected in several places, especially, however, at Coney Island, and Waterloo on Castle Harbor. It was obtained both in 1898 and 1901, as well as by Prof. Goode in 1876-77, and generally grows on the under side of stones or other solid objects near or below low-water mark. W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. 38: Or ASCIDIZZ SIMPLICES. Fixed (rarely unattached and never free swimming) ascidians which do not reproduce by budding or form colonies. The branchial sac is enormously developed, occupying the greater portion of the body and is provided with a very large number of stigmata. The viscera lie alongside the branchial sac, though they may pro- ject behind it to a very slight extent. This group is usually considered a sub-order. Family HALOCYNTHIIDZ. (Cynthiidz Lac. Duth., 1877.) Body usually attached, sometimes stalked. Test membranous, coriaceous, or sometimes cartilaginous, some- times incrusted with sand or other substances. Branchial and atrial apertures usually four-lobed. Branchial sac longitudinally folded, with internal longitudinal bars, which do not bear papillee. Tentacles simple or compound. Intestine on left side. Reproductive organs attached to the inner surface of the mantle, on one or both sides of the body. The name of the principal genus of this family was changed by Verrill to Halocynthia, as the name Cynthia was preoccupied, hav- ing been used for a genus of insects.* This change has not been generally adopted, but appears to be required. The family name requires a corresponding change. Polycarpa Heller, 1877. Body sessile or more or less distinctly pedunculated. Branchial sac with about four folds on each side. Tentacles sim- ple. Dorsal lamina a plain membrane. Reproductive organs consist of numerous small hermaphrodite gonads distributed on the inner surface of the mantle, on both sides of the body. * Bulletin No. 15, U. S. Nat. Museum, p. 147, 1879. Trans. Conn. Acap., Vou. XI. 25 Fresruary, 1902. 386 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. Polycarpa obtecta Traustedt. Polycarpa obtecta Traustedt, Vestindiske Ascidiz Simplices, Aftryk af Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren, i Kjobenhavn, p. 51, pl. v, figs. 7-8, plate vi, fig. 15, 1882. Polycarpa obtecta Sluiter, Tuniciers receullis en 1896 par la ‘‘ Chazalie,” Mém. Soe. Zoél. France, vol. xi, p. 11. Polycarpa multiphiala Verrill, Additions to the Tunicata and Molluscoidea of the Bermudas, these Trans., vol. x, part 2, page 591, 1900; vol. xi, pl. ix, fig. ‘7, 1901. Puate LVII. Ficures 88, 89 and 92 to 94 inclusive. Puatm LXIII. Ficurss 140 and 144. Puare LXIV. Ficures 151 and 153. Though the type of P. multiphiala Verrill differs in some points from Traustedt’s description and figures of the West Indian form, other specimens from Bermuda agree with the latter more closely, and I do not think there is sufficient reason for regarding the two species as distinct. The body usually measures somewhat more in length (that is antero-posteriorly) than in breadth (dorso-ventrally) and is, when not distended with water, decidedly compressed in a lateral direction. The test is tough, yet soft and flexible, rather thin toward the pos- terior end of the body, but thickened and much toughened near the anterior end, so that the siphons, though in reality fairly well devel- oped (as may be seen when the animal is removed from the test), usually appear very short. The surface is sometimes partly covered with sand and shell fragments, in other cases bare. The inner sur- face is smooth and nacreous. The color of the test is a dirty yellowish or brownish gray, often darkening to red, brown, or purplish brown about the apertures. The animal is usually attached by a very small area near the pos- terior end, which may be thickened or even produced into a very rudimentary peduncle. Sometimes several individuals are attached together in a loosely connected group. The largest specimens found do not much exceed 45™™ in greatest length. They are somewhat less in breadth, and not over 12 to 15™™ in thickness when not distended with water. The mantle is smooth and rather thin, of a uniform dark brown color. The rather narrow muscle-bands run transversely, longitu- dinally and obliquely, forming a rather open and regular network. The apertures are distinctly four-lobed. The branchial siphon is the longest. EE Ee W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 387 The tentacles are long and more or less brown-pigmented. Ver- rill gives 40 as the number in the type specimen of P. multiphiala, but this number is sometimes exceeded. They vary somewhat in size, but no very regular arrangement, except an alternation of larger and small ones, is to be distinguished. Traustedt gives 36-40 as the number of tentacles. The dorsal tubercle is large ; the opening is horseshoe-shaped with incurved, but not spirally rolled; horns. (This was the condition in several specimens examined and agrees with Traustedt’s description). Traustedt states that there are 4 folds on the left and 5 on the right side. Sluiter mentions one specimen with 4 on each side. This I have found to be the case in most of the Bermuda specimens examined, though in one case a rudimentary fifth fold was present on the right side, next to the dorsal lamina. The folds are generally wide. The one nearest the dorsal lamina is the smallest. The internal longitudinal bars are very wide and flattened. They are quite numerous, about four or five occurring between the folds, and sometimes as many as 10 or 1l on one side of a fold. They are sep- arated by 10 or 12 stigmata in the spaces between the folds (14 near the endostyle). This number diminishes to 3 or 4 or less near the summit of the folds, where the bars are so close together that when flattened down against the branchial sac they overlap each other for most of their width, covering the intervening stigmata entirely. The transverse vessels are of various sizes, but are not arranged with great régularity. Small transverse vessels crossing the stigmata without interrupting them are generally wanting. The alimentary loop is of the same color as the mantle and branchial sac. It forms in some cases a moderately large, open loop; in others a much narrower one (see figs. 92, 93 and 94). The stomach is small. In all cases the alimentary loop is confined to the posterior half of the body. The gonads are distributed to the number of 20 or more on each side of the body. They are flask-shaped bodies, and are so placed that their orifices are directed toward the atrial siphon. The central part of each is occupied by the ovary, and the oviduct opens at the extreme end of the gonad. The sperm-duct opens on a separate papilla or projection a little distance from the end, and is formed by the union of two branches, one of which runs along each side of the ovary and receives the ducts from the numerous small pyriform testes. (Figs. 88 and 89.) In these figures the ovaries are not fully ripe, and the gonads have an elongated phial-like form, This is one 388 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. of the characters upon which Verrill based the species multiphiala. When the ovaries are ripe and are distended with large eggs, the gonads become thick and swollen, and resemble in shape those shown in Traustedt’s figure, though I have not found them developed to such an extent in any of the Bermuda specimens as was evidently the case in the individual figured by the latter author. This species was collected both in 1898 and 1901. I obtained a few individuals at Coney Island and Long Bird Island, but it appears to be more common on the reefs than along the shore. A number of large specimens were found washed up on the beach, but still alive, at a place known as the “ Scaur,” on Somerset Island, May 5th, 1901. Styela MacLeay, 1824. Body attached, sessile, rarely pedunculated. Test usually coriaceous. Branchial sac with four folds on each side, or less. Dorsal lamina a plain membrane. Tentacles simple. Reproductive organs on both sides of the body, attached to the inner surface of the mantle. Ovaries consist of a small number of elongated glandular tubes. Testes numerous, variously placed in relation to the ovaries. Styela partita (Stimpson), var. bermudensis, nov. S. partita: PunateE LV. Fiaure 69. Puate LVI. Ficures 76 to 78 inclusive. Puate LXIV. Ficures 147 and 149. 8S. partita var. bermudensis: PLATE LV. Ficures 70 to 75 inclusive. Puate LXIII. Ficures 142 and 143. In Prof. Verrill’s list (17) two species of Stye/a are mentioned as having been found at Bermuda; S. purtita (Stimpson), a species originally described from Boston Harbor, and occurring on the Atlantic Coast of the United States from Massachusetts southward, and the Mediterranean species, S. canopoides Heller (4), which has also been recorded from the West Indies by Traustedt (16). After an examination of about 25 specimens of this genus col- lected at various points about the Bermuda Islands in 1898 and 1901, including those on which Prof. Verrill based his list, I have come to a somewhat different conclusion. The Bermuda specimens vary a great deal in nearly every character, but I cannot satisfy myself from the material available that more than one species is really represented. W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. 389 None of the specimens correspond exactly to specimens of S. partita from Massachusetts (Wood’s Hole); though some bear a very strong external resemblance to them, even to the “alternate striping of red and white in the apertures,” mentioned by Verrill, which is characteristic of S. partita; but as the differences are hardly tangible enough to base a species on, it seems best to consider the Bermuda form as a subspecies of S. partita. The specimen in Prof. Verrill’s collection, marked S. canopoides, does not differ specifically from the others, though it certainly does correspond well with Heller’s (4) and Traustedt’s (16) description and figures of that species. This raises the question as to the status of S. partita (Stimpson) as a species, and of its relations to S. canopoides and other European forms. Metcalf (11) has expressed the opinion that the New Eng- land form is only a variety of Styela aggregata of Northern Europe. He has not, however, given any detailed statement of his reasons for this belief. Unquestionably the two species are closely allied, but if the New England form is only a variety of a European species, it would seem more reasonable to regard it as a variety of S. cano- poides, rather than of S. aggregata, especially as the latter is a northern species, while S. partita is distinctly southern in its distri- bution. This is, however, a point which I do not feel in a position to decide without a considerable series of European specimens for comparison, and in the present paper I shall confine myself to the consideration of the relations between the Bermuda and New Eng- land forms. Though Cynthia (Styela) partita was described half a century or more ago, no account or figures of its internal anatomy have been published as far as I am aware.* The following details are from specimens taken at Wood’s Hole, Mass., in July, 1901. They were growing attached to the piles of a wharf, in large masses (sometimes 8 across), which contained as many as a dozen individuals closely crowded together. The attachment was by the posterior end of the body. Where individuals grow singly, they are often attached by the whole ventral surface, or by a large part of it. In such speci- mens the branchial siphon may be a little back from the anterior end of the body. The body tapers rather rapidly at the anterior end, and the atrial siphon is placed well forward and also directed more or less ante- * Except Professor Verrill’s figures of the gonads in this volume (pl. ix, figs. 8, a, 6, c), 1901. 390 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda -Ascidians. riorly. The test is tough and coriaceous, of a dirty yellowish color, becoming a purplish brown or red toward the anterior end of the body. It is not very thick at any point. On the outer surface it is finely wrinkled ; within it is smooth and glistening. The largest of these specimens does not exceed 30™™ in length, and most of the individuals are considerably smaller. When removed from the test the body is ovate, with both the siphons near oneend, The mantle is of a yellowish color, and rather thick and opaque, with numerous longitudinal muscle-bands, but few conspicuous bands running in other directions. The internal organs cannot be seen very readily through the mantle. The tentacles vary in number in different specimens. As a rule the larger the specimen the more tentacles. : The individual shown in figure 78 had hardly over 30, those shown in figures 76 and 77 had from 40 to 50. The tentacles are of several sizes. Sometimes they are arranged with some regularity ; one tentacle of a given size being placed midway between two of the next larger size and so on; but this arrangement is not very strictly adhered to. Often those of the smallest size will be wanting in many of the places where, according to the above scheme, they should occur, or they may be represented by a mere tubercle, so that it is hard to say whether it should be counted as a tentacle or not. No doubt as the individual increases in size these grow out into tentacles. The dorsal tubercle is variable in size and form, and its orifice had a different shape in each specimen examined, though always some modification of the U-form. The ends were not spirally coiled in any case. Evidently the form of the dorsal tubercle will not do as a specific character in this genus, if indeed it is of much value in any other genus of this family, which I am inclined to doubt. The branchial sac has four distinct folds. These vary in size rela- tively to the interspaces in different individuals. Figure 69 shows a section extending clear across one side of the sac near the middle of the body. (Toward the ends of the body, the sac is more contracted and the number of stigmata between the bars becomes smaller.) It is taken from the individual shown in fig. 77, a fully adult and fairly large specimen. In this it will be seen that there are about 10 stigmata in the largest meshes in the interspaces bétween the folds (14 each side of the endostyle and 8 each side of the dorsal lamina). In the dorsal part of the sac, the bars are more crowded, and the maximum number of stigmata in a mesh is about eight. The first fold begins at the third bar from the endostyle and there are four W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 391 bars between the last fold and the dorsal lamina. There are from seven to ten bars between the base and summit of a fold, varying according to its breadth. The transverse vessels are of four or five sizes: the smallest cross the stigmata at their middle point without interrupting them. In general they are arranged according to the same scheme as the ten- tacles, a vessel of a given size being located midway between two of the next larger size, but many irregularities occur. The transverse vessels become thicker as the dorsal lamina is approached. The above may be taken as the average condition of the branchial sac in a fully adult specimen. Considerable individual variation occurs in the distribution and number of internal longitudinal bars on the folds and interspaces, and in the number of stigmata in the meshes formed by them. In many examples it averages one or two less than in the specimen shown in fig. 69. Figs. 147 and 149 show a part of the sac of such a specimen, Such variations are merely individual peculiarities. In addition, there are also differences due to the age of the animal. The branch- ial sac in the individual shown in fig. 78 did not differ materially in structure from those of larger specimens, but when still smaller and evidently immature specimens are examined, the structure of the sac is found to be more or less simplified. One or more of the folds may be wanting or present only in a rudimentary condition, and the number of internal longitudinal bars, as well as of the stigmata, becomes reduced. The intestinal loop is small and the intestine doubles back so that it comes in contact with the stomach near the middle of that organ, or a little posterior to the middle. The rectum is long and its open- ing has about a dozen rounded lobes, or more strictly, plications of the edge. The stomach is of a brownish orange color, and has from 18 to nearly 30 longitudinal folds in its wall, the number varying according to the age and size of the individual. The ovaries consist of stout glandular tubes, usually two on each side (one of which may be forked). They pursue a more or less crooked course from near the endostyle (on the left side from near the intestine) and end near the atrial siphon. The sperm ducts accom- pany them and the openings are close beside those of the oviducets. In some specimens both orifices may be seen to have a lobed or pli- cated margin similar to that of the rectum, but the lobes are smaller, The testes are elongated, more or less branched organs of small size with enlarged ends. They are arranged along each side of the ova- 392 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. ries in varying numbers, and communicate with the sperm duct which follows the ovary by slender connecting ducts. Usually the larger the individual the more numerous and more extensively branched are the testes, though this is not always the case. After this description of the New England form it will be suffi- cient to mention the particulars in which the Bermuda variety differs from it. In the first place, it is of considerably smaller size, the largest specimen obtained measuring 22™" by 10™™. Most of them were hardly more than half this size. It is not unlikely, however, that if the collections had been made later in the season, larger specimens might have been found. In external form it appears to vary more than the typical partita. It is attached either by a small area near the posterior end or by a part or the whole of the ventral surface, and in the latter case the siphons are both situated on the dorsal surface. The character of the surface of the test is very variable; it is generally roughest near the apertures, which are usually more or less prominent, but whether the ridges and wrinkles of the surface are large or small, regularly or irregularly disposed, low and rounded or prominent and sharp-edged, appears to be a character of no specific value. The color is generally a more or less reddish or brownish yellow, or grayish yellow, becoming brown or red on the upper surface, espe- cially about the siphons. The colors are brighter and the test pro- portionately thicker and of a more cartilaginous character than in the New England specimens. - The striping of the apertures, which many specimens show in common with the typical partita, has been mentioned above, As figs. 71 to 75 indicate, the form of the body and length and position of the siphons are very variable. The mantle is thinner, less muscular, and more transparent, though of a deeper yellow color in most cases, and the tentacles are rather more numerous, but the branchial sac does not appear to differ essentially from that of New England specimens of similar size. The more usual form of the orifice of the dorsal tubercle is a U or horseshoe-shape, with one horn curved inward and posteriorly, alongside the other, but not spirally coiled. Considerably more complex forms occur, as is also the case in the true partita. The reproductive organs are similar, but the testes are fewer and often are not branched at all, but merely simple elongated bodies. This form was found in many localities about the islands and on : W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 393 the reefs, attached to stones and corals. It is nowhere very abund- ant, nor did I ever find many individuals growing together or near together. Among the places where it was obtained were Coney and Long Bird Islands, Somerset Island, Harrington Sound, and Water- loo, Castle Harbor. One specimen was obtained at Hungry Bay. Genus Halocynthia Verrill, 1879. (Cynthia Savigny, 1816.) Body sessile or very nearly so, sometimes incrusted with sand. Both apertures 4-lobed. Test coriaceous, rarely cartilaginous, no spicules. Branchial sac with 6 or more longitudinal folds on each side. Ten- tacles compound. Dorsal lamina a continuous but sometimes toothed membrane, or it may be provided with a series of languets. Intestine on left side forming a rather wide loop. Reproductive organs developed on both sides. Halocynthia rubrilabia Verrill. Halocynthia rubrilabia Verrill, Additions to the Tunicata and Molluscoidea of the Bermudas, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., vol. x, p. 589, fig. 7, 1900. Puate LVI. Ficure 83. Puate LVI. Ficures 86 and 90. Puatre LXII. FIGURE 133. Puate LXIV. Ficures 150 and 182. Body swollen, oblong or ovate, usually longer than high, attached by the entire ventral surface or by a larger or smaller area near the posterior end which may be produced into a rudimentary peduncle. Siphons of variable length, widely separated, the branchial generally longer than the atrial. Size 35 to 50™™ long, 25 to 30™™ high, 20 to 25™™ wide. Test thick and firm (in many specimens remarkably so), deeply and irregularly wrinkled, in large specimens often so covered with extraneous matter that its reddish color shows only faintly. | Aper- tures similar, 4-lobed, the test about them roughly nodulose or warty. Mantle very muscular, especially on the right side; the muscle bands, of which the longitudinal are the most conspicuous, form a rather irregular, close, opaque network. Many oblique as well as transverse bands occur also. The mantle is yellow with a reddish tinge, usually becoming bright red on the siphons. Tentacles all simply pinnate, about 20 in number and of various sizes; the larger ones number about a dozen and are thick, tapering to a point and provided with a row of simple pinnz along each side. Dorsal tubercle U-shaped, with more or less spirally coiled horns, which may be both incurved or both curved to the right or left. 394 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. The branchial sac has 6 wide folds on each side separated by nar- row interspaces on which there are but four or five internal longitu- dinal bars. There are, however, about 7 or 8 bars on the spaces each side of the endostyle and dorsal lamina. The bars are wide and flattened and placed near together, being separated by only four or five stigmata in the spaces between the folds and by a less number on the folds. Between the base and summit of the folds there are sometimes as many as 14 or 15 bars. The stigmata are short and rather wide. The transverse vessels are mostly of about the same size with an occasional much larger one. In addition there are the usual fine ves- sels which cross the middle of the stigmata. There is often much red pigment on the vessels of the sac. The dorsal lamina is provided with a series of slender tentacle-like languets. Prof. Verrill states that the anus has about 12 lobes. This is not of value as a specific character. One specimen had but 4 barely percep- tible lobes. The intestine forms a broad loop. The stomach is but little enlarged and is partly covered by the large greenish hepatic gland which lies dorsal to it. The reproductive glands are irregularly lobulated or foliated bodies arranged along each side of the genital ducts. When much enlarged they are so crowded that their serial arrangement is not very apparent. On the left side one series of the glands lies within the intestinal loop. Another set lies along the dorsal side of the intestine, the duct following close along the intestine and the glands lying only along one side of it, while in the case of those which lie within the loop, as well as the single set which is present on the right side of the body, they lie on each side of the duct. This appears to be the commonest member of the family at Ber- muda, at least in shallow water, where it is found adhering to stones, shells, corals, ete. Halocynthia riiseana (Traustedt) var. munita, nov. PuaTE LVI. Ficure 84. PuatE LVII. Ficures 85 and 87. PuaTe LXIII. Ficure 141. In addition to HZ. rubrilabia there is another species of the genus found at Bermuda, but it is much less common. It was only poorly represented by one or two small specimens in Prof. Verrill’s collec- tion and he considered it identical with Traustedt’s West Indian species, Cynthia Riiseana. In 1901, I obtained three good sized specimens, of which the largest measures 28" by 25™™. The others W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 395 were not much smaller. They were growing attached to stones along the shores of Coney Island and Long Bird Island. From these, though the material is too scanty to give a satisfactory idea of the individual variations which specimens of this species are likely to exhibit, I believe that the Bermuda form is sufficiently dif- ferent from the West Indian one to justify its description, provi- sionally at least, as a new variety. The body is ovate, slightly longer than deep, and decidedly com- pressed laterally. The test is not thick; it is soft and flexible, light colored, and would be translucent were it not for the dense coating of sand and shell fragments which cover not only the surface, but are more or less buried in the test substance. The area of attach- ment is small. The siphons are wide apart in two specimens, in the other they are rather near together. They are rather short in all eases. The appearance of the animals is rather that of a Molgula than one of the family to which they really belong. The mantle is thin and more or less transparent with weak mus- eulature. In one specimen the tips of the siphons are pink. None of the other specimens show any red color on any part of the body. In all these particulars the examples differ from Traustedt’s de- scription, in which the test is described as leatherly with a wrinkled surface, and the mantle musculature as very strong. There are about a dozen large tentacles beside some smaller ones. They differ greatly from those of HZ rubrilabia, the largest ones being bipinnate (fig. 84). The dorsal tuberele, in the specimen in which I examined it, had a U-shaped aperture with one horn incurvyed, but not sufficiently to form a spiral. The dorsal lamina is provided with numerous tentacular languets. They begin a little way back from the anterior end, the lamina being plain for a little distance. As in the last described form, there are six branchial folds on each side. There are, however, fewer internal longitudinal bars (I counted only ten or eleven on one side of one of the longest folds) and they are separated by 7 or 8 or even 9 stigmata in the meshes on the interspaces between the folds, instead of 4 or 5 as in HZ. rubrilabia. The stigmata are also longer and narrower than in that species, but in other respects the branchial sac resembles that of AZ. rubrilabia. The intestinal loop is rather narrower than in that species and the reproductive organs differ, the gonads being spherical though arranged in a similar manner along each side of the genital ducts, with which they communicate by short branch ducts. There is only one series of reproductive organs on each side. On the left side it lies within the intestinal loop. 396 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. Microcosmus Heller, 1877. Distinguished from Halocynthia by the plain, untoothed dorsal lamina, and by the narrow intestinal loop. Microcosmus miniatus Verrill. Microcosmus miniatus Verrill, Additions to the Tunicata and Molluscoidea of the Bermudas, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., vol. x, p. 590, 1900. Puate LVI. Fiagure 79. Puate LVI. Ficures 91 and 95. Puate LXII. Figures 129 and 130. Puate LXIV. Fuicure 148. Test more or less completely red or dull orange-red externally, rather thick and tough, somewhat cartilaginous. In adult specimens it is much wrinkled and raised (especially on the dorsal surface and about the apertures) into prominent ridges with sharp rough edges. Young specimens are much smoother. The shape is ovate, more or less elongated; the apertures are widely separated. The attachment is by an area of considerable extent on the ventral side, generally near the posterior end. In external appearance this species closely resembles Halocynthia rubrilabia, described above, but is usually colored more intensely and extensively red than that species, and the body is often somewhat more elon- gated. Internally the test is smooth and pearly and less deeply colored than on the outside. Size of the largest specimen, 50 by 35 by 25™™. Removed from the test, the animal is ovate with very widely sep- arated and divergent siphons of very variable size and length in different specimens, both four-lobed. The mantle, especially near the apertures, is more or less tinged with red. Its muscles, stronger on the dorsal part of the body, are gathered into very distinct and mod- erately thick bands, which for the most part cross each other nearly at right angles and form a rather open network, so that the internal organs are more or less distinctly visible through the mantle. The tentacles are bipinnately branched. There are about 8 or 10 larger ones alternating with others of smaller size and between them are a variable number of still smaller ones. Even the smallest are somewhat branched. The aperture of the dorsal tubercle had spirally incurved horns in the specimens examined. The number and arrangement of the folds of the branchial sae proved to be quite constant ina number of individuals of various sizes from about 15™™ in length up to individuals of full size. There are nine folds on each side of the sac, but the last one (that nearest the W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. ee) es) ~r endostyle) usually reaches only one-quarter or one-third of the dis- tance back from the anterior end, and is often so rudimentary that it is easily overlooked. It is apt to be smaller on the left than on the right side of the body. The eighth fold is generally fairly large and of full length. As arule there are four or five internal longitudinal bars in the spaces between the folds and these are separated by from 5 to 8 stigmata. Along one side of a fold, from the base to the summit, there may be a dozen bars (if the fold is a large one), and the num- ber of stigmata between them diminishes from about four near the base to three or two at the summit. The transverse vessels are numerous and rather stout, and the stigmata consequently are not very greatly elongated. There are various sizes of the transverse vessels but apparently no regular scheme in their arrangement. The smallest ones usually cross the stigmata without interrupting them. The larger ones have more or less conspicuous membranes attached to them, The intestinal loop is very long and narrow, and the two portions lie in contact with each other for the greater part of the distance. The two dark colored hepatic glands lie close against and partially covering the stomach. The reproductive organs consist of about four double clusters of follicles lying along and extending each side of a slender curved duct, which runs toward the atrial aperture. On the left side one group of follicles lies within the bend of the intestinal loop, the others outside of and dorsal to it and anterior to the rectum. Fairly common on the reefs and attached to the under side of stones along the shores. Collected both in 1898 and 1901. This species is closely allied to the West Indian species MZ. varie- gatus Heller, which is also described and figured in Traustedt’s (16) work on the West Indian Simple Ascidians. That species has from 8 to 10 branchial folds, of which three are short and only reach a part of the distance toward the posterior end of the sac. According to Traustedt’s figure, it also has very large siphons, but this is a char- acter which varies not only in different individuals, but is largely determined by the state of contraction of the specimen, and would hardly serve to separate the species; while the differences in color are easily explained by the fact that Heller and Traustedt undoubt- edly wrote their descriptions from faded alcoholic specimens. The condition of the branchial folds seems, therefore, to be the chief dis- tinguishing character. I have found this to be practically con- stant in a number of specimens of the present species. 398 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. Family ASCIDIIDZ Herdman, 1880. Body usually sessile, rarely pedunculated. Branchial aperture gen- erally 8-lobed ; atrial generally 6-lobed. Test gelatinous or cartila- ginous, rarely chitinous or horny. Branchial sac without folds. Internal longitudinal bars present and usually papillated. Stigmata straight or curved. Tentacles simple. Alimentary canal on one side of the branchial sac, sometimes extending posteriorly beyond it to a slight extent. Reproductive organs placed close against or within the intestinal loop. Genus Ascidia Linn., 1767. Body attached, sessile, rarely pedunculated; surface bare or incrusted with sand. Branchial and atrial apertures placed far apart, usually 8-lobed and 6-lobed respectively. ; Test cartilaginous, membranous, or gelatinous, soft or hard, usually crowded with bladder-cells. Branchial sac sometimes minutely plicated. Stigmata straight. Internal longitudinal bars generally papillated. Dorsal lamina a continuous membrane, which may be provided with transverse ribs or with teeth. It is continued behind the cso- phageal aperture. Alimentary canal and reproductive organs on the left side of the body. Ascidia atra Lesueur. Ascidia atra Lesueur, Descriptions of several new species of Ascidia, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 2, pl. i, fig. 2, 18238. Ascidia nigra Sayv.; Herdman, Prelim. Rep. Challenger, Proc. Royal Soe. Edinb., vol. ix, pp. 460 and 466, 1880. Phallusia atra Lesueur ; Traustedt, Vestindiske Ascidiae Simplices, Aftryk af Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren. i Kjobenhayn, p. 22, pl. iv, fig. 6, and pl. v, fig. 17, 1881. Ascidia nigra Sav.; Herdman, Rep. Voy. Challenger (Zoél.), vol. vi, part xvii, p. 210, 1882. Ascidia atra Lesueur ; Sluiter, Tuniciers recueillis dans la Mer des Antilles, etc., Mém. Soc. Zoél. de France, vol. 11, p. 7, 1898. Puate LXIII. Ficures 138 and 139. The body is only moderately elongated, with large, anteriorly directed siphons which often have more than the normal number of lobes to the apertures. It is usually attached by the posterior end, W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 399 but sometimes by the left side. Its most conspicuous character is the abundant blue-black pigment which colors the test and many of the internal organs as well. In very young specimens the test is nearly colorless and transparent, but the dark pigment begins to appear while the individual is still very small. The largest specimen obtained at Bermuda measured about 70x30™™, In the West Indies it attains a considerably larger size. The branchial sac tapers posteriorly. The internal longitudinal bars are provided with curved papillzee somewhat similar to those of A. curvata Traustedt illustrated below, but rather longer and more curved. They have a narrow membrane attached to the concave side. According to Traustedt the papille are bifid at the extremity. This does not appear to be common in the Bermuda specimens. There are about five or six stigmata in a mesh, and the sac exhibits minute undulations or plications between the internal longitudinal bars. The transverse vessels alternate in size. In addition there are much thicker ones at intervals. The tentacles are numerous and slender, of several sizes, arranged with some degree of regularity. The dorsal tubercle generally has a U-shaped opening. This species is common on the reefs and at a little distance much resembles a kind of sponge which abounds there. As already men- tioned, the individuals found were of small size compared to those occurring in the West Indies. It is questionable whether this form is distinct from Phallusia nigra Savigny, a European and Red Sea species. As far as I am aware, the only distinction between the two is that the European form has small intermediate papillz on the internal longitudinal bars, midway between the transverse vessels. Both Traustedt and Sluiter mention their absence in the West Indian form, and I have failed to find them, even in the largest of the Bermuda specimens which I examined, Herdman (6), though aware of Traustedt’s observation, identifies the Bermuda form with Savigny’s species, and mentions intermediate papillz as present in parts of the branchial sac. He does not, how- ever, expressly state that he found them in American specimens, and later may have changed his opinion, as in his Revised Classification of the Tunicata (7) he lists A. nigra Savigny and A. atra Lesueur as distinct species. Phallusia violucea Gould, from Rio Janiero, Brazil, may be identical with this species.* * U.S. Exploring Expedition, Molluska and Shells, p. 495, fig. 610. 400 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Ascidia curvata Traustedt. Ascidia curvata Traustedt, Vestindiske Ascidiz Simplices, Aftryk af Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren. i Kjobenhayn, p. 25, pl. iv, figs. 8, 9, and 10, and pl. v, fig. 19, 1881. PuateE LVI. Ficures 80, 81 and 82. Puate LXIII. Ficures 145and 146. The body is much more elongated than in the last species and tapers gradually toward the anterior end. It is strongly flattened laterally. The atrial siphon is generally situated behind the middle of the body. Both siphons are usually long and often turned to the right, the animal being generally attached by the entire left surface. Great variations in the external form of the body are common. The largest specimen measures about 50™™ in length and half as much in a dorso-ventral direction. The test is greyish or practically colorless and transparent, soft and gelatinous, moderately thick on the right side but very thin and easily torn on the left side. Its surface may be smooth and glossy, allowing much of the internal structure to be seen, or it may be wrinkled or in some cases so incrusted with sand and shell fragments that nothing can be seen through it. The apertures generally have about the number of lobes characteristic of the genus, but they are not readily counted in the contracted state of the orifices. There are markings of light orange brown about the apertures in the living animal. The mantle is very delicate and transparent. On the right side there are numerous but very slender muscle-bands, mostly transverse or only slightly oblique. They taper off and end soon after passing the median line on the dorsal and ventral surface, leaving the left side practically free from muscle bands except the sphincter muscles of the siphons, which are composed of similar delicate bands placed close together. Very few longitudinal bands are present. The tentacles are numerous and placed close together, slender and uniformly tapering, of several sizes. The dorsal tubercle is small, U-shaped. The branchial sac extends for a long distance behind the cesopha- geal opening. Its internal longitudinal bars are separated by 4 or 5 stigmata ; 8 or 10 stigmata intervene between the dorsal lamina and the first bar on each side of it. In some places the transverse vessels are nearly equal in size, in other parts (especially in the pos- terior portion of the sac) they show more or less tendency to alter- nate in size. Very large vessels, such as are shown in Traustedt’s W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 401 figure, do not appear to be frequent. The papille are rather stout, of moderate length and somewhat curved. Their ends are obtuse. Those opposite the smaller transverse vessels are smaller. These small transverse vessels are occasionally interrupted and rudimentary though the corresponding papillz may be present and well developed. In most parts of the sac there is little or no sign of the undulation or plication common in this genus, the sac being almost flat, but individuals vary in this respect. On the whole the branchial sac is of a simple type. Horizontal membranes are developed only on each side of the dorsal lamina and to a very slight degree on the adjacent parts of the sac. Elsewhere they are inconspicuous or wanting. The dorsal lamina is often nearly plain-edged for most of its length. In other cases it is finely denticulated in the posterior portion of the body. The stomach and intestine are proportionately small and form a very compact and short loop. The stomach has a few longitudinal folds and during life is of an orange color. This color may also extend to part of the intestinal loop. The reproductive organs lie between the stomach and intestine and the branchial sac. The duct follows the rectum and ends near the anal opening. This species was found at Coney Island, Long Bird Island, in Harrington Sound, at Somerset Island, and many other places, attached to stones, shells, etc. It is one of the commonest simple ascidians at Bermuda. Traustedt’s specimen (he appears to have had but one) was from St. Thomas, W. I. LITERATURE. 1. Bancrort, F. W.—Ovogenesis in Distaplia occidentalis Ritter (MS.), with remarks on other species. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodlogy at Harvard College, vol. xxxv, No. 4. 2. DeELacE, Y. and Hérovarp, E.—Traité de Zodlogie Concréte, vol. viii, Les Protochordés. Paris, 1898. 3. VON DrascHe, R.—Die Synascidien der Bucht von Rovigno (Istrien). Wien, 1883. 4, Hetier, C.—Untersuch. iiber die Tunicaten des Adriatischen und Mittel- meeres. Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss. Wien, vol. xxxiv, pp. 1 and 107, vol. xxxvii, p. 241. 5. HeELiLer, C.—Beitriige zur niihern Kenntniss der Tunicaten, Sitz. Ber. d. Akad. d. Wiss. (Math. naturw.), vol. lxxvi, p. 83, Wien, 1878. Trans. Conn. Acap., Vou. XI. 26 FEBRUARY, 1902. 402 W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. 5. Hrrpman, W. A.—Report on the Tunicata collected during the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger. Part I, Ascidiae Simplices, 1882. Part II, Asci- diae Compositae, 1886. (Also Preliminary Report in Proc. Royal Society Edinburgh, 1879-80, p. 724.) 7. Herpman, W. A.—A Revised Classification of the Tunicata, Jour. Linnean Society, Zoédlogy, vol. 28, 1891. 8. Herpman, W. A.—Descriptive Catalogue of the Tunicata in the Australian Museum. Liverpool, 1899. 9. Lerevre, G.—Budding in Ecteinascidia. Anat. Anzeiger, vol. xiii, 1897. 10. Lrsurur.—Descriptions of several new Species of Ascidia. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, vol. iii, 1823. 11. Metcatr, M. M.—Notes on the Morphology of the Tunicata. Zo6l. Jahr- biicher, vol. 13, p. 516. 12. MicHarLtsen, W.—Die holosomen Ascidien des Magalhaenisch-siidgeorgis- chen Gebietes. Zodlogica, vol. 12, 1900. 13. Nort, J. T.—On the Composite Ascidians of the North Shore Reef. Trans. New Zealand Institute, vol. 24, 1891. 14. Pizon, A.—Coloration des Tuniciers. Compt. Rend, vol. 129, p. 395. 15. Sturrer, CV. Po.—Tuniciers receullis en 1896 par la ‘‘Chazalie” dans la Mer des Antilles. Mém. Soc. Zodl. France, vol. 11, p. 5-84. 16. Traustept, M. P. A.—Vestindiske Ascidiae Simplices. Aftryk. af Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren. i Kjobenhaven (Forste Afdeling 1881. Anden Afdeling, 1882). 17. VeERRILL, A. E.—Additions to the Tunicata and Molluscoidea of the Ber- mudas. Trans. Connecticut Academy, vol. x, Part 2, 1900. See also vol, xi, pl. ix, figs. 7, 8, 1901. 18. Verriti, A. E.—Brief contributions to Zodlogy from the Museum of Yale College, Am. Jour. Science, Series iii, vols. i and ii, 1871. 19. Verrity, A. E., and Smirg, S. I.—Report upon the Invertebrates of Vine- yard Sound. Report of U. S. Fish Commissioner, I, 1874. Author’s separata, 1875. ; EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLVIII-LXIV. The figures showing entire zodids were in all cases drawn with the aid of a camera lucida, as far as the outlines of the body and the principal organs are concerned ; the smaller details were necessarily filled in without it. The mag- nification of the figures of zodids is uniform ; 32 diameters, except in the case of a few forms with zoédids too large to admit of this. It is hoped that these figures will give a better conception of the relative sizes of the zoéids than simple measurements, as the latter fail to give any idea of the state of contrac- tion the animal isin. It has not been possible to get fully expanded specimens in the case of most species, but the degree of contraction, of the thorax at least, may be judged by the course of the endostyle, which is crooked or convoluted in the contracted state, but straight or nearly so when the animal is fully expanded. In all cases they have been represented as if transparent to show the internal structure. W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 403 The figures showing spicules are also (with the exception of those of Cysto- dytes and Echinoclinuwm) drawn to a uniform scale, a magnification of 450 diameters, and all were drawn with a camera lucida. In selecting spicules for illustration, neither the largest nor the smallest, nor the extremes of variation in form to be found in the colony, were chosen, but a group was selected that would give a fair idea of the forms and sizes most characteristic of the species or variety. In regard to the photographs of the simple ascidians, it may not be out of place to say that all the Bermuda species vary endlessly in their external char- acters and shape, and the writer would caution against the belief that even very great differences in these characters, from the specimens illustrated, are neces- sarily indicative of difference in species. With the exception of a few (men- tioned in the descriptions of the figures), which were taken from living speci- mens by Mr. A. Hyatt Verrill, all the photographs were made from specimens preserved in formalin. I am indebted to Prof. A. E. Verrill for the use of the photographs from which plate lxiv and also figs. 188 and 139 were made. Piatt XLVI. Figure 1.—Clavelina oblonga Herdman. Zodid containing embryos and larvae seen from the right side. x12. Page 334. Figure 2.—Distoma capsulatum n. sp. Zodid seen from the left side; showing the arrangement of the mantle muscles. x32. Page 341. Figure 3.—Rhodozona picta(Verrill). Zoid seenfrom the leftside. x8. Page- 330. PLATE XLVII. Figure 4.—Ecteinascidia turbinata Herdman. Young individual with no repro- ductive organs developed. Seen from the left side. x16. Page 338. Figure 5.—Rhodozona picta (Verrill). Side view of thorax to show the arrange- ment of the muscle bands in the mantle. x9. Page 335. Figure 6.—Ecteinascidia turbinata Herdman. Colony of adult individuals. Two-thirds the natural size. (After Herdman.) Page 338. Figure 7.—Clavelina oblonga Herdman. Colony of four individuals, the two on the left being expanded, the others contracted as usual in preserved speci- mens. x2. Page 334. Figure 8.—Perophora viridis Verrill. Individual seen from the left side, show- ing outline of test and part of the branching stolen. x32. Page 337. Piuate XLVI. Figure 9.—Distoma olivaceum, n. sp. Zodid seen from the left side. Showing the arrangement of the back pigment dots on the mantle (chiefly on the thorax). x32. Musculature of mantle not shown. Page 344. Figure 10.—Distoma clarum, nu. sp. Zodid seen from the left side, containing large eggs and larvae. Showing muscle bands of mantle. x32. Page 346. Figure 11.—Distoma obscuratum, n. sp. Zodid (much contracted) seen from the left side. x32. Musculature of mantle not shown. Page 343. 404 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Figure 12.—Cystodytes violaceus, n. sp. Zoodid (much contracted) seen from the left dorsal aspect, containing two large eggs. Rectum containing pellets of undigested matter. x32. Page 348. Figure 13.—Cystodytes violaceus. Small spicules which are scattered in the test. x40. Page 348. Figure 14.—Cystodytes violaceus. Large spicules forming the capsules about the zodids, but occurring to some extent elsewhere in the test. x 40. Page 348. IPTATE XC EXe Figure 15.—Distaplia bermudensis, n. sp. Zodid seen from the right side, showing the muscle bands of the mantle. x32. i. tr=intermediate trans- verse vessel of branchial sac. Page 349. Figure 16.—Distoma converum, n. sp. Zodid seen from the left side, showing arrangement of brown pigment spots on the mantle. x382. Musculature of mantle not shown. Page 542. Figure 17.—Cystodytes draschii Herdman. Zodid seen from the left side. x32. Page 347. Figures 18 and 19.—Distaplia bermudensis, n. sp. Colony of the flattened in- crusting form showing the arrangement of the zodids. Side and top view. x2. Page 349. PuatTE L. Figure 20.—Amaroucium bermude, n. sp. Zobéid with short post-abdomen, seen from the right side. Dorsal languets not represented in the figure. Ovary not developed. e. c.=large ectoderm cells on the mantle. x82. Page 352. Figure 21.—Amaroucium ewile, n. sp. Zodid seen from the left side containing a large embryo. Dorsal languets not represented. x32. Page 304. Figure 22.—Symplegma viride Herdman. Colony, two-thirds the natural size. (After Herdman.) Page 378. Figure 23.—Echinoclinum verrilli, n. sp. Entire colony incrusting a branching alga, showing distribution of zodids and spicules. x2. Page 372. Figure 24.—Echinoclinum verrilli. Zodid seen from the left side. No repro- ductive organs developed. x32. Page 372. Figure 25.—Echinoclinum verrilli. Spicules from the test. x 225. Page 372. Puate LI. Figure 26.—Didemnum lucidum, n. sp. Spicules. x 450. Page 360. Figure 27.—Didemnum savignii Herdman. Spicules. x 450. Page 358. Figure 28.—Didemnum lucidum, n. sp. Colony incrusting a branching alga, showing distribution of zoéids and spicules. x2. Page 360. Figure 29.—Didemnum porites, n. sp. Spicules. x450. Page 360. Figure 30.—Didemnum atrocanum, n. sp. Spicules. x450. Page 359. Figure 31.—Didemnum solidum, n. sp. Spicule. x450. Page 308. Figure 32.—Didemnum orbiculatum, n. sp. Spicules. x450. Page 361. Figure 33.—Didemnum porites, n. sp. Zodid seen from the left side. x32. Page 360. W. G. Vun Name—Bermuda Ascidians. 405 Figure 34.—Didemnum atrocanum, n. sp. Zodid seen from the right side. x 32. Page 359. Figure 35.—Didemnum savignii Herdman. Zodid seen from the left side. x32. Page 398. Figure 386.—Didemnum solidum, n. sp. Zodid seen from the right side. x 382. Page 358. Figure 387.—Didemnum lucidum, n. sp. Zobdid seen from the left side. No reproductive organs developed. x32. Page 360. Figure 38.—Didemnum orbiculatum, n. sp. Zodid seen from the left side. The female reproductive organs only are developed. x32. Page 361. Paar GI. Figure 39.—Leptoclinum speciosum, var. noy. bermudense. Spicules. x 450. The smallest spicules were about the branchial orifices. (See also Figure 42.) Page 364. Figure 40.—Leptoclinum albidum, var. luteolum Verrill. From Vineyard Sound, Massachussetts. Spicules. 450. (Introduced for comparison with the Bermuda forms.) Page 365. Figure 41.—Leptoclinum albidum Verrill. From the Bay of Fundy. Spicules. x 450. (Introduced for comparison.) Page 363. Figure 42. Leptoclinum speciosum var. nov. bermudense. Spicules ( x 450) from a different colony from figure 39, showing forms with blunt and broken points. Page 364. Figures 45 and 44.—Leptoclinum speciosum var. nov. hamiltoni. Spicules from two different colonies. 450. (See also figure 47.) Page 365. Figure 45.—Leptoclinum speciosum, var. noy. pageti. Spicules. x450. (The small spicules in the right hand part of the figure were in small groups alongside the bodies of the zodids, not scattered among the other spicules.) Page 364. Figure 46.—Leptoclinum speciosum, var. noy. acutilobatum, Spicules. x 450. Page 365, Figure 47.—Leptoclinum speciosum, var. nov. hamiltoni. Spicules ( x 450) with thicker points than those shown in figures 45 and 44. Page 365. Figure 48.—Leptcolinum speciosum, var. nov. somersi. Spicules. 450. Page 366. Figure 49.—Leptoclinum speciosum, var. nov. harringtonense. Spicules. x 450. Page 365. Figure 50.—Leptoclinum speciosum, var. noy. bermudense. Zodid seen from left side. x32. Page 364. : Figure 51.—Leptoclinum speciosum, var. nov. harringtonense. Zobdid from the same colony as the spicules shown in figure 49. x52. Page 365. Figure 52.—Leptoclinum speciosum, var. noy. acutilobatum. Zobdid from the same colony as the spicules shown in figure 46. x32. Page 365. Puate LITI. Figure 53.—Botrylloides nigrum, var. noy. concolor. Zodid seen from the right side. The male reproductive organs only are developed on the right side. On the left side a large egg is present just anterior to the testes. x32. Page 378. 406 W. G@. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Figure 54.—Botrylloides nigrum Herdman. ZoGdid seen from the right side. No reproductive organs developed. Page 374. Figure 55.—Botrylloides nigrum, var. nov. planum. Zodid seen from above (from the dorsal side). x32. Page 377. Figure 56.—Diplosoma atropunctatum, n. sp. Zodid seen from the left side. x 82. Page 370. Figure 57.—Diplosomoides fragile, n. sp. Zodid seen from the left side, fully expanded, x32. Page 370. Figure 58.—Diplosomoides fragile. Spicules. x450. Page 370. Figure 59.—Diplosoma lacteum, n. sp. Zovdid seen from the left side. x 82. Page 369. Figure 60.—Diplosoma macdonaldi Herdman. Zodid seen from the left side. Rectum containing pellets of undigested material. x82. Page 368. Puate LIV. Figure 61.—WMichaelsenia tincta, n. sp. Zodid seen from the right side. The outline about it is that of the mantle, not the test. To simplify the figure the internal longitudinal bars of the branchial sac are not indicated. (See figure 63.) x24. at. tn.=atrial tentacle. Page 381. Figure 62.— Polysyncraton amethysteum, nu. sp. Zodid seen from the left side, showing the muscle bands in the mantle. x32. Page 366. Figure 68.— Michaelsenia tincta, n. sp. Part of the endostyle and two of the folds of the branchial sac. Showing internal longitudinal bars. x 48. Page 381. Figure 64.—Polysyncraton amethysteum, nu. sp. Spicules. x450. (See also figure 67.) Page 366. Figure 65.—Polysyncraton amethysteum. Upper surface of part of a colony including the branchial orifices of two zodids. Showing the distribution of the spicules, which are confined to the upper surface of the colony. x16. Page 366. Figure 66.—Polysyncraton amethysteum. Zodid seen from the anterior end, containing a large egg; showing displacement of the coils of the vas deferens due to the enormous development of the egg, which has reached its fullsize. x32. Page 366. Figure 67.—Polysyncraton amethysteum. Spicules from a colony in which they average of smaller and more uniform size than those shown in figure 64. x 450. Page 366. Figure 68.—Diandrocarpa botryllopsis, n. sp. Zodid seen somewhat obliquely from the right side. (The reproductive organs of the left side are indi- cated in outline.) This individual is less compressed dorso-ventrally than is usually the case. x82. Page 383. PLATE LV. Figure 69.—Styela partita (Stimpson), from Wood’s Hole, Mass. Part of the branchial sac from near the middle of the body extending from the endostyle to the dorsal lamina. x10. (Introduced for comparison with the Bermuda form.) Taken from the specimen shown in figure 77. Page 389. W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 407 Figure 70.—Styela partita, var. nov. bermudensis. Part of the branchial sac from near the middle of the body extending from the endostyle to the dorsal lamina. x10. (Taken from the specimen shown in figure 72.) Page 388. Figures 71 to 75 inclusive.—Styela partita, var. nov. bermudensis. Five indi- viduals, showing the outlines of the body when removed from the test, the alimentary canal and the reproductive organs of the left and right sides. x1lg. Page 388. Prate LVI. Figures 76, 77 and 78.—Styela partita (Stimpson) from Wood’s Hole, Mass. Three individuals, showing the outlines of the body when removed from the test, the alimentary canal and the reproductive organs of the left and right sides. x11f. Page 389. Figure 79.—Microcosmus miniatus Verrill. Tentacle. xabout 36. Page 396. Figure 80.—Ascidia curvata Traustedt. Small part of the branchial sac show- ing part of the dorsal lamina. From the posterior part of the body. x 40. (hk. m.=horizontal membrane of transverse vessel.) Page 400. Figure 81.—Ascidia curvata Traustedt. Small individual seen from the right side showing the outline of the test and the muscle bands of the mantle ; also the papillae of the branchial sac. The alimentary canal and repro- ductive organs, situated on the left side, are visible through the transparent tissues. x4. Page 400. Figure 82.—Ascidia curvata Traustedt. Anterior end of the dorsal lamina and adjacent part of the branchial sac, dorsal tubercle and part of the tentacles. x20. (hk. m.=horizontal membrane of transverse vessel.) Page 400. Figure 83.—Halocynthia rubrilabia Verrill. Tentacle. x about 36. Page 393. Figure 84.—Halocynthia riiseana (Traustedt), var. nov. munita. Tentacle. xabout 36. Page 394. Piate LVII. Figure 85.—Halocynthia riiseana, var. nov. munita,. Small piece of the branch- ial sac from one of the spaces between two folds near the middle of the body. x24. Page 394. Figure 86.—Halocynthia rubrilabia Verrill. Outline of individual (removed from the test) showing alimentary and reproductive organs of both sides. x11. Page 393. Figure 87.—Halocynthia riiseana var. nov. munita. Outline of individual (removed from the test) showing alimentary and reproductive organs of both sides. x11g. Page 394. Figures 88 and 89.—Polycarpa obtecta Traustedt. Two polycarps. The ovaries are not fully ripe, and the eggs and ovaries themselves are small. x 32. Page 386. Figure 90.—Halocynthia rubrilabia Verrill. Small piece of the branchial sac from one of the spaces between two folds near the middle of the body. x24. Page 393. 408 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Figure 91.—Microcosmus miniatus Verrill. Outline of individual (removed from the test) showing alimentary and reproductive organs of both sides. Two-thirds the natural size. Page 396. Figures 92, 93 and 94.—Polycarpa obtecta Traustedt. Outlines of three individuals (removed from the test), showing alimentary and reproductive organs of both sides, Two-thirds the natural size. Page 386. Figure 95.—Microcosmus miniatus Verrill. Small piece of the branchial sac from one of the spaces between two folds near the middle of the body. x24. Page 396. Puate LVIII. Photographs of colonies of Compound Ascidians; all natural size. Figure 96.—Amaroucium bermude, n. sp. Three colonies seen from the side. Page 302. Figure 97.—Amaroucium bermude, n. sp. Colony seen from above. Page 552. Figure 98.—Amaroucium exile, n. sp. Two colonies seen from above. Page 304, Figures 99 and 100.—Cystodytes draschii Herdman. Colony seen from above. Page 347. Figure 101.—Cystodytes draschii Herdman. Colony see from the side. A portion is cut away, showing the white calcareous capsules surrounding the zodids. Page 347. Figure 102.—Polysyncraton amethysteum, n. sp. Colony attached to a piece of sponge. Seen from above. Showing the characteristic distribution of the spicules on the surface of the colony. Page 366. Figure 103.—Diplosoma atropunctatum, n. sp. Colony attached to a fragment of coral (Porites). The same specimen is shown enlarged in figure 157. Page 370. Figure 104.—Distoma convexum, n. sp. Colony (sectioned) seen from above and from one side, showing the cut surface. Page 342. Figures 105 and 106.—Distoma obscuratum, n. sp. Two colonies seen from above. Page 343. Figure 107.—Distoma capsulatum, n. sp. Two colonies seen from above. Page 341. Puate LIX. Photographs of colonies of Compound Ascidians ; ‘all natural size. Figure 108.—Distaplia bermudensis, n. sp. Flat inerusting colony seen from above. Page 349. Figure 109.—Michaelsenia tincta, n. sp. Colony seen from above. Page 381. Figure 110.—Botrylloides nigrum Herdman, var. nov. planum. Colony inecrust- ing a piece of limestone. Page 377. Figure 111. Distaplia bermudensis, n. sp. A capitate and an irregularly incrusting colony, the former seen from the side, the latter from above. Page 349. Figure 112.—Didemnum savignii Herdman. Colony seen from above. (A. small piece has been removed.) Page 3958. W. G. Van Name—Bermuda Ascidians. 409 Figure 113.—Distoma olivaceum, n. sp. Group of heads seen from above. Page 344, Figure 114.—Didemnum atrocanum, n. sp. Colony seen from above. Page 359. Figure 115—Didemnum porites, n. sp. Colony inerusting a calcareous alga. Page 360. Figure 116.—Ecteinascidia turbinata Herdman. Group of young individuals connected by stolons. Page 338. Figure 117.—Distoma clarum, n. sp. Colony seen from above. Page 345. Figure 118.—Distoma convecum, n. sp. Small colony seen from above. Page 342, Figure 119.—Didemnum solidum, n. sp. Entire colony. Page 358, Figure 120 and 121.—Diandrocarpa botryllopsis, n. sp. Showing the appearance of preserved specimens in which the zodids are much contracted. Page 383. Prats LX. Figure 122.—Rhodozona picta (Verrill). Colony attached to a gorgonian. About three-fourths the natural size. Page 335. Figure 123.—Diandrocarpa botryllopsis, nu. sp. Photograph from a living colony growing on a piece of limestone. Owing to the transparency of the test, the limits of the colony are visible only by the row of white pigmented end-bulbs of the test vessels, these being developed chiefly at the margin of the colony. The apertures of the zodids are mostly expanded, the atrial being the largest. The branchial apertures are also distinguished by the larger amount of white pigment about them. Enlarged between two and three times. Page 383. Figure 124.—Diplosoma macdonaldi Herdman. Fragment of a colony. x3. Page 368. PLATE LXI. Figure 125.—Botrylloides nigrum Herdman. Photograph of the surface of a rock on which two different color varieties of this species are growing. The prevailing color of the elongated colony on the right is purple, with white markings. Of the small colonies on the left, it is pale blue gray, with white markings. The photograph is from the living and expanded animals, enlarged nearly three times. Page 374. Figure 126.—Diplosomoides fragile, nu. sp. Fragment of a colony showing the upper surface. Nat. size. Page 370. Figure 127.—Didemnum orbiculatum, n. sp. and Leptoclinum speciosum Herd- man, var. noy. hamiltoni. Photograph from living colonies enlarged nearly three times. The common cloacal aperture of the Didemnum is beside the letter a. One of the cloacal apertures of the Leptoclinum is beside the letter b. Pages 361 and 360. Figure 128.—Didemnum orbiculatum. Fragment of a colony taken from a preserved specimen. Enlargement same as last figure to show the contrac- tion incident to preservation. Page 361. 410 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. Puate LXII. Figure 129.—Microcosmus miniatus Verrill. Nat. size. (See fig. 131.) Page " 396; Figure 130.—Microcosmus miniatus Verrill. Nat. size. Individual on which three kinds of compound ascidians are growing, as follows: above the letter a a z00id of Clavelina oblonga Herdman; below 6 a colony of Distaplia bermudensis ; opposite ¢ a colony of Leptoclinum speciosum Herdman var. bermudense, Figure 131.—Microcosmus miniatus Verrill. Animal (slightly enlarged) removed from the test. Same individual as figure 129. Page 396. Figure 132.—Leptoclinum speciosum Herdman, var. n. bermudense. Colony (nat. size) which grew on a gorgonian. (This is the largest Leptoclinum colony in the collection.) Page 364. Figure 133.—Halocynthia rubilabia Verrill. Rather small individual, natural size. Page 393. Figure 134.—Leptoclinum speciosum Herdman, var. noy. bermudense. Small colony, natural size. Page 364. Figure 135. —Leptoclinum speciosum Herdman, var. noy. hamiltoni. Nat. size. Page 365. Figure 136.—Leptoclinum speciosum Herdman, var. nov. somersi. Nat. size. Page 366. Figure 137.—Diplosoma atropunctatum, n. sp. Colony incrusting a piece of coral (Porites). The test is very transparent and the black-pigmented abdomens of the zodids are the most conspicuous feature. x3. (This specimen is shown natural size in figure 103.) Page 370. PratEe L Xi. Figure 138.—Ascidia atra Lesueur. Natural size. Page 398. Figure 139.—Ascidia atra Lesueur, Animal removed from the test, seen from the left side, somewhat enlarged. Page 398. Figure 140.—Polycarpa obtecta Traustedt. Seen from right side. Natural size. Page 386. Figure 141.—Halocynthia riiseana (Traustedt), var. nov. munita. Natural size. Page 394. ; Figures 142 and 143.—Styela partita (Stimpson), var. noy. bermudensis. Natu- ral size. Page 388. Figure 144.—Polycarpa obtecta Traustedt. Smaller specimen seen from the right side. Natural size. Page 386. Figures 145 and 146.—Ascidia curvata Traustedt. Natural size. Page 400. Pratt LXV. Figure 147.—Styela partita (Stimpson) from Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts. Part of the branchial sac showing two folds. x15. Page 389. Figure 148.—Microcosmus miniatus Verrill. Removed from the test and cut transversely to show the branchial folds. Slightly enlarged. Page 396. W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. 411 Figure 149.—Styela partita (Stimpson), Part of the branchial sac of the speci- men shown in figure 147, more highly magnified. Page 389. Figure 150.—Halocynthia rubrilabia Verrill. Animal removed from the test, seen from the left side. Showing the muscle bands of the mantle. x about 14g. Page 393. Figure 151.—Polycarpa obtecta Traustedt. Small piece of the branchial sac (showing two internal longitudinal bars) from one of the spaces between two folds near the middle of the sac. x80. Page 386. Figure 152.—Halocynthia rubrilabia Verrill. Specimen cut transversely. Slightly enlarged. Page 393. Figure 1538.—Polycarpa obtecta Traustedt. Small piece of the mantle showing longitudinal, transverse and oblique muscle bands. x about 30. Page 386. 412 W. G. Van Name— Bermuda Ascidians. ABBREVIATIONS. [For explanation of any other abbreviations, see description of figure. ] Atte ek Sen ae eee e atrial aperture. DE Seek et eee branchial aperture. | Glee eee eRe eee dorsal lamina. A MOIS SO ss aae see see dorsal languet. CO pe Fits nee tel Sia dorsal tubercle. TING Ah Sin be vee ya cer eae ee eters embryo Gly ieee aoe oe ee eee es een Cosbyles EArt in Se eee i eee ee eee fold. AE Oe eee abe ain eee ganglion. CAC A oats kek DELLE gastric coecum. 1D sete em teste ne ee a ee oa peer heart. 2 ies ee SNe ae Se hepatic gland. 1 ete eo est en yas ee State ek oe intestine. Teel beeen een in tornalon gm oar Lhe tee a Se te eee eee languet. | Ly PEE IEEE Se SNS OCS eta ae larva. Ms Sa ee muscular appendage. | |O Gi. ae SA A oon oe ean oviduct. (0) sere es era OL) oe cesophagus, OW oes 2s ho Le ee ee ovary. | eee eee eee ees joey oulliin, |. DP: Cs2so2e2 2 ee eee pigment cell. | PCPs sets ose e here See DO lycelniap D.Sc s see ee eee eae spot. Ty 5.5 secs See oa eee ee eee rectum. REP. S57 seas eee reproductive glands. SE ocho. ee eee stigma. Bt) casi 22 eee stomach. ee ee eh oe USES. ty jose i ae Uae eee tentacle. GE Viel ee eee transverse vessel. by Sasa ence eee typhlosole. AREY Oeste ae vascular appendage. Vine sss es aeons vas deferens. MN dey See ee RL muscle band. | 5 it Go @ Pe Acanthastrea, 126, 184, 193. Braziliensis, 192. dipsacea, 127. Acanthopora, 132. Acarina, 275. Acropora (=Madrepora Lam.), 65, 111, 113, 163, 164, 170, 184, 188, 206, 207, 208. Distribution and subdivisions of, 211. List of species examined, 212. Notes on corals of the genus, with TD. Ose ee Be aes descriptions and figures of types and of new species, A. E. Verrill, 207. acervata, 212, 220. aculeus, 212. acuminata, 212, 260. alces, 167, 168. abrotanoides, 207, 212, 249. alliomorpha, 212, 222, 223, 224, 227. amblyclados, 212, 220. appressa, 212, 213, 222, 223, 226, 227. Arabica, 213. arbuscula, 213, 224. arcuata, 213, 254. armata, 213, 242, 248, 253, 254, aspera, 213. assimilis, 213, 222, 227. 9 ~ austera, 213, 226. beeodactyla, 230. Baudensis, 240. brachiata, 213. Brueggemanni, 213. bullata, 222. calamaria, 213, 247. canaliculata, 213. canalis, 236. carduus, 213. cerealis, 213, 227. Ceylonica, 244, 245. clathrata, 213. coalescens, 220. concinna, 213. conferta, 213. confraga, 214. conigera, 214, 249. “convexa, 214. corymbosa, 214, 248, 251, 252, 56. erassa, 168. cribripora, 214. € ~ 98, 224, 224 254, Acropora cucullata, 214, 258. cuneata, 214. cuspidata, 214. ceyclopea, 214. cytherea, 214, 254, 256. cytherella, 213, 214, 2538, 256. Dane, 214. deformis, 214. delicatula, 260. diffusa, 214, 228. digitifera, 214, 228. dissimilis, 214, 224, 226. divaricata, 214. diversa, 222. echidnzea, 214, 226. echinata, 214. efflorescens, 210, 215. effusa, 210, 215, 229, 245, 266. EKhrenbergii, 215, 261. erythrea, 215. exigua, 210. exilis, 215. florida, 215. formosa, 215. Forskalii, 215. fraterna, 215, 247. fruticosa, 215, 222. gemmifera, 215, 248. glauca, 242. globiceps, 215. gonagra, 237. gracilis, 215. grandis, 215, 261. gravida, 215. Guppyi, 245, 249. Haimei, 215. hebes, 215. Hemprichii, 215. horrida, 216. humilis, 216. hyacinthus, 216. hydra, 216. implicata, 216. indurata, 230. intermedia, 261. Kentii, 259. (Isopora) labrosa, 216, 217. laxa, 213, 216, 224, 226. leptocyathns, 245. longicyathus, 216, 237. Luzonica, 216, 231. microciados, 218. microphthalma, 232. II Index. Acropora millepora, 216, 257. muricata, 164-169, 170, 208, 210, 211, 216. var. cervicornis, 165-167, 211, 216. prolifera, 165, 168, 216. flabello-prolifera, 166, 216. palmato-prolifera, 166, 216. surculo-palmata, 166, 216. cornuta, 216. flabellum, 166, 216. palmata, 166, 167, 216. perampla, 167, 216. alces, 167. infundibulum, 167, 216. columnaris, 167. clivosa, 216. ethica, 168. nasuta, 217, 257, 259. neglecta, 217, 250, 252. nobilis, 217, 285. var. secunda, 217. obseura, 209. ocellata, 217. pachycyathus, 217, 236. Pacifica, 217. (Isopora) palifera, 217. pallida, 218. paniculata, 217, 259. parvistella, 216, 217, 283. paxilligera, 217, 247. Pharaonis, 217. Acropora Studeri, 222, 230. subglabra, 238. subtilis, 219. subulata, 219, 257. surculosa, 219, 242, 248, 254, 256. symmetrica, 219, 243, 254. tenuis, 219. teres, 219. tortuosa, 219. tubicinaria, 219. tubigera, 219, 2389, 241, 251, 260. tubulosa, 219. turbinata, 213, 219, 242, 253, 256. tumida, 219, 241. turgida, 219, urceolifera, 219, 251, 256. valida, 220, 244. variabilis, 220. _ Virgata, 220, 239. Wardii, 220, 248. Acroporide, 168. Actinaria, 47. Actineda agilis, 275. Actinia melanaster, 51. Actoniscus ellipticus, 299, 305. Addenda, 206. Additions to the fauna of the Bermudas from the Yale Expedition of 1901, with notes on other species, Verrill, AE. 1a. to the library, xly. "Address by Simeon E. Baldwin, vii, xiii. plantaginea, 210, 215, 217, 218, 220, 244, 245. pocillifera, 217. polymorpha, 212, 217, 247. procumbens, 238. prolixa, 216, 217, 237. prostrata, 217. pulchra, 281. pumila, 217, 250. pyramidalis, 218. ramiculosa, 218. remota, 244. Rayneri, 238. retusa, 218. robusta, 218, 230. rosacea, 218, 226, 227. rosaria, 218. Samoensis, 218. scandens, 215, 218, 261. secale, 218, 244, 246, 266. secaloides, 218, 245. secunda, 218, 234. secundella, 235. (Isopora) securis, 218. seriata, 218. Solanderi, 218. spectabilis, 218. spicifera, 213, 214, 218, 253. squamosa, 219, 257. squarrosa, 219. stellulata, 219, 238. striata, 219, 251. by W. H. Brewer, vii, xivi. by Wm. North Rice, vii, xxxvi. ot Welcome, Lyman A. Mills, vii. Agalenide, 271. Agaricia, 133, 140, 141, 184, 185, 186, 187. agaricites, 134, 140, 142, 145, 146, 149, 186, 194, 195. agaricites, var. agaricites, 146, 147. agaricites, var. Danze, 146, 147. var. faveolata, 150. gibbosa, 148. humilis, 194. pusilla, 148, 195. tenuifolia, 146, 148. anthophyllum, 141. crassa, 145, 183. eristata, 140, 145, 146, 149. cucullata, 135, 140. Danai, 141, 146, 149, and Errata. elephantotus, 133, 135, 140, 141, 142, 150, 151. Forskalli, 141. fragilis, 111, 188, 134, 140, 141, 142, 144, 151, 181. frondosa, 145, 146, 149. gibbosa, 141, 146. Lamarcki, 141, 142, 144, 148. Lessoni, 141, 148. megastoma, 135. nobilis, 150. Index. Agaricia planulata, 155, 156. purpurea, 135, 145, 149. regularis, 141. Sancti-Johannis, 141. undata, 140, 141, 142, 145, 144. vesparia, 141, 148. Agaricide, 139, 181, 194. Agassiz, Alexander, 37, 154. Prof. Louis, lii. Aiptasia tagetes, 49. Albunea oxycephala, 18, 62. oxyophthalma, 62. Alcirona krebsii, 277, 290. Alcironide, 290. Alveopora, 184. Amaroucium bermude, 328, 331, 352, | 304. constellatum, 358, 354. exile, 328, 331, 354. glabrum, 354. Amathia Goodei, 54. American Academy of Artsand Sciences, xiii, Xvil, xxix. Association for the Advancement | of Science, 1. Chameleon, 57. Journal of Science and Arts, xxi. Philosophical Society, xiii, xvii, xxix, xlvii. Amphelia, 110. Amphihelia, 110, 206. Anacropora, 165. Analysis of the Papain Digestion, 12. Anarthropora minuscula, 54. Andrews, Prof. Ethan A., xxiii. Anemonia elegans, 50. Annelida, 38. Anniversary, Centennial, vii. Anoka vernalis, 274. Anolis Carolinensis, principalis, 57. Anthelura affinis, 288. elongata, 289. | Anthozoa, 47. Anthuride, 278. Amaranthus saxeus, 82. Antillastreea spongiformis, 106. Anyphena Verrilli, 270. Aplidium, 352. Aplysia, see Tethys, 27. ascifera, 238. dactylomela, 27. megaptera, 26. morio, 25. tarda, 26. Apseudes intermedius, 282. propinquus, 280. triangulata, 280, and Errata. Apseudide, 278, 280. Apthorp, Rey. George H., 210. Aranea clavipes, 273. derhami, 271. venatoria, 274. 57, | Astreea. Til | Araneus geniculatus, 273. | Arenicola cristata, 37, 59. | Argyrodes nephile, 268. | Argyroepeira hortorum, 273. Armadillidide, 304. | Armadillidium vulgare, 299, 304. Armadillo pilularis, 504. vulgaris, 304. Arthrostraca, 21. Ascidia atra, 326, 329, 398, 399. curvata, 329, 399, 400. nigra, 398. Ascidize composite, 333. Ascidiz simplices, 585. | Ascidians, literature of, 401. of the Bermuda Islands, W. G. Van Name, 325. Ascidiide, 329, 398. Aselloidea, 294. Asellota, 294. | Asterias clathrata, 36. Asterioidea, 36. | Asteroseris, 155. planulata, 156. Astrangia, 194. Rathbuni, 194. solitaria, 185, 194. | Astrangidee, 194. | Astreeopora, 184. Astroporpa affinis, 3), 36, (See Astrea.) Astrea, 88, 89, 93. ananas, 90. annularis, 94. argus, 102. Barbadensis, 94. cavernosa, 102. coarctata, 90. conferta, 102. decactis, 108. deformis, 69. dipsacea, 127. endothecata + cylindrica + antigu- ensis + intermedia + antillarum + bre- vis=cavernosa, 102. excelsa, 98. faveolata, 94. varia, 68, 79. fragum, 90. galaxea, 88, 153. heliopora, 93. hyades, 104. incerta, 90. intersepta, 93, 106. magnifica, 92. parvistella, 93. radians, 88, 153. radiata, 102. reticularis, 80. rigida, 127, 128. rotulosa, 88, 89. siderea, 151. stellulata, 94, 95, IV Astrea tesserifera, 95. Attergatis lobatus, 17. Attide, 274. Attus paykulli, 275 Augur, H., xxiii. Axhelia, 109. decactis, 108. Axohelia, 109, 206. dumetosa, 182, 198. myriaster, 110. Schrammii, 110. Bacon, Dr., xxvi. Baird, Prof. S. F., 210. Balzena Biscayensis, 59. cisarctica, 59. Balanoglossus, 59. Balanus declivis, 22. Baldwin’s Annals of Yale College, xxi. Baldwin, Simeon E., Historical Address delivered by, xiii. Bangs, Outram, on birds, 58. Banks, Nathan, Some Spiders and Mites from the Bermuda Islands, 267. Banks, Sir Joseph, 176. Bathyactis symmetrica, 182. Bathyeyathus maculatus, 198. Bathyphantes, sp., 272. Beecher, Prof. Chas. E. , Reconstruction of a Cretaceous Dinosaur, 311. Bermuda Cardinal Bird, 58. Bermudas, Additions to the Fauna of, from the Yale Exped. of 1901, A. E. Verrill, 15. Marine Isopods of the, 277. Bermudian Coral Fauna, Characteristics of the, 169. Corals, Revised List of, 171. West Indian, and Brazilian Coral Faun, Comparisons of the, 169. Bibliography of Ascidians, 401. Dinosaurs, 523. Birds of Bermuda, 58. Biscay Right Whale, 59. Bishop, Abraham, xviii. Bivalvia, 39. Blackwall, John, 267. Blauneria heteroclita, 35, 62. Blue Bird, 58. Blue-tailed Lizard, 57. Bopyride, 299. Bopyroidea, 299. Bopyroides latreuticola, 27 Bopyrus, 299. Boston Society of Natural History, xii. Botryllide, 329, 373, 374, 377. Botrylloides, 373. Botrylloides nigrum, 326, 329, 374-878. varieties concolor, planum, sarcin- um, 323, 374-378. Botryllus gouldii, 377. Bradlee, Thos. S , on birds, 58. Brain Coral, 66, 70, 74, 171. 7, 299. Index. | Brain Stone, 70, 74, 77, 171. Branchiostoma Caribeum, 5d. | Brazilian Coral Fauna, Characteristics | of the, 185. Reef Corals, Revised List of, 188. | Brewer, Prof. Wm. H., Address by, | xl vi. Bristol, Prof. C. E., 57. Brush, Prof. George J., xii. | Bryozoa, 54. _Bumpus, Prof. H. C., 333. | Bush Coral, 175. Cactus Coral, 115, 177, 178, 180. Callilepis, sp., 270. Callogyra formosa, Bola | Cambridge, F. O., 27% Camptosaurus, 313. Cancer lobatus, 17. Carcharias platyodon, 55. Carcharinus platyodon, 55. Cardinal Bird, 58. Cardinalis Bermudianus, 58. cardinalis Somersii, 58. Cardiosoma Guanhumi, 17. Cardium medium, 35. Carica hastifolia, 8. papaya, 1. Carita, 56. Carpias bermudensis, 294. Caryophyllia, 111. carduus, 130. communis, 182. cylindracea, 182. Catbird, 58, Catesby, History Carolina, ete., 58. Catophragmus imbricatus, 22 Caulerpa clavifera, 29. Cellepora avicularis, 54. Centennial Anniversary, vii. Cerianthus natans, 47. Cheetodon lanceolatus, 56. Cheetopoda, 38. | Chapin, Lebeus C., xxvii. Characteristics of the Bermudian Coral Fauna, 169. of the Brazilian Coral Fauna, 185. of the West Indian Coral Fauna, 183. Chelifera, 278. Chittenden, Prof. R. H., 4. Chlamydo-saurus, 315. Chromodoris roseopicta, 33. Cilicza caudata, 277, 291. Cirolanide, 278, 289. Cirripedia, 22 Cladocora, 184. arbuscula, 182. patriarca, 198. _Claosaurus annectens, 311-324. Clark, H. L., 37. | Clavelina, 332, 333. | Clavelinide, 328, 333. » Index. Clavelina (Stereoclavella) oblonga, 328, 3a4. Clibanarius tricolor, 299. Verrillii, 18. Cock-eye Pilot, 56. Coeloria, 66, 67, 68, 69. strigosa, 74. Colanthura, 287. Colanthura tenuis, Colopisthus, 289. parvus, 289. Colpophyliia, 67, 84, 85, 86, 88, 170, 206. gyrosa, 85. Columbigallina Bermudiana, 58. passerina Bahamensis, 58. Comoseris, 156. Comparisons of the Bermudian, West Indian, and Brazilian Coral Faune, A. E. Verrill, 169. Compound Ascidians, 528. Condylactis passifiora, 50, 52. Connecticut Historical Society of Hart ford, xii, xxvi. Society for the Promotion of Agri- culture, xlix. Copeland, Ralph, xii. Corallana quadricornis, 277, 290. Corallanidz, 290. Corallium rubrum, 112. Corinna, sp., 270. Cosmoporites laevigata, 160. Cowles, Rev. J. P., xxiii. Crossurus vittatus, 278. Cruregans, 287. Crustacea of Bermudas, 16. Cryptobacia, 184. Ctenophyllia, 78. Braziliensis, 190. Cyamus fascicularis, 21. Cyclois Bairdii, 18. Cyclolites, 111. Cyclosa caudata, 267, 273. Cyclosa conica, 273. Cymodocea bermndensis, 2 277, caudata, 291. Cymothoide, 291. Cymothoidea, 284. Cynthia, 585, 393. partita, 589. riiseana, 394. Cyphastrzea costata, 94, 98. nodulosa, 107. oblita, 96, 98. Cystodytes dellechiaiz, 349. draschii, 828, 3381, 344. 347. violaceus, 328, 347, 348. 287. 291. Daggett, Judge, xx, xxii. Dana, Prof. E. S., xii. Dana, Prof. J. D., 187, 208, 209, 210. Day, President, xii, xx-xxili, xxiv. Debt of this Century to Learned Socie- | ties, Wm. H. Brewer, xlvi. V Decapoda, 16. Delphinus delphis, 59. Deltocyathus italicus, 182. Dendrogyra, 67, 170, 184, 188. cylindrus, 183. Dendrophyllia ramea, 111. Devotion, John, xv, xxvii. Diandrocarpa, 332, 382. hours Hopes. Bar 382, 383. Diazona picta, 327, 332, 335. Dichoccenia, 90, 170, 184, 188. Dictyna, sp., 271. Dictynide, 271. Didemnide, 328, 355. Didemnum ‘atrocanum, 328, 357, 358. inerme, 526, 327. lucidum, 328, 397, 360. orbiculatum, 328, 357, 361. porites, 328, 356, 357, 360. savignii, 328, 356, 357, 358. solidum, 328, 330, 357, 358. Digestion of Proteids with Papain, Men- del and Underhill, 1. Dinosaur, reconstruction of, 311. Diploria, 66, 67, 68, 69, 188, 206, 207. cerebriformis, 67, 70. crassior, 69. geographica, 67, 70, 72. labyrinthiformis, 70. Stokesi, 70, 71, 72 truncata, 70. Diplosoma atropunctatam, 328, 330,37 lacteum, 328, 369, 370. macdonaldi, 528, 368. purpureum, 348. Diplosomoides, 355, 361. Diplosomoides fragile, 328, 370. Discocelis binoculata, 45. cyclops, 44. Distaplia bermudensis, 328-331, 349. magnilarva, 349. occidentalis, 349. rosea, 351. vallii, 349, 351. Distichopora nitida, 211. Distoma, analytical table of species, 340. adriaticum, 343. capsulatum, 328, 340, 341, 342, 343. clarum, 328, 341, 345. convexum, 328, 340, 342, 343, 344. obscuratum, 328, 341, 343. olivaceum, 328, 331, 341, 344. Distomide, 328, 339. Dolabrifera ascifera, 23. ornata, 28, and Errata. virens, 24, Dolphin, 59. Doris olivacea, 33. | Dwight, Dr. Benjamin W., xx. Dwight, President Theodore, xvii, xviii, RIX xe eK, Dwight, Sereno, His Kee _ Dynamene bermudensis, 277. aval Dynamene perforata, 277. Dysdera crocata, 268, 269. Dysderide, 269. Echinoclinum, 332, 371. verrilli, 328, 371, 372. Echinoderma, 35. Echinoidea, 37. Echinoneus conformis, 37. elegans, 37. gibbosus, 37. semi-lunaris, 37. Echinopora, 184. concinna, 139. elegans, 138. Franski, 94, 171. striatula, 139. Echinoporide, 132. Ecteinascidia, 538. turbinata, 328. Edwardsia, 49. Edwards, Jonathan, xvi. Edwards, Judge Pierpont, xviii. ' Ellsworth, Chief Justice, xviii. Elysia flava, 30. ornata, 28. papillosa, 31. picta, 30. subornata, 29. Enteropneusta, 595. Epeira caudata, 273. eracilipes, 267. hortorum, 273. labyrinthea, 267. theisii, 267. Epeiride, 273. Epialtus bituberculatus, 16. Braziliensis, 16. var. Bermudensis, 16. Epicaridea, 299. Epicystis crucifera, 47. osculifera, 47. Eques balteatus, 56. lanceolatus, 56. Erigone, sp., 272. Eunicea atra, 52. Euphyliia, 84, 85, 86. aspera, 114. Euphylliacez, 113. Eupolia, 46. Eupomacentrus fuscus, 56. Eupsammide, 184. European Starling, 59. Eusmilia, 184, and Errata. aspera, 114. Knorrii, 114. Eusmilidex, 65, 113, 190. Eusmiline, 113. Eutichurus insulanus, 270. Evans, A. W., Secretary, vii. Facelina Goslingii, 34. Fallacia protochona, 39. Index. * Fauna of Bermudas, Additions to, from Exped. 1901, A. E. Verrill, 15. Favia, 84, 88, 89, 184, 192. ananas, 88, 90. cavernosa, 88, 102. coarctata, 90. conferta, 84, 91, 188. fragum, 84, 88, 90, 171, 183, 185. gravida, 87, 91, 185, 188. incerta, 90. leptophylla, 91, 186, 189. Whitfieldi, 182. Favide, 171, 206. Favites, 88, 89, 92, 184. Aigyptorum, 93. armata, 93. Chinensis, 93. coronata, 95. coronella, 93. erassior, 92. Ellisiana, 92. favites, 88. favulus, 92. flexuosa, 92. fusco-viridis, 92. gibbosa, 95. magnifica, 92. magnistellata, 92. obtusata, 92. pentagona, 93. profundicella, 92. Quoyi, 92. robusta, 93. sinuosa, 92. spectabilis, 92. spinosa, 93. sulfurea, 92. tessellata, 93. tesserifera, 93. valida, 33. vasta, 93. virens, 92. Favites=Prionastrea, 92, 206. Favitine, 65, 87. Field, Dr. David Dudley, xix. Filistata depressa, 267. hibernalis, 267, 268. Filistatide, 268. | Finger Coral, 182. | First Century of The Connecticut Aca- | | | demy of Arts and Sciences, Simeon E. Baldwin, xiii. Fisher, A. K., on Bermuda birds, 58. | Fisher, Prof. A. M., xxii. | Fishes, 55. | Fissicella, 87, 88-89. | Flabellifera, 284. Flabellum Braziliense, 198. | Franklin, Benj., xiii, Xiv. _ | Fungia, 111, 184. _Fungide, 139, 184. | Galaxea, 111, 184. Index. Galeoscoptes bermudianus, 58. Garman, Samuel, 55, 57. Gastropoda, 23. Gemellipora glabra, 54. Geological Society of London, xii. | Gephyrea, 39. Gibbs, Prof. J. Willard, xii, xxvi, xxxii. Ginger Coral, 182. Gnathophyllum Americanum, 19. Goldfinch, American, 58. European, 58. Goniastra varia, 68, 79 Gonodactylus chiragra, 20. Goode, G. Brown, 55, 57, 277. Goodrich, Professor, XXiii, Goodsiria placenta, 383. Gorgoniacea, 52. Gosling, T. Goodwin, 18, 35, 274, 333, and Errata. Grampus griseus, 59. Great House Spider, 274. Green, J. R., 1. Greetings of Learned Societies, vili—xi. Ground Dove, 58. Guapena, 56. Guild, Benjamin, xiv. Gulf-Stream crabs, 170. Gwyther, R. G., xi. Gymnothorax funebris, ov. Gynandrocarpa, 332, 382. Gyrosmilia, 85. Hadrosaurus, restoration of, 313, 314. Halocynthia versus Cynthia, 385, 393. Halocynthia riiseana var. munita, 327 329, 394. tubrilabia, 327, 329, 393, 395, 396. Halocynthiide, 329, 385. Halomitra, 184. Hartt, Prof. C. 1 abel Harvard University, xii. Hat Coral, 181. Heilprin, Prof. Angelo, Heliastrea, 93. abdita, 104. acropora, 94, 95, 105. annularis, 94. aperta, 103. cavernosa, +H. conferta+-H. ata, 102. excelsa, 98. hyades, 104. Lamarckana, 94. Lamarcki, 94. stellulata, 94, 96, 97, 105. Helicina lucida, 62. Helioseris, 133. Herpetolitha, 184. Herrick, Edward C., xxi, xxxiv. Hesione protochona, 39. Heteropoda venatoria, 267, 268, 274. Heteropora, 112. Heteropora= Acropora, 164. 267. radi- VII Hippothoa mucronata, 54. History of the Academy during its First Century, Simeon E. Baldwin, vii. Holostaspis, sp., 275. Holothuria Rathbuni, 37. | Holothurioidea, 37. Homophyllia, 118. Hooker, Dr. Charles, xxxi. Hosmer, Chief Justice, xviii. Hubbard, Dr. Bela, xviii. | Hubbard, Prof., xxii. | Hydnophora, 184. | Hydrocorallia, 182, 197. Hydrozoa, 182, 197. Hypsilophodon, 313. Hypsinotus, sp., 270. punilis, 270. Hyssura, 287. Idmonea Atlantica, 54. Idotea ee 293. marina, 277, 293. tricuspidata, 293. Idoteidz, 293. Iguanodon, 313, 314-317. Isophyllia, 115-117, 177, 178. australis + cylindrica + Knoxi=I. dipsacea, 118. Danaana, 126. dipsacea, 117, 118-121, 125, 126, 180. fragilis, 117, 118, 119, 121-126, 154, 177, 180. Guadulpensis, 121. multiflora, 125-127, 180. multilamella, 125. rigida, 127. erythreea, 118. Isopods of the Bermudas, Isopora, 112, 113, 207. 208. Isopora= Acropora, 164, 206. Ivory Coral, 172, 178, 175-177. ee 277. Jzropsis curvicornis, 298. dollfusi, 298. lobata, 298. marionis, 298. neo-zealandica, rathbune, 298. Janira minuta, 297. Janiride, 278. Jones, Francis, xi. Jumping Spider, 274, 298. 275. Kelvin, President, xi. Killer, 59. Kingsley, Professor, xxili, xxx. Lamb, Horace, President, xi. Lamellidoris aureopuncta, 31. lactea, 32. miniata, 32. olivacea, 33. | Lancelet, 55. Vill Land Crab, great, 17. Lanman, Chas, R., xii. Laosaurus, 315. Larmor, Joseph, xi. Larned, Prof., xxiv, XXV, XXVi, XXVIi. Lathrodectus geometricus, 272. Lathrop, Professor, xxiii. Latreutes ensiferus, 277, 299. Lebrunia Dane, 48. neglecta, 48. Lepralia edax, 54. Leptocardia, 55. Leptochelia algicola, 279. dubia, 278, 279. Edwardsii, 279. incerta, 279. rapax, 279. Savignyi, 279. Leptoclinum, 361, 362, 366-368, 371. albidum, 365. cineraceum, 363. conchyliatum, 363. luteolum, 363. speciosum, 328, 363. s. sp., acutilobatum, bermudense, hamiltoni, harringtonense, pageti, somersi, 328, 364-366. Leptoplana alcinoi, 44. lactoalba, 46. lactoalba, var. tincta, 46. Leptoria, 66, 67, 68, 69. fragilis, 74. gracilis, 69. tenuis, 69. Leptotrichus granulatus, 303. lentus, 303. panzerii, 303. squamatus, 303. tauricus, 303. Lettuce Coral, 121. Leucin, Tyrosin, and Tryptophan formed by Papain, 7. Ligia baudiana, 306. baudiniana, 306, 307, 308. exotica, 299. exotica hirtitarsis, 506. gracilis, 306. oceanica, 308. Ligiidee, 305. Linckia Guildingii, 36. ornithopus, 36. Lineus, 46. Linsley, James Harvey, xxiii. Lister, President, letter from, x. Literary and Phil. Society of Manches- ter, Xi. | Lithophyllia, 115, 117, 118, 180. argemone, 118. Cubensis, 130, 131. cylindrica, 118. lacera, 118, 150. Lizard, blue-tailed, 57. Loligo Pealei, 23. | Index. London Mathematical Society, letter from, Xi. _Loomis, Professor Elias, xii, xxi, xxxiy. _ Lophactezea lobata, 17. Lophohelia, 110, 111, 206. Lophoseride, 139. Lophoserine, 139. Lophoseris, 141. Love, A. E. H., xi. Loxosceles rufescens, 267. Ludlow, Rev. Henry G., xxvi. Luidia clathrata, 36. Lupinus hirsutus, 14. Lycodontis funebris, 57. Lycosa atlantica, 268, 274. fusca 274. Lycoside, 274. Macrocceloma subparellum, 62. Madracis versus Axohelia, 109, 110, 206. Madracis, 109, 206. asperula, 108, 109, 183, 198. decactis, 108, 172. Madrepora= Acropora. 164, 206, 208-266. Madrepora, 65, 110, 111-113, 206. acropora, 94, 995. agaricites, 141, 146. alces, 167. amaranthus, 82. ananas, 90. angulosa, 131. annularis, 94. anthophyllites, 115. arenosa, 159. areola, 81, 82. areolata, 81, 82. astroites, 89, 94, 95, 159. candida, 113. Carolina, 113. cearduus, 130. cavernosa, 102. cerebrum, 74. cervicornis + M. prolifera +M. pal- mata+ M. flabellum=muricata, 165. clivosa, 78. conglomerata, 159. ~ cornuta, 165, 166. eucullata, 135. Defrancei, 113. elephantotus, 133-136, 140, 151. ethica, 165, 168. exigua, 115. faveolata, 94, 95. favosa, 92. filograna, 78. flabellum, 165. fragum, 90. galaxea, 153. hyades, 105. implicata, 70. infundibulifera, 113. intersepta, 106. See Acropora, _— FF : o i ae EH Index. IX Madrepora lacera, 130. labyrinthica, 74. labyrinthiformis, 70. lactuea, 134. Mexicana, 165. meandrites, 66, 70, 81. muricata, 110, 112, 165, 170. oculata, 110, 111, 206. ornata, 113. palmata, 165. perampla, 165. pleiades, 95, 105. polygama, 112. porites, 158, 159, 160, 208. prolifera, 111, 113. radians, 153. radiata, 102. ramea, 111, 140. rubra, 112. siderea, 151. sinuosa, 74. spinosa, 112. stellulata, 95, 97, 105. subaquilis + Madrepora perampla= var. palmata, 165. subecostata, 113. tenuis, 113. Thomasiana, 165. undata, 144. venusta, 113. virginea, 111, 113. vulgaris, 111. Madreporaria, 65, 171. Madreporidz= Acroporide, 163. Meandra, 65-69, 184, 206. Meandra Agassizii, 79, 80, 84, 185. areola, 66, 81, 82. areolata, 66-68, 81-86, 170, 191. var. angusta, 84. columellaris, 84. confertifolia, 83. hispida, 83. laxifolia, 83. cerebriformis, 70. cerebrum, 70-73, 74-78, 171. clivosa, 68, 70, 75, 77, 78, 80, $4, 170. var. dispar, 79. explanata, 79. conferta, 84, 163, 185, 186, 188, 189. delicatula, 69. filograna, 66. fissa, 85. implicata, 67. labyrinthica, 74. labyrinthiformis, 66-68, 70-73, 171. var. compacta, 73. meandrites, 70. phrygia, 69. rudis, 69. rustica, 69. valida, 69. varia, 79, 84. | Meeandra versus Platygyra, 66-68, 206. (Coloria) Arabica, 69. astreiformis, 69. Australiensis, 69. Bottai, 69. dedalea, 69. deedalina, 69. deltoides, 69. elegans, 69. Esperi, 69. Forskelana, 69. labyrinthiformis, 69, 70. Jamellina, 69. laticollis, 69. laxa, 69. leptochila, 69. leptoticha, 69. pachychila, 69. Sinensis, 69. spongiosa, 69. stricta, 69. subdentata, 69. (Diploria) crassior, 69. labyrinthiformis, 70. spinulosa, 69. (Leptoria) gracilis, 69. tenuis, 69. Meeandride, 65, 171, 206. Meeandrina. See Mzandra and Mean- drina, 66, 67, 68. cerebriformis, 67, 70. clivosa, 78. cuassa, 74. filograna, 66, 74, 77, 78. grandilobata, 78. heterogyra, 74. interrupta, 78. labyrinthiea, 74. labyrinthiformis, 70. serrata, 74. sinuosa + var. viridis + var. appressa +yvar. rubra+var. vineola, 74. sinuosissima, 74, 78. strigosa, 74. superficialis, 78. Meandrine, 69, 66. Meeandrinide, 65. Mendroseris Australiz, 155. Maria Molly, 56. Marine and Terrestrial Isopods of the _ Bermudas, with deseriptions of new Genera and Species, Richardson, Har- riet, 277. Marsh, Prof. O. C., xxxi. Marx, Dr. George, 267. Matrepora, 110, 111. _Meandrina=Meandra, 66-69. Meandrina=Pectinia, 66, 67, 170, 184, 206. areolata, 81. Braziliensis, 86, 186, 190. cerebriformis, 70. dedalea, 74. x Meandrina filograna, 78. interrupta, 78. labyrinthica, 74. mammosa, 78. meandrites, 66, 67, 74, 186, 191, 206. serrata, 74. sinuosa, 74, 77. var. viridis, 77. appressa, 280. spongiosa, 79. strigosa, 74. truneata, 70, 72. Mammals, 59. Manchester Literary and Phil. Soe’y, xi. Manicina, 65, 66, 84-86. areolata, "66-68, 81-84, 86, 183. var. angusta, 8A. Danai, 81. dilatata, 81, 82. gyrosa, 84, 85. hispida, 81, 83. interrupta, 85. manica, 81. prerupta, 81, 83. meandrites, 85. strigilis, 81. Valenciennesi, 81. Meigs, Josiah, xviii. Melampus bulimoides, 35. Members, List of, iii. Mendel, Lafayette B. and Underhill, F. P., on Digestion of Proteids, 1. Menemerus melanognathus, 275. paykulli, 275. Merulina, 184. ampliata, 140, 157. Metastrea Algyptorum, 92, 95. Metoponorthus pruinosus, 299. sexfasciatus, 299. Micheelsenia, 332. tincta, 329, 380, 381. Microcosmus miniatus, 327, 329, 396. variagatus, 397. Millepora, 110, 112, 184, 187, 188, 208, 266. alcicornis, 182, 197. alcicornis var. cellulosa, 197. alecicornis var. digitata, 197. alcicornis var. fenestrata, 197. Braziliensis, 197. Carthaginiensis, 182. muricata, 165, 170. nitida, 197. ramosa, 182. Milleporide, 182, 197. Mills, Lyman A., vii. Mitchell, Professor, xxiii. Mocking Bird, 58. Mollia patellaria, 54. Mollusca of Bermudas, 28. Montipora, 112. Moray, Black, 57, 163, 184. Green, 57. Index. | Morchellium, 353. Morris, James, xix. _ Morse, Prof. E. S., xii. Motacilla sialis, 58. | Murdock, Rev. Dr. Jas., xxii, xxiv, XXvii. Muricea muricata, 336. Mussa, 115-118, 128, 177. | angulosa, 131. annectens, 169, 178. Braziliensis, 177, 185, 192. earduus, 117, 130. dipsacea, 118, 179, 180. Harttii, 128, 185, 192. var. confertifolia, 129, 192. conferta, 128, 129, 192. intermedia, 128, 192. laxa, 128, 178, 192. fragilis, 121, 12 22, 177, 180. hispida, 127, 193, 194. lacera, 117, 130, 131. multifiora, "125, 169, 180. rigida, 127, 128, 180, 183. tenuisepta, 177, 185, 193. Musside, 115, 177, 192. Mycedia, 133, 140. Mycedium, 66, 133, 134, 140, 184. Danai, 146, 149. elephantotus, 133-136, 142, 150, 151. explanatum, 136. fragile, 134, 142. Lessoni, 141, 146, 148. Okeni, 135. Sancti-Johannis, 141, 145, 146. tenuicostatum, 137. turgidum, 137, and Errata. vesparium, 141, 146, 148. _Mycetophyliia, 68, 81, 115, 126, 177. Danaana, 115. Lamarckana, 68. Nature of some pr oducts of Papain Pro- teolysis, 10. Nemertina of Bennbiias 46. | Neoporites littoralis + N. superficialis + N. Guadalupensis+ N. agaricus+N. incerta= Porites astreoides, 160. Neoporites Michelini+N. astreeoides + N. subtilis=P. astreoides, 160. | Nepenthes, 14. Nephila clavipes, 267, 273. | Nerocila acuminata, 277, 291. | Nesea caudata, 291. | New Englander, XXii. | Newton, Prof. H. A., x1i. | North of England Institute of Mining | and Mechanical Engineers, xii. Notes on corals of the Genus Acropora (Madrepora Lam.) with new descrip- tions and figures of types, and of several new species, A. E. Verrill, 207. Notes on the Distribution and Subdivi- sions of Acropora, A. E. Verrill, 211. | Nudibranchiata, 28. Index. XI Observations on the Digestion of Pro-| Papain Proteolysis, products of, 10. teids with Papain, L. B. Mendel and Paranthura infundibulata, 284. F. P. Underhill, 1. verrillii, 286. Oculina, 110, 111, 170, 172, 184, 187, Parapseudes goodei, 283. 188. latifrons, 284. Banksi, 176. Parastrea, 88. Bermudiana, 176. Paratanais algicola, 279. coronalis, 177. Parrot Fish, green, 56. diffusa, 175. Pavona=Pavyonia, 111, 140, 141. pallens, 175, 177. Pavonia, 140, 141, 184. robusta, 173. agaricites, 146. speciosa, 175. cristata, 140. Valenciennesi, 176. lactuca, 140. varicosa, 173-175. siderea, 151. Oculina varicosa var. conigera, 175. Pectinaria regalis, 38. - Oculinidee, 110, 172. Pectinia, 85. Ocypete murina, 274. Braziliensis, 190. Officers, List of, ii. meandrites, 67, 206. Olmstead, Professor, xxi, xxii. | Pentalophora, 109. Ommastrephes Bartramii, 25. | Percival, Dr. James G., xix, xxxiii. Oniscoidea, 300. Pericera subparallela, 17, 62. Oniscus balticus, 293. Perophora, 337. marinus, 295. viridis, 328, 337, 538. tridens, 293. Perophoridx, 328, 337. OGdnopidee, 269. Phallusia atra, 398. OGnops bermudensis, 269. violacea, 399. Ophidiaster ornithopus, 36. Phellia rufa, 49. Ophiuroidea, 36. simplex, 48. Orbicella, 93. Philadelphia Society tor the Promotion acropora, 94, 95. of Agriculture, xlviii. annularis, 94-98, 101, 159, 171, 175. Philological Society, xxvii. var. stellulata, 96, 100. Phoea vetulina, 59. annularis versus O. acropora, 94, Pholcus tipuloides, 268, 271. 95, 206. Phyllangia Americana, 194. aperta, 103, 186, 189. Phyllastrzea, 133. argus, 102. explanata, 136. Braziliana, 101, 189. tubifex, 135. cavernosa, 88, 101-103, 171, 189. Phylloccenia limbata, 94. var. compacta, 190. sculpta, 94. var. hirta, 103, 189. Physalia, 170. excelsa, 98, 104, 105. Physcosoma, 40. hirtella, 100. Pineapple Coral, 145, 188. hispidula, 100. Placobranchopsis niveus, 27. hyades, 104. Platygyra, 66, 67. radiata, 102. clivosa, 78. Orbicellide, 96, 206. sinuosa, 74. Orea gladiator, 59. viridis, 74, 171. orca, 59. Orchestia agilis, 22. ' Oroseris, 156. Oulophyllia crispa, 131. Ovulum uniplicatum, 35. Oxyopes salticus, 274. Oxyopide, 274. Platypodia spectabilis, 17. Plerogyra, 67, 85, 86, 184. Plesiastreea, 88, 89. armata, 93. Goodei, 106, 172, 183. ramea, 94. Plesiofungide, 139. Plesioseris, 155. Pachyseris, 140, 141, 157, 184. Pachyseris anthophyllum, 141. monticulosa, 141. damicornis, 164. Palythoa grandiflora, 52. grandis, 210. Papain, Observations on the digestion Pocilloporide, 184. by, Mendel and Underhill, 1. _Podabacia crustacea, 136. Digestion of coagulated egg-albu- | dispar, 136. men, 7. Podasteria, 84, 85. Plexippus paykulli, 267, 268, 271, 275. 'Pocillopora, 184, 208. XII Podasteria gyrosa, 84, 85. Podobacia, 184 and Errata. Polyastra venosa, 156. Polycerpa obtecta, 329, 385, 386. multiphiala, 336. Polycladia, 41. Poly clinide, 328, 351. Polystyelide, 329, 379. Polysyneraton amethy steum, 328, 366. Polyzoa, 54, 380. Pomnacentrus fuscus, 56. Porcellio aztecus, 301. cinerascens, 30]. cotille, 301. cubensis, 30t. dubius, 301. eucercus, 301. flavipes, 301. degeerii, 301. levis, 299. maculicornis, 302. mexicanus, 301. musculus, 301. parvicornis, 302. poeyi, 301. pruinosns, 302. sumichrasti, 301. syriacus, 301. urbicus, 301. Porina plagiopora, 54. subsuleata, 54. Porites, 112, 184, 185, 188, 208. astreeoides=astreoides, 160. astreoides, 160, 162, 170, 181, 187, 196. astreoides var. Braziliensis, 160, 196. Branneri, 162, 196. clavaria, 158, 162, furcata, 159, 170. nodifera, 158. polymorpha, 158, 159, 170, 181, 206. porites, 158, 159, 206. solida, 161. supertficialis + incerta + Guadalu- pensis + agaricus=astreoides, 160. valida, 158. Verrillii, 161, 196. Poritide, 158, 181, 196. Poritine, 158. Prionastrzea, 89, 92, 184. abdita, 88, 92. Agassizii, 80. Chinensis, 93. favosa, 92. melicerum, 93. rigida, 127. spectabilis, 92. varia, 79. Proteolytic Action of Papain, 5 Psammocora, 184. Pseudoceros aureolineata, 42. bicolor, 42. Pseudoscarus guacamaia, 56. 163, 170, 206. Index. Pseudosquilla ciliata, 20. stylifera, 20. Pterosyllis, 38. Publication Fund, Contributors to, v. _Pulmonata of Bermuda, 35, Rathbun, Miss M. J., 17, 18. Rathbun, Mr. R., 187, 191. Reptiles, 57. Reussia lamellosa, 108, 109. Rhodareza calicularis, 159. Lagreneii, 159. porites, 159. Rhodozona, 332, 335. picta, 328, 331, 335. Rhyncholophus, sp., 279. Ribbon Fish, 56. Rice, Wm. North, vii, viii, xii, xiii. Address by, XXXvi, Richardson, Harriet, Marine and Ter- restrial Isopods of the Bermudas, with descriptions of new Genera and Spe- cies, 277. Rose Coral. 115, 118, 121, 178, 180. Rothwell, Richard, xii. Royal Observatory of Edinburgh, xii. Royal Society of London, x. Runcina inconspicua, 28. Salticus diversus, 267. melanognathus, 275. | Sarcobotrylloides, 373. Scarus guacamaia, 56. Seaur, The, 38, 39, 45. Scientific Thought in the Nineteenth Century, Wm. North Rice, xxxvi. Scolymia lacera, 117, 130. Scomber maculatus, 56. Scomberomorus maculatus, 56. | Scyllea pelagica, 34. Seytodes fusca, 269. longipes, 268. Seytodide, 268. Sea Devil, 41. Sea Ginger, 182. Seal, common harbor, 59. Seriatopora, 184. Shade Coral, 181. Sheffield, Joseph, xxvii. : Sheffield Scientific School, XXvii. Shepard, C. M., xxii. Dr. Charles Upham, xix, xxxiil. Sialia sialis Bermudensis, 58. Siderastrea, 89. galaxea, 153. grandis, 151. radians, 88, 152, 153-155, 181, 186. siderea, 151, 154, 155, 181, 186. var. nitida, 152. stellata, 155, 186, 196. var. conferta, 155, 196. Siderina galaxea, 153. Silk Spider, 273. ee 2 the Index. XII Silver Spider, 273. | Symphyllia dipsacea, 118. Silliman, Prof, B., xix, xxi, xxiii, 210. | Guadulpensis, 121. Simple Ascidians, 329, 385. Harttii, 128. Sipunculus nudus, 39. marginata, 121. > Smith, Prof. H. M., 333. strigosa +S. anemone +S. margi- Prof. S. I., 333. / nata— - fragilis, 121, Solenastrea, 97, 99, 100, 105, 109, 1838, | verrucosa, 121. 184, 188. | Symplegma viride. 326, 329, 373, 378. Bournoni, 104. Synarea, 184. excelsa, 98, hyades, 97, 98, 99, 100, 104, 183. Tanais eavolinii, 278. micans, 104. dubius, 279. pleiades, 105. hirticaudatus, 278. stellulata, 97, 104, 105. tomentosus, 278. Some Spiders and Mites from the Ber- vittatus, 278. muda Islands, Nathan Banks, 267, 268. Tanaioidea, 278. Spanish Mackerel, 56. Tapinattus melanognathus, 268, 275 Sparasside, 274. | Tectibranchiata, 23. Sperm-whale Louse, 21. Tegenaria derhami, 271, 275 Sphzroma crenulatum, 292. Terebellides, 38. Spheromide, 278, 291. Tethys Braziliana, 27. Sphenotrochus auritus, 198. dactylomela, 27. Spirula Peronii,.23. Floridensis, 27. Squalus platyodon, 55. megaptera, 26. Squid, 23. morio, 25. Star Coral, 88, 94, 98, 171, 181. tarda, 26. small-eyed, 172. | Tetraclita porosa, 22. ten-rayed, 172. | Tetrastemma agricola, 46. Starling, European, 59. | Thalassema Baronii, 40, Stenetrium stebbingi, 295. | Thallepus ornatus, 28. Stenosoma irrorata, 293. Thecocyathus cylindraceus, 198. Stephanoceenia, 106, 170, 184. Theridiide, 272. dendroidea, 108. Theridion rufipes, 272. intersepta, 106, 183. studiosim, 272. Michelini, 106. 5 tepidariorum, 267, 27: Stereoclavella, 533. Thespesius occidentalis, 313. australis, 3382. Thomisus pallens, 267. oblonga, 334. Thor Floridanus, 19. Sthenoteuthis Bartramii, 23. Thysanozo6n Brochii, var. nigrum, 41. Stiles, President. xiv, xv, xvi, xvii, xxvii. griseum, 41. Stomatopoda, 20. nigrum, 41. Strombus gigas, 5d. Tichoseris, 156. Strong, Professor, xx. Tomlinson, Dr. Henry A., xxvi. Rey. Dr. Nathan, xv, xvi. Tooth Coral, 178. Styela, 380, 388. | Tozeuma Cavrolinensis, 19. aggregata, 389. Trachyphyllia, 81, 86, 87, 184. canopoides, 527, 328, 389. amaranthus, 52. partita, var. Pectritennis) 327, 329 amarantum, 81, 82. 388, 389. amarantus, 82. Stylaster, 198. | Geoffroyi, 85. "elegans, 211. _Trachyphylline, 65, 84. Stylasteridze, 198. | Tree Coral, 173, 175, 176. Stylochus Bermudensis, 43. Tree Sparrow, Eur opean, 58. Stylophora, 184. Triceratops, 322. mirabilis, 108, 109. | Trichonisaide, 305. Stylophoride, 108, 172. Tridacophyllia, 85, 116, 184. Stylophorine, 108. |. lactuea, 135. Symphyliia, 86, 115, 116, #18, 177, 178, Trigonoporus cephalophthalma, 45. 185. | microps, 45, Symphyllia anemone + S. conferta +S. Tropic Bird, Red-billed, 58. agle + S. helianthus + S. Thomasiana | Tucker, Robert, xi. + S.aspera+ S. cylindrica + 8. Knoxi Tunicata of Bermuda, 325 + S. verrucosa=dipsacea? 118. | Turbellaria, 41. XIV Index. Turbinaria, 111, 184. Twining, Prof., xxvi. Tylides, 300. | Tylos armadillo, 300. latreilli, 299, 300. niveus, 299. Tyrosin, 8, Uloboride, 273. Uloborus geniculatus, 273. zosis, 267, 273. Ulophyllia, 115-118, 182, aspera, 152. cellulosa, 132. crispa, 115, 131. maxima, 152. Stuhlmanni, 132. Undaria agaricites, 140, 146. undata, 140. Underhill, Frank P., and Mendel, on Digestion of Proteids, 1. Uropodias bermudensis, 304. 177, 178, 184. Valvifera, 295. Van Name, W. G., 15, 25, 46, 271, 279. | Van Name, W. G., Ascidians of the Bermuda Islands, 325. Vaughan, T. W., 64, ee 169, 190, 206. Verrill, A. E., 267, B77 S25, 327, 333, 339, 336, 337, 338, 388, 389, 394. 403. Additions to the Fauna of the Ber- mudas, 1901, 15. Comparison of the Bermudian, West Indian, and Brazilian Coral Faune, 169. Verrill, A. E., Notes on Corals of the Genus Acropora (Madrepora Lam.) with new descriptions and figures of Types, and of several New Species, 207. Variations and Nomenclature of Bermudian, West Indian, and Brazil- ian Reef Corals, with Notes on vari- ous Indo-Pacific Corals, 63. a. A. Hyatt, 15, 16, 18, 20, 28, 24, 26, 27, 29, 31, 35, "87, 41, 42, 47, 50, 51, 56. 58, 208, 277, 325, 403. on Bermuda birds, 58. Verrucella, 35. grandis, 53. | Vireo, white-eyed, 58. bermudianus, 958. Volva uniplicata, 35. Wala vernalis, 274. Webster, Dr. Noah, xviii, 2. @ GD. Wesleyan University, xii. West Indian Coral Fauna, Characteris- tics of the, 183. Wheatear, 58. White-eyed Vireo, 58. White, Henry, xxvi. Whitfield, R. P., 176. Whitney, Professor W. D., xxxi. Woolsey, President Theodore D., xxiii, XXIV, XXV, XXVI. XXs (oe Yale Natural History Society, xxviii. Yale Review, xxii. Oe a ee Errata. XV ERRATA. Page 28, line 6 from bottom, for Dalabrifera, read Dolabrifera. Page 48, line 20, for lix read lxix. Page 51, line 59, for Flagg’s read Flatt’s. Page 52, line 15, for 1901 read 1900. See also page 62. Page 68, line 10 from bottom, for Vaughan, read Gregory. Page 69, line 5, for Pl. xii read PI. xiv, xt Page 93, line 22, for T. read F. Page 113, line 8 from bottom, for Eusmillide read Eusmilide. Page 114, under cut, and p. 170, line 25, for Eusmillia read Eusmilia. Page 126, line 22, for Pl. xxi read Pl. xxv. Page 128, line 17, for Pl. xxxiii, fig. 4 read Pl. xxv, fig. 3. Page 129, last line, for 455i read 4544. Page 137, line 17, for turgida read turgidum. Page 145, line 3 from bottom, for type read types. Page 149, line 7, for Danai read Dane. Page 151, line 1, for 400™™ read 240™™, for 150™™ read 195™™. Page 184, line 24, for Cryptobacia read Cryptabacia, and for Podobacia read Podabacia. Page 190, line 15, for 4557 read 4537. Page 194, line 9, for 4545 read 4513, Page 200, line 13, for 81 read 80; and line 20, omit No. 1901. Page 202, line 9, for Fig. 1 read Fig. 2; and line 12, for Fig. 2 read Fig. 1. Page 203, line 33, for 1487 read 1489. Page 204, line 23, omit No. 1901; and line 24, for West Indian read Florida. Page 245, line 6, for 3063 read 3063a. Page 257, line 25, for 4187 read 4167. Page 262, last line, for 3065 read 3065a. Page 264, line 4, for 3063 read 3063a ; and line 38, for 220 read 222, Page 265, line 8 from bottom, for 1686 read 1688. See also page 266. Page 268, line 2 from bottom; page 272, line 6; page 273, line 28; page 274, line 3 from bottom, for Goslin read Gosling, Page 280, line for triangulata read triangulatus. Page 282, line 29, for 3194 read 3255. Page 351, line 34, for Giard 1872 read Verrill 1871. Page 354, line 30, for 9 read 20. oe : 1 : j er bP: . ay] : A ¢ 7 rm A ie ve (ee 2 r a thy haere LU URN . ey , ‘ a ; iG LA ‘ : t “ F » ‘y h a 0 O} SRT RR SE : ass rs Trans. Conn. Acad. i! Vol. XI. A. H. Verrill, Phot. Trans. Conn. Ac cad. Vol. XI. A. H. Verrill, Phot. PLATE II — PLATE III. Molt) sel. Acad. Trans. Conn, a, - “to Sk ANS “ Bx A. H. Verrill, Del. and Phot. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. A. H. Verrill, Del. ee ————— rr r—“S—~—“—~™;C;CS~S~<;O PLATE V. Vol. 2eI- Acad, Trans. Conn. A. H. Verrill, Del. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PEATE Vis A. H. Verrill, Del. and Phot. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PEATE: Vit. A. H. Verrill, Phot. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PEATE VIII. » SR reer pre eeneen, A. H. Verrill, Phot. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. A. H. Verrill, Del. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PLATE =X. \ . a hp A. H. Verrill, Phot, Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PLATE XI A. H. Verrill, Phot, Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PLATE XII. AS 4 if: A. H. Verrill, Phot. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PLATE) SXcrit. > ; ot A. H. Verrill, Phot, PLATE XIV. Conn. Aead. Vol. XI. Trans OO oa . a L = C5 sey D 'D 4 S ”, il Bh 26 f May Ps yy, om uly, A. H. Verrill, Phot, PIGATIES sxovn Wolt exe. Acad, Conn. Trans, Fy z aie we = * aly, = = iN Phot. ’ A. H. Verrill Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PLATE XVI. A. H. Verrill, Phot. Trans. Conn. Aead. Vol. Xf. PIC /NI TE DATE A. H. Verrill, Phot. ia — Ns re Trans. Conn, Acad. Vol. XI. PLATE XVIII. A. H. Verrill, Phot. Diy PDS PLATE XI. Vol. Aecad, Conn. Trans. AH] g -} > + Ty " t/ Vhs. errill, Phot. ZAG AEL enV) : PLATE XI. acl. “Vol: Ac: Conn. ans Tr Phot. H. Verrill, A. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PEATE, XOX. ‘ee A ~ ta 7 “% a, 14¢ 4 ¢ Pd © s 7 far o*, Ks an > * % Sy ba -, A. H. Verrill, Phot, . rrans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PLATE XXII. A. H. Verrill, Phot. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PLATE XXIII. A. H. Verrill, Phot. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI PEATE SScry A. H. Verrill, Phot. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PIL NAS) PCy 4 _ a *f oh 28x A. H. Verrill, Phot. * AF Mi) trans: ‘Gonn: Acad) Vol. scr. PLATE XXVI. A. H. Verrill, Phot. ’ to Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PEATE, Sesev Ii: A. H. Verrill, Phot. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PAE exe LT. A. H. Verrill, Phot. ad vir - = Maisie -. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PEATE, SCI: A. H. Verrill, Phot. Trans. Conn. Aead. Vol. XI. PICA xox SS Ws A. H. Verrill, Phot, oo ——_ Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PEATE Saocoel: A.H. Verrill, Phot. XX XII. PEATE XI. Vol Aead. Conn. Trans A. H. Verrill, Phot. * * ’ - ? . . ma ‘ ‘ . ‘ * > ve . ‘ Trans. Conn. ACAG. Wolly SST. PEALE xoxonnnr j ~*~. +) ba NG | Je\ Tel Verrill, Phot, : 7 * ‘ ee : A c f i ; . + | ‘ { ‘ 7 ‘ i ‘ fat a) % t ' \ < ' ' ‘ " , ‘ 7 i" ' . ‘ a’ . ‘J i Ms ‘ ' \. f * ’ PLATE XXXIV. XI. Vol Acad Conn. Trans. wy Kiky * ve + * jus nents al \\y \W . waby’ tie i) ” iy Win ad “oe Pilla e Verrill, Phot. H. A, PRA ES 2S. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. Trans. - « » MCTT A. H. Verrill, Phot. afer ™ 2 i é + . * ' < Trans, Conn. Acad. Vol. >A PLATE XXXVI. A. Hyatt Verrill, Phot. Gill Eng. Co. \ 1 Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PEATE, XXSEVT A: A. Hyatt Verrill, Phot. Gill Eng. Co. Trans. Conn. Acad. Viol a1. PLATE SSVI Bi A. Hyatt Verrill, Phot. Gill Eng. Co. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PEADE Xx le: A. Hyatt Verrill, Phot. Gill Eng. Co. D I PLATE XxXxX\V Co, Gill Eng. Phot. ratt Verrill, A. Hy Do ee ie A <4 7 ~ a Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PLATE XXXVI E. A, Hyatt Verrill, Phot. Gill Eng. Co, Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PEATE, XXxXVi FE: A. Hyatt Verrill, Phot. Gill Eng. Co, , ‘ : at a ca ; Me. : ° ee = ay I : ¥ " a oe a Lm, — oy ; ‘ ane PLATE XXX VII. TRANS. CONN. AcaD, SCIENCE Vor. XI. - * aan) a ‘ >t Xl. PLATE XXX IX, MONON Heliotype Printing Co Boston, Die ¥ bal pie ) ; att Sh € a ne one |? aie ATE XL. A wt Dr Ee NCE, VOL. XL SCIE ACAD. TRANS. Conn. A H Richardson, del. PAL YANG DEN XI. Acad. Vol, Trans. Conn. a ON Nh) ‘OF/T “Ystey, SNALOANNY SOUNVSOVT/D ee > —_ 7 ine ri 7° a q af - - * - Li 5 i f J ‘ ‘ 7 x Ty yh ay ’ t ’ ! : - & Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. ye Ae excel. CLAOSAURUS ANNECTENS Marsh. Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. IPI LYNG MS SCOOT CLAOSAURUS ANNECTENS Marsh. 1/18. oe Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PEATE: SSiv: CLAOSAURUS ANNECTENS Marsh. PLATE XLV, Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. SS: if SUN \\ Wag sani | w HL Ne a ere LN eared | ds Say og a = ; : in — i Pie of zs a * = ~ ; ‘ ~ ca Sa ae - pip | » 7 al : a - a / = a al oes i 8 . . rj : © es - PLATE XLVI. | TRANS. CONN. ACAD. SCIENCE, VoL. X1. Eis tes ee = wa ge Heliotype Printing Co,Boston TTT 00 08% t SSS Wo RA SS nae te si Hs Tf ry | 2ot Tae at GR a v9 YP o* mae * iy / i s« sd ) d ? . “ zs ' r ’ rd) ay ; i‘ , 4 y i i ’ on i ls 14" ¢ ™ 7 lal Qarcaree VV, 7 TRANS. CONN. ACAD. SCIENCE, VoL. XI wo Sy YA Bee. Sp. SES S Os. ae 1s fis. USS \ [== |? < Sy } a FP SIS ely a Es | Wea ‘SP HANSA at, = pa ES estes —mutte Jha ry e Sieery ALES as ae cmt aire fe Sa] be me ay |) tt aes oes ee care Tat a aerae ‘eat fas coy | Moors Spee: Aes f A= PAS TTY ==-~ Heliotype Printing Co Boston. PLATE XLVIIL rer Vnr XT cE,V l. TEN Cr D. OCT TRANS. Conn. Ac ; ‘ Heliotype Printing Ca, Boston. WG Van Name, del. PLATE. XLIX. 5d = = bi © La ad — Oo wr a wo = Zz zs Oo a) Heliotype Printing CaBoston. W.G Van Name, del . TRANS. Conn. Acad Science Vor. XI PLATE) Le ee Fev = W.G.Van Name, del . Heliotype Printing CaBoston t ans * rT a + . i! f TRANS. CONN. ACAD.SCIENCE, Vor. XI. Prare El. | ) W.G-Van Name, del. Heliotype Printing Co Boston oo or ae a ee ee = ag wr TRANS. Conn. AcaD ScIENCE Vor. XI PLATE LI W.G.Van Name, del. Heliotype Printing Co,Boston. ‘es at t j . * ‘ % 5 j » PLATE LULL TRANS. CONN. ACAD SCIENCE, VOL. XI. Heliotype Printing Co Boston. W.G Van Name, del. PLATE LIV TRANS. CONN. AcaD Science, Vor. XI “WG Van Name, del . Heliotype Printing Co,Boston. PLATE LV TRANS. Conn. AcaD Science, Vor. XI oo Pivby ! Hi Wt su AY ti = HH HAN Un} selsetite VT LAG FATE COA Ny SAN fy ie aie Hil au fl "i ny [il i at {tit Hun 4 Vy ny iotype Printing Co Boston. Hel ‘W.G Van Name, ‘el . 5 E PLATE LVI TRANS. CONN. ACAD Science, VOL. XI D i We i ] ih Wien y Deo Heliotype Printing Co Boston. Nan Name, del . Hy els TRANS. Conn. AcaD SCIENCE, VOL. XI PLATE LVII ‘Dt WW: OAV ANNA: b 1 ‘W.G-Van Name, del. Heliotype Printing Co,Boston. i , “J Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. XI. PEATE evil ile PLATE LIX. ‘ Tepe sth ¢ : : ‘ at, ‘ ". - ‘ <¢a.4," Guceesa i t ¥ . ! . F eo eats 4 ts ays ‘ AS ts ‘" ‘ sae oe ‘ ? ' . . . : oe ‘ aye Pade . BF <3 ? . ’ . 5 i “dee ; ‘ ve : : ope : Lat Ae +e - vt eeas : ' . ’ ‘ , ty? +4 rt cre eey * 7 Ay . - oe He y P A ray c Fiat : 1b Hate ne ete we E > hes ‘ 4 a i a i toate A ; : 5 : t : > 7 he ‘ Py Nae at aug : . aay vee iil a t ' ' ’ $ 2 . ree H Poceee rite re ie f Piet re Nee ; oy it : : : : ‘ eeiebent ing athe Y : % . een : : ngege Phe E4208 8 met . 4 . Cara Lay rearst . eal ¢ i : . Febantere ot ne " ‘ Sera eean Tae | ' ‘ etlgoe . _ ae cree ‘ , ' : ater ve ee Pe fees oe 7 sea lebeyepute sete he eae mepeee Seis aia a v < 7 isto bastsscabeaees re bet ow evel tee ‘ fore derkdcdedady tones a " ir by ’ ” . ‘ abneade Dosee Ot LOS AEG EE ASE ed ln Ope thet be - ' ie ‘ ’ ’ ee ae Sal OFA id agi h i Ade tDeuEM TT bine de bends " 5 ‘ Crate 7 aa Pye sist ema er re erie tee Tre atts) . ae : F ' pis ieeges “” rooe ' FOOT e ade hae) fede ee Darter . . , Soll SAU } . , “= Dee mgeh ye Babe os ¢ toate ye : : in Rah ine baa EF pee croasrere i ott é * me tarhtaidbe nebo eS rote be . " ‘ . ye Theedstb ects pews ' ; ; re 4 Cheb iellatads fo bd veers ete. om : % ‘ ' rit 7 ; shoe woe a 7 A : waft 1 OR . ' co] : ar: . ’ res : he ‘ ; . re) . $55 ’ ' % ral op be Na a ” (iat Sa ane it lee bam be snes Sere Bere * qeavecktyses passe oes Ls betecaa ieee s APN Be arneyoaeys sonata he Serare remo oe cere DEAE t Ta nasakteadodic eth badbbe ts ae Far enyry Leer 85 erate Oy Sey pisheeaty a peed > fe TEMPER ACETONE OD ed ENS "anya tiene Per wecrarer ay Caer cere OTS) He Shrrsintress Drggearared gules ty Rand street ete ’ tereete 3 ah rem © we), tuveaseitea an ag > i vey: caine Maghaaere ia SE tas ree acess? eat eet oes ris ? te ey Sesat se Ato lagen awcksk | wy 7h 2 St erases ra kasantece Pd een ay? eszSts ore ee wee nren ae! ” oF pear fa Sy ie ares Perasieaseseriry tent Palen LEFT aes fin aay orecanbead erent he sod He tes Pure b PEFR tenes. bite REWRORT bf aged Desanet amt Tepagaes wer yrateys Extent best he wer Ns Haraneds tors Briere. mE ee aye ‘ reeset Yew Me ae Pip eA EDO Tat He ‘3 * oat has $d, TAG, Rshte nes pte baie